Download - DETAILED NOTICE INVITING TENDERThe Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope of work given

NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 1

DETAILED NOTICE INVITING TENDER

FOR

MOLASSES BASED 60 KLPD DISTILLERY FOR PRODUCTION OF ANHYDROUS ETHANOL

AT

THE SHAHABAD CO-OP. SUGAR MILLS LTD., LADWA ROAD,

SHAHABAD (M), DISTT. KURUKSHETRA, HARYANA

Prepared by

National Federation of Cooperative Sugar Factories Ltd., Ansal Plaza, Block C, 2nd Floor

August Kranti Marg, NEW DELHI – 110 049

AUGUST, 2018


THE SHAHABAD CO-OPERATIVE SUGAR MILLS LTD. SHAHABAD (M), DISTT. KURUKSHETRA, HARYANA

Telephone: 01744- 240188 Fax: 01744 - 240118

Email: [email protected] Website: https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in

COMPETITIVE e-BIDDING

NAME OF WORK- e-BID for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection

and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous

Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW

Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per

CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc.

along with operation and maintenance of the same for two years from the date of commissioning at

The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per

technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document.

BID Ref. No - : 2945

LAST DATE AND TIME FOR : 01-10-2018 upto 6.55 PM

SUBMISSION OF E-Bids

DATE AND TIME OF OPENING : 03-10-2018 at 11.00 AM

OF ON LINE TECHNICAL e-Bids

PLACE OF OPENING OF e-Bids : The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M)

Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana

Beneficiary Name : The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M)

Bank Account No. : 13688640000051

Bank : HDFC Bank

Branch : Ladwa Road, Shahabad (M)

IFSC Code : HDFC0001368

GSTIN : 06AAAAT0381N1ZC

PAN : AAAAT0381N

This Document Contains 246 Pages

E-tenders will be uploaded on website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in .

e-tender document cost : Rs. 5,000/- + GST @ 18%



Telephone: 01744- 240188 Fax: 01744- 240118

Email: [email protected] Website: www.sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in

Ref No : SMS-2018/Esstt/2945 Date : 01-09-2018

E-Tender Notice

Online e-BID are invited for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection and

commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous






technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document.

Sl.No Particulars

1 Name of The Department The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. , Ladwa

Road, Shahabad(M)-136135

2 Procedure for obtaining and submission of bid

documents

Tender form is to be downloaded from

https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in

3 Bid EMD Rs. 75,00,000/-(Rupees Seventy Five lakh only ) to be

paid online through RTGS in favour of The Shahabad

Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road, Shahabad

(M) Distt. Kurukshetra.

Tender without EMD will be rejected.

4. Cost of document Rs.5000/- (Rs. Five thousand only) + 18 % GST to be

paid online through RTGS in favour of The Shahabad

Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road,

Shahabad(M) Distt. Kurukshetra (Haryana) Bid without

cost of Bid document will be rejected

4 Pre-bid meeting Date & Time Pre bid meeting is invited for clarifications/ queries from

prospective bidders as per Bid conditions at Conference

Room, 1st Floor, The Shahabad Coop Sugar Mills Ltd.,

Shahabad-136135 on 18-09-2018 at 11.00 AM

5 Last date & Time of downloading of the bid

document

01-10-2018 upto 6.55 PM

6 Last date & Time of submission of bids 01-10-2018 upto 6.55 PM

7 Opening of Technical bid 03-10-2018 at 11.00 AM

8 Opening of Financial bid 05-10-2018 at 11.00 AM (time and date will be informed

to the shortlisted bidders, if any change by e-mail)


The details of submission of e-bids along with eligibility, date & time, pre bid meeting, opening of

Technical/Financial bids, EMD, experience and other terms & conditions will be available on e-tender portal

www.sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in from dated 02-09-2018 at 12.30 Noon from where Bid

documents may be downloaded by any bidder. The cost of Bid document (Non refundable) and required

EMD will be deposited through RTGS, in favour of The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa

Road, Shahabad (M) Distt. Kurukshetra (Haryana). Scanned copy of the RTGS receipts will be uploaded

with technical bid. The original should reach The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road,

Distt. Kurukshetra (Haryana) before opening of Technical bid. The detailed terms and conditions are given in

e-Bid document. The Deputy Commissioner, Kurukshetra-cum-Chairman, The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar

Mills Ltd., Shahabad(M) reserves the right to cancel any or all bids/annul e-bidding process without assigning

any reason thereof. The decision of The Deputy Commissioner, Kurukshetra -cum-Chairman, The Shahabad

Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M) will be final and binding upon bidders.


INVITATION FOR e-Bids

E-bidding for e-BID for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection and

commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous






technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document as per schedule below

Schedule of Tender.

(a) Date of publication of e-Bid notice & availability of Bid Document

Bid Notice has been published over e-Procurement website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in

and Bid Document will be available from 02-09-2018 at 12.30 Noon.

(b) Availability of Bid document on website 02-09-2018 from 12.30 Noon at e-Procurement web site https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in

(c) Clarification start date & time 02-09-2018 from 12.30 PM

(d) Clarification end date & time 17-09-2018 upto 2.00 PM

(e) e-Bid submission start date & time 02-09-2018 from 12.30 PM

(f) Pre bid meeting Place and Time Pre bid meeting is invited for clarifications/queries from prospective bidders as per bid conditions at Conference Room, 1st Floor, The Shahabad Coop Sugar Mills Ltd, Shahabad (M)-136135 on 18-09-2018 at 11.00 AM

(g) e-Bid submission end date & Time 01-10-2018 upto 6.55 PM

(h) Online technical e-Bid opening date & time

03-10-2018 at 11.00 AM

(i) Online financial e-Bid opening date & time

05-10-2018 at 11.00 AM (time and date will be informed to the shortlisted bidders, if any change by e-mail)

(j) Venue of opening of technical & financial e-Bids

The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd, Ladwa Road, Shahabad(M)-136135 (Haryana) Phone – 01744-240188

(k) Contact officer Name: Mr. Subhash Chander Mob. 9466114104 Mr. Sushil Kumar, Mob. 9466114103 CA Deepak Khator, Mob. 9466114112 Mr. Yashvir Dalal Mob. 9467006574 Tel No. 01744- 240188. Email: [email protected]

(l) Mandatorily E-Service Fee Rs.1000/-(One Five Thousand) Only. (Non-refundable)

(m) Cost of e-Bid document Rs 5,000/- (Rupees Five Thousand) Only. (Non-refundable)+18% GST

(n) e-Bid E.M.D Rs 75, 00,000/- (Rupees Seventy Five Lacs) only.


1. Bidders are advised to study the bid Document carefully. Submission of e-Bid against this bid shall

be deemed to have been done after careful study and examination of the procedures, terms and

conditions of the tender Document with full understanding of its implications.

2. The e-Bid prepared in accordance with the procedures enumerated in ITB should be submitted

through e-Procurement website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in

3. The bid document is available at e-Procurement website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in

from 02-09-2018 at 12.30 Noon. Interested bidders may view, download the e-Bid document, seek

clarification and submit their e-Bid online up to the date and time mentioned in the table above:

4. The payment for e-Service Fee (Rs. 1000/- Non refundable) shall be made by eligible bidders online

directly through Debit Cards or Internet Banking Accounts to the e-tender portal.

5. The payment for Document Fee (Rs. 5000/- Non refundable) + 18 % GST shall be made by eligible

bidders online(RTGS/NEFT) in favour of The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road,

Shahabad(M) Distt. Kurukshetra Haryana), (herein after referred as the Shahabad Sugar Mills (DU)/

the Purchaser).

6. All e-Bid must be accompanied with proof of e-Bid Earnest Money Deposit (scanned copy receipt of

RTGS) (EMD), deposited in favour of The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road,

Distt. KKR (Haryana). The proof of the deposit of e-Bid EMD (original copy) must be submitted

along with the e-Bid before opening of technical e-Bids. No Interest would be payable on e-Bid

(Earnest Money) deposited with The Shahabad Sugar Mills (DU).

7. The e-Bids will be electronically opened in the presence of bidder’s representatives, who choose to

attend the venue on the date and time mentioned in the above table. An authority letter of bidders’

representative will be required to be produced.

8. The Deputy Commissioner, Kurukshetra -cum-Chairman The Shahabad Sugar Mills Ltd, reserves the

right to cancel any or all the e-Bids/annul the e-Bid process without assigning any reason thereof.

The decision of the Deputy Commissioner will be final and binding.

9. In the event of date specified for e-Bids opening being declared a holiday for the PURCHASER

office then the due date for opening of e-Bids shall be the following working day at the appointed

time and place.

1. All the required documents should be uploaded by the e-Bidder electronically in the PDF format.

The bids shall be submitted online in two separate files:

File 1: Technical Bid

The bidders shall upload the required eligibility & technical documents online in the Technical Bid.

File 2: Commercial Bid

The bidders shall quote the prices in price bid format under Commercial Bid.


2. For submission of e-tender prospective Bidder has to get themselves registered with his/her Digital

Signature Certificate (DSC) on e-Procurement website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in.

Important Note:- (a) Any intending bidder can contact the helpdesk on or before prior to 4 hours of the

scheduled closing date & time of respective e-Auction/ Tender event. (b) For queries pertaining to e-Payment of EMD, please contact the helpdesk at least 2 business

days prior to the closing date & time of e-Auction/Tender event. (c) Help-desk support will remain closed during lunch break i.e. from 1:30 PM up to 2:15 PM

on each working day. Schedule for Training:

Training workshop will be held on 1st, 2nd Friday (from 3:30 pm upto 6:00 pm) and 4th Saturday (from 11: 30 am upto 3:00 pm) of each month at following addresses:

Nextenders (India) Pvt. Ltd Municipal Corporation

Faridabad, Near B.K.Chowk, Opp. B.K.Hospital, NIT,

Faridabad Contact no.

8743042801 / 9310335475

Nextenders (India) Pvt.Ltd. Public Health

Division No. 2 Hisar, Model Town Opp.

N.D Gupta Hospital, Hisar

Contact: 9034357793

Nextenders (India) Pvt. Ltd., Nirman Sadan (PWD

B&R), Plot No.- 01, Basement,

Dakshin Marg, Sec- 33 A, Chandigarh -160020

For Support- 1800-180-2097, 0172-2582008-2009

For Support Call – 1800-180-2097 Haryana eProcurement Help Desk Office will remain closed on Saturday ( except 4

t h

Saturday), Sunday and National Holidays

NOTE:-

(A) Bidders participating in online tenders shall check the validity of his/her Digital

Signature Certificate before participating in the online Tenders at the portal

https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in.

(B) For help manual please refer to the ‘Home Page’ of the e-Procurement website at

https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in, and click on the available link ‘How to...?’ to

download the file.


SECTION - I

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)


Telephone: (01744) 240188 Fax: (01744) - 240118

Email: [email protected] Website: www.sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in

E-Bid for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection and commissioning of

molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous Ethanol along with

CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and

condensate treatment units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including

construction of foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and

maintenance of the same for two years from the date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative

Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope

of work given in the bid document.

1) Scope of Work

Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection and commissioning of molasses

based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2

recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and

condensate treatment units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including

construction of foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. as per technical specification

given in the Draft agreement for Supply, Erection and Commissioning at Shahabad Cooperative Sugar

Mills Ltd, Shahabad(M), Haryana which consist of the following:

1.1 Designing, engineering, procuring, manufacturing, supplying, all distillery equipments and

machineries including but not limited to the following:-

Weighment bridge, Molasses storage tank, molasses handling system, cleaning, Yeast culture

propagation and, Fed-batch type fermentation system, Decanter, multieffect evaporation, Co2

recovery plant and Incineration Boiler with all accessories like fuel feeding system, Ash handling

system, ESP, Chimney etc. Turbo-alternator with complete power distribution system, all machinery

staging ,working platforms, structures, Plant and yard lighting, Pipe lines valves with related

accessories etc. for 60 KLPD Ethanol Plant as per technical specifications etc. detailed under 'Draft

Agreement for Supply, erection and commissioning and Civil works’.

1.2 To carry out the activities of Erection and commissioning and proving performance of

all the above plant equipments and machineries in accordance with the terms & conditions as detailed

under 'Draft Agreement for the supply, Erection and Commissioning and Civil works’.


1.3 All civil work including construction of foundations, Factory and non factory Buildings, Godowns,

Molasses tank, RCC Chimney and all factory related civil works, offices, factory boundary, internal

roads, drainage, lagoon, dismantling, levelling / filling and shifting of waste (If any) to designated

place shall be in scope of supplier in accordance with the terms & conditions as detailed under said

'Draft Agreement for the supply, Erection and Commissioning and Civil works’.

1.4 The scope includes inter alia proving performance of the whole plant as per performance parameters

given in –annexure VI of the 'Draft Agreement for the supply, Erection and Commissioning and Civil

works’.

1.5 To carry out operation, repair & maintenance of plant & machinery of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol

plant with Boiler, turbine and ZLD system including Co2 liquefaction plant operation for 2 years

from the date of commissioning in accordance with the terms & conditions as detailed under 'Draft

Agreement for Operation & Maintenance.’

1.6 It also includes assisting and furnishing required information/document to the purchaser for obtaining

necessary approvals required for setting up of distillery plant and machineries from Haryana Excise

department, Approval of drawings and licence from Petroleum and Explosive Safety Organization

(PESO) for Ethanol Storage and issue system and NOCs from Haryana excise, pollution control

board etc. However all approvals/NOC’s required for Directorate of boilers, Electrical and factory

inspector etc. will be exclusively in the scope of seller.

1.7 The seller will also provide all required instruments, IP camera etc. as per norms of CPCB/HSPCB

for online monitoring and necessary arrangement for uploading the data on CPCB/HSPCB server.


2.0 Time Schedule

The indicative timeline is as follows:

Activity Estimated Date

Publication of Advertisement for inviting Bids through

competitive bidding process.

Advertisement Date

02-09-2018

Start uploading of Technical and Financial bid documents

along with Draft Agreement Documents to the interested

Bidders.

02-09-2018

Site Visits From 02-09-2018 to 01-10-2018

Pre Bid Meeting

18-09-2018 at 11.00 AM

Venue:

Conference Room, 1st Floor, The

Shahabad Coop Sugar Mill Ltd,

Shahabad(M) Distt Kurukshetra-136135

(HARYANA)

Start of uploading of Corrigendum after pre-bid meeting, if

required 18-09-2018

Date and time for submission of Technical Bid and

Financial Bid 01-10-2018 upto 6.55 pm

Opening of Online technical e-Bid opening date & time 03-10-2018 at 11.00 AM

Opening Online financial e-Bid opening date & time 05-10-2018 at 11.00 AM (time and date

will be informed to the shortlisted

bidders, if any change by e-mail)

Venue of opening of technical & financial e-Bids The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mills Ltd.,

Shahabad(M)(HARYANA)

Execution of Agreement L + 7

3.0 Definition of Bidder- The bidder may be a single entity or a group of companies (the “consortium”),

coming together to implement the project. However, no bidder applying individually or as a member

of Consortium, as the case may be, can be member of another bidder. The term bidder used herein

would apply to both a single entity and a Consortium.

In case of consortium, the members to the consortium will decide the lead member who will be

majority stakeholder. The percentage of stake of majority stakeholder should be mentioned in the

MOU for the Consortium.

4.0 Eligibility Criteria for Bidders:-

Bidder shall meet the following basic eligibility criteria -


4.1 FINANCIAL CRITERIA:

Bidder shall meet all the following criteria:

4.1.1 Average Annual Financial Turnover, as per audited Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss account, in the

last three consecutive Financial Years ending March 2018 shall be atleast Rs.70.00 Crores (Rupees

Seventy crores only )The bidder will attach duly certified copy of balance sheet by chartered

accountant in support of the same.

4.1.2 The Bank Credit worthiness of the Bidder shall be atleast Rs.35 crores (Rupees Thirty Five crores)

duly issued by the Banker (Nationalized/Scheduled Bank) in last three months as per proforma

below:

TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN

This is to certify that M/s…………………………..having its registered office at………………………….is

maintaining…………..account in our bank at……………………..Branch. The average monthly transaction

in this account is Rs…………………(in words). M/s………….. is also availing credit facility from this bank

upto the limit of Rs……………(in words).

It is further certified that M/s………………………… is valuable customer of our bank and it’s credit

worthiness can be treated good upto a sum of Rs…………………Crores.

Signature of Bank Manager

Manager ID No.

Seal of Bank

Credit facilities given by bank for operations of Sugar Mills will not be included in calculating credit

worthiness.

4.1.3 Networth of minimum Rs. 30 crores (Thirty crores) for last financial years ending 2018 duly certified

by chartered accountant.

4.2 TECHNICAL CRITERIA:

4.2.1 The Bidder during the last five years must have successfully completed on Turnkey basis Design,

Engineering, manufacture / procurement, supply, erection commissioning of;

4.2.1.1 At least two complete green field distillery plant of minimum 30 KLPD capacity or minimum

one complete green field distillery plant of minimum 60 KLPD capacity with zero liquid

discharge system for molasses feed-stock and anhydrous ethanol on turn-key basis based on

latest technology of fed batch fermentation, multi pressure distillation, molecular sieve

pressure swing dehydration and falling film/rising film multi effect evaporator for raw


spent wash. The bidder should have supplied at least two 15 TPH (minimum capacity) slop

fired boiler either as bought out item or in house manufactured and should be capable of

providing condensate treatment unit for recycle of treated condensate to process.

4.2.2 Consortium of companies having group companies and separate corporate entities undertaking may

also apply apart from Single Entity Company.

4.2.3 The Deputy Commissioner, Kurukshetra -cum-Chairman Sugar Mill Shahabad reserves the

right to visit the plants commissioned mentioned by the Bidder in the eligibility criteria or may ask

for any confirmation related to performance of the said plants from the Purchaser/Owners of the said

plants.

4.3 Bidder shall furnish as a proof of experience as per eligibility criteria attested copies of work orders/

signed contract agreement, , performance certificate (stating guaranteed performance parameters and

actual achievement), from the purchasers Deputy Commissioner-CUM-Chairman Kurukshetra

reserves the right to complete the evaluation based on the details furnished, PURCHASER further

reserves the right to seek any clarification/documents from the Bidders at any stage of the evaluation

process.

4.4 Bidder’s may be any one of the following:- Company (registered as per Indian Companies Act) or

Consortium of Companies or Limited Liability Partnership – LLP (registered as per Limited Liability

Partnership Act, 2008) or Partnership Firm (registered as per Indian Partnership Act, 1932) or Firm.

4.6 Other conditions which are necessary to be fulfilled by the Bidder

4.6.1 Bidders are required to submit technical bid form and financial bid separately in PDF/XLS

file format.

4.6.2 The successful bidders will be responsible for execution of the project as per provisions,

technical specifications etc. as detailed under Draft Agreements for Supply, erection &

commissioning, civil works and operation and maintenance with performance of the

distillery.

4.6.3.1 The Seller should submit their Technical & Financial bids electronically (with signed copy of

draft terms and conditions in token of acceptance) as mentioned above with proof of

submission of e-bid document fees and EMD in form of scanned copy of the receipt of

RTGS / DD.


5.0 Opening of Technical and Financial Bids

5.1 Opening & evaluation of Technical Bid - The Technical Bid shall be opened by the bid evaluation

committee constituted by Haryana State Govt for opening Technical and Financial Bid, as per Time

Schedule in the presence of bidders’ representatives who choose to attend the meeting. The bids

received will be evaluated by the committee. Technical discussion on specification of Plant &

Machinery to be supplied, details of erection & commissioning of plant and foundations & factory

buildings to be constructed, Operation & Maintenance, if required, may be held with the prospective

bidders.

5.2 Bid Evaluation Committee constituted by Haryana State Govt will evaluate Technical Bid submitted

by the prospective bidders only on the following parameters:

5.2.1 That average Annual Financial Turnover, as per audited Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss account, in

the last three consecutive Financial Years ending March 2018 is atleast Rs.70.00 Crores (Rupees

Seventy crores only )

5.2.2. That the Bank Credit worthiness of the Bidder is atleast Rs. 35 crores (Rupees Thirty Five crores)

duly issued by the Banker (Nationalized/Scheduled Bank) in last three years. The credit worthiness

certificates are attached in proper proforma issued by the bank.

5.2.3 That the bidder has net worth of minimum 30 crores (Rs.Thirty crores) for last financial years ending

2018 duly certified by chartered accountant.

5.2.4 That the Bidder during the last five years, had successfully completed on Turnkey basis Design,

Engineering, manufacture / procurement, supply, erection, commissioning, of:

5.2.4.1 At least two complete green field distillery plant of minimum 30 KLPD capacity or atleast one

complete green field distillery plant of minimum 60 KLPD capacity with zero liquid discharge

system for molasses feed-stock and anhydrous ethanol on turn-key basis based on latest technology

of fed batch fermentation, multi pressure distillation, molecular sieve pressure swing dehydration and

falling film/rising film multi effect evaporator for raw spent wash. The bidder should have supplied

at least two 15 TPH (minimum capacity) slop fired boiler either as bought out item or in house

manufactured and should be capable of providing condensate treatment unit for recycle of treated

condensate to process.

5.3 An Applicant may be disqualified if the information provided does not meet any one of the above

criteria.

5.4 Short listing of Bidders – After duly verifying the documents submitted by bidders, the bidders

whose technical bids are found suitable as per technical evaluations will be shortlisted.


5.5 Opening of Financial Bid - The financial bid will be opened by the bid evaluation committee

constituted by Haryana State Govt. for opening Technical and Financial Bid, as per Time Schedule in

the presence of bidders’ representatives who choose to attend the meeting. Financial bid of only

shortlisted successful bidders of technical bid will be opened on the scheduled date and time. If there

is any change in date and time of opening of Financial Bid then it will be informed to all the short

listed bidders accordingly.

5.5.1 Evaluation of Financial Bid - The total price quoted (including supply, erection & commissioning,

civil works and operation & maintenance including all taxes) in financial bid will be the price for

comparison.

5.5.2 The purchasers shall award the contract to the bidder whose offer has been determined to be the

lowest. Negotiations could be held upto L3 bidders where either the rate of L2 and L3 bidders are

within 5% of L1 quote. The guidelines issued by Directorate of Supply and Disposals, Deptt

Industries, Govt. of Haryana, will be applicable from time to time.

5.5.3 The bid evaluation committee after due consideration of the bids received, their conditions, financial

implications, seeing performance certificates etc., shall recommend regarding acceptance or rejection

of the bid.

5.6 The purchasers shall also reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, to annul the bidding process

and reject all bids submitted at any time prior to contract award without assigning any reason and

without thereby incurring any liability to the bidders.

5.7 The information furnished shall be clear and un-ambiguous in terms. It should be, strictly, as asked

for in the bid Performa.

5.8 Before quoting, bidders are advised to study the tender document carefully and are advised to visit

the site to assess the actual conditions. Submission of Bid against this bid document shall be deemed

to have been done after site visit, careful study and examination of the procedures, terms and

conditions of the bid Document with full understanding of its implications the bidders should also

acquaint themselves with:

(i) The local conditions of the project site, rules and regulations of Central and State

Government Acts governing the construction and operation of the distillery plant along with

its supply, erection and commissioning.

(ii) The bid Performa, the model draft agreements comprising regarding specifications,

clarifications, important terms and conditions and formats for Bank guarantees are enclosed.

5.9 The total price indicated in bid Performa will be the price for comparison and placement of order.

However, the purchaser shall have the right to accept/reject any bid submitted without attributing any

reasons. They can place the order on a party found suitable to them.


6.0 The price quoted will be valid upto the date of commissioning of plant. There shall be no

increase/escalation of total contract price till the successful commissioning of the project.

7.0 Validity of e-bid,

7.1. Bids shall remain valid for a period of Ninety (90) days after the date of opening of bids.

7.2 Notwithstanding clause 7.1 above, the Purchaser may solicit seller’s consent to an extension of the

period of bid validity. The request and the responses there to shall be made in writing (or by email). If

the seller agrees to the extension request, the validity of the EMD provides shall also be suitably

extended. A seller agreeing the request to extend the validity period however, will not be permitted to

modify his bid.

8.0 Payment of EMD in favour of, The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd for an amount of Rs

75,00,000/- ( Rupees Seventy Five lacs only ) will be made through RTGS.

9.0 EMD furnished by all unsuccessful bidders will be returned to them (except successful and L2 bidder)

without any interest whatsoever at earliest but not later than 30 days of issue of LOI. EMD of L2 will

be refunded, without any interest after execution of Agreement with successful bidder. EMD of the

successful bidder will be converted into security, without any interest whatsoever, after receipt of Bank

Guarantee for 10% of the agreement price as performance security.

10.0 EMD of a bidder will be forfeited, if the bidder withdraws or amends his bid or impairs or derogates

from the bid in any respect after expiry of the deadline for the receipt of bid but within the period of

validity of his bid. Further, if the successful bidder fails to execute agreements for Supply of Plant &

machinery, Erection and Commissioning, Civil Works and operation and maintenance and/or fails to

furnish 10 % Bank Guarantee for Performance Security within the specified period, his EMD will be

forfeited.

11.0 The EMD should remain valid for a period of ninety (90) days.

12.0 The information given in the bid documents and the plans and drawings forming part thereof is merely

intended as general information without any undertaking on the part of the Purchaser as to their

accuracy and without obligation relative thereto upon the purchaser. Hence, before submitting bid, the

bidders are advised to inspect the site of work and the environments and be well acquainted with the

actual working and other prevalent conditions, facilities available, rules and regulations of Central and

State Government Act governing the construction and operation of the distillery plant etc. No claim

will be entertained later on the grounds of lack of knowledge.

13.0 Seller shall supply the critical / important equipments among the choices given in Annexure VIII of

Draft Agreement, subjected to Purchaser’s approval.


14.0 The Plant & Machinery should be commissioned within the period 11 (Eleven) months from the date

of receipt of first advance.

15.0 The e-bid documents can be downloaded from site https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in and

document price of Rs 5,000/- plus GST (non-refundable) can be paid through RTGS or DD in favour

of The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. The scanned copy of the proof of submission of

document price should be uploaded with the technical bid. The original copy of the proof should be

submitted before opening of the technical bid.

16.0. The bids shall be uploaded only on https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in on or before 01-10-

2018 upto 6.55 PM hours on e-procurement portal. The bid shall be opened on 03-10-2018 at 11.00

AM hours before the representatives of bidders. Bids submitted after the time stated above will be

rejected. PURCHASER will not be responsible for any delay due to expiry of time or any other reasons

what-so-ever. Further, PURCHASER reserves the right to reject any or all e-bids without assigning any

reason thereof. PURCHASER, may, at its sole discretion, extend the Bid Submission Date by issuing

an Addendum.

17.0. Bid document includes 02 draft agreements with draft terms and conditions. After issue of LOI

agreements viz (1) Agreement for Supply erection and commissioning of Plant & Machinery, (2)

Agreement for Operation and Maintenance of Distillery Plant are to be executed within 07 days from

the date of issue of LOI.

18.0 The bidders who qualify successfully in technical bid will be shortlisted. Their financial bid for supply

bid along with civil work, erection and commissioning work and operation & maintenance will be

opened as per timeline.

19.0 Clarification of BID documents and Pre-Bid Meeting

A Pre-bid conference meeting will be held with interested parties on the date mentioned in the Time

Schedule of Bid Process at Conference Room, The Shahabad Coop Sugar Mills Ltd.,

Shahabad(M),Kurukshetra for prospective bidder’s clarifications/queries and any suggestions relating

to the Bidding process.

19.1 Prospective bidders requiring any further information or clarification on the bid documents may notify

in writing at the address on e-mail indicated in the invitation for bids so as the request to reach the

purchaser within fourteen (14) days from the date of publication of advertisement.

19.2 A prospective Bidder requiring any further clarification of the e-Bid document may raise his/her point

of clarification through Bid Management Window after successfully login to the e-Procurement

website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in . The bidder may seek clarification by posting

query in the relevant window after clicking “Seek Clarification” option in the view e-tender details

window for e-tender which can be selected through my tender option of e-bid submission menu. The

clarification will be replied back by the Purchaser through the e-Procurement website which can be

read by the bidder through the “Clarification” option under Bid Submission menu.


19.3 A Pre-bid meeting of all prospective Bidders will be held on 18-09-2018 at 11.00 AM Conference

Room, 1st Floor, The Shahabad Coop Sugar Mills Ltd. Shahabad (M), Distt Kurukshetra

(HARYANA) at the address indicated in the bid notice for clarifying issues and clearing doubts, if any,

about specification and other allied technical details of the plant, equipment and machinery projected

in the tender document. However, the basic eligibility criteria (Clause 4 above) will not be changed in

the pre bid meeting. The proceedings of such conference shall be intimated to all bidders who have

participated in the Pre-bid meeting or have purchased Bid Document before the date of Pre-bid

meeting.

20.0 Amendment of BID documents

20.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bid the purchaser may for any reason, whether at its

own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a prospective bidders, modify the bid

documents by amendment. Such amendment shall be notified to the prospective bidder who attends the

pre-bid conference and or who purchases the documents only. The purchaser shall not be bound to

notify the same through general publication.

20.2 The amendment which shall be part of the bid documents will be notified in writing or by email to all

prospective bidders who have received the bid documents, and will be binding on them. Bidders will

be required to acknowledge receipt of any such amendments to the bid documents.

20.3 In order to afford prospective bidders reasonable time to take the amendments into account in

preparing their bid, the purchaser may at its discretion extend the deadline or the submission of the bid

documents.

21.0 Bidders shall upload following documents along with Technical Bid in addition to other such

enclosures which may have been specified elsewhere in the Bid document.

21.1 Scan copy of RTGS receipt for EMD of Rs. 75,00,000/- (Rs. Seventy Five lacs only).

21.2 The details of executed projects i.e. name of each Distillery, capacity of the plant in KLPD, date of

Commissioning, configuration of the plant/ boiler capacity with pressure and temp. / TG set capacity

with working pressure & temperature and major details of ZLD system equipments supplied during last

five years along with successful performance certificate and parameters achieved. Make of each

equipment should also be mentioned.

21.3 Clients’ LOI and performance certificate duly signed by Chief Executives officer for jobs completed in

time, successful performance and parameters achieved for the work done in last five years as per

provisions of Clause 4.2.1, E-mail ID, Names & latest telephone number of the CEO must be

mentioned below signatures.

21.4 Valid PAN, TAN, GSTIN (including Haryana), PF registration No., LLP/Firm/Company

incorporation certificates (if any) in true copies / photocopies duly attested by authorised signatory.


21.5 Power of Attorney or Authority Letter of the person who has signed the tender documents.

21.6 Audited balance sheet for the last 03 years (latest 2018)

21.7 Certificate from Chartered Accountant that average annual turnover of last 03 years is at least Rs. 70

crore. The data should be certified from audited balance sheet & profit and loss account.

21.8 The Bank Credit worthiness of the Bidder shall be at least Rs. 35 crores duly issued by the Banker

(Nationalized/Scheduled Bank) in the Performa given in Clause 4.1.2 above

21.9 Certificate of net worth for Financial Year ending 2018 for Rs.30.0 crores Chartered Accountant.

21.10 Last three years Profit & Loss Account i.e. FY 2017-18, 2016-17, 2015-16.

21.11 Last three year’s Income tax returns i.e. FY 2016-17, 2015-16, 2014-15. .

21.12 Statement of Legal Capacity as per Annexure- B-I

21.13 Undertaking (Security & Integrity) as per Annexure- B-II

21.14 Authorisation Letter (enclose Board resolution)

21.15 Board Resolution from all consortiums of group companies if Bidder is participating as Consortium

of Companies as per Annexure – B-III

21.16 Power of Attorney for Lead Member in case of Consortium of Companies as per Annexure – B-IV.

21.17 Memorandum of Understanding between Holding and Subsidiary Companies, if Bidder is

participating as Consortium of Companies as per Annexure – B-V.

21.18 In case of Company – Memorandum of Association

– Articles of Association

– Name & Address of Directors with %age of share holding

– Certificate of Incorporation

– List of major Shareholders

21.19 In case of Group of Companies – Memorandum of Association


– Name & Address of Directors with %age of share holding



– %age of shares of holding company in Subsidiary Companies and vice

versa

21.20 In case of Limited Liability Partnership

- Certificate of Incorporation

- Partnership Deed

- Name & Address of Partners

- %age of holding of partners in LLP

21.21 In case of Partnership Firm

- Partnership Deed


- %age of holding of partners in Partnership Firm

21.22 In case of Proprietorship firm

- Name and Address of Proprietor


21.23 Any other documents required in terms of this notice.

22.0 If the bidder deliberately gives wrong information in the bid especially wrong performance certificate

of successful execution of his earlier work, the purchaser reserves the right to reject such bid at any

stage or to cancel the contract, if awarded and forfeit Earnest money / Security Deposits.

23.0 Disqualification

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Technical and Financial Bid documents

and without prejudice to any of the rights or remedies of the Purchaser, a Bidder may at any stage of

the process and its participation in the process and/or its TECHNICAL & FINANCIAL BID and

subsequent submissions be dropped from further consideration for any of the reasons including

without limitations those listed below:

23.1 The TECHNICAL & FINANCIAL BID submitted by the Applicant is in any respect inconsistent

with, or demonstrate any failure to comply with, the provisions of the Technical Bid; or

23.1 Failure to comply with other material requirement of this Technical & Financial Bid; or

23.2 Purchaser , is not satisfied with technical criteria, financial criteria, ownership structure of Bidder and

other documents submitted by the Prospective Bidder; or

23.3 If it is discovered at any time that the Prospective Bidder is subject matter of winding up or insolvency

or other proceedings of similar nature; or

23.4 Any information regarding the Prospective Bidder which becomes known to Purchaser, and which is

detrimental to proposed process and/or the interests of Purchaser.

23.5 Initiation or existence of any legal proceedings, including Arbitration, by or against the Prospective

Bidder in respect of Purchaser / Haryana State Federation of Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd./Any

Cooperative sugar mill in Haryana, which proceeding may be prejudiced by the participation of the

Applicant in the short listing of Prospective Bidder; or

23.6 Any restrictions or limitations have been put on the Prospective Bidder pursuant to any regulatory or

statutory guidelines to participate in the process; or

23.7 The Prospective Bidder has been convicted for an offence under any legislation designed to protect the

members of the public from financial loss due to dishonesty, incompetence or malpractice; or

23.8 The Prospective Bidder has been disqualified from participating in the such EPC of Distillery Plant

either by Government of India or any of the State Governments/ Union Territory Governments; Mere

pendency of an appeal against the order of disqualification, if any, passed by Government of India or

any of the State Governments/ Union Territory Governments will have no effect on the disqualification

of Prospective Bidder; or


23.9 If information becomes known after the Prospective Bidder has been disqualified at any stage to

proceed with the process, which would have entitled Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., to reject

or disqualify the relevant Prospective Bidder, Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. , reserves the

right to reject or disqualify the relevant Prospective Bidder at that time, or at any time, such

information becomes known to the Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. /Haryana State Federation

of Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.,

24.0 Debarment from bidding

24.1 A bidder shall be debarred by the State Government if he has been convicted of an offence -

24.2 Under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 (Central Act No.49 of 1988) (PC Act); or

24.3 Under the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Central Act No. 45 of 1860) (IPC) or any other law for the time

being in force, for causing any loss of life or property or causing a threat to public health as part of

execution of a public procurement contract.

24.4 A bidder debarred under sub-para (1) shall not be eligible to participate in a procurement process of

any procuring entity for a period not exceeding 03 (three) years commencing from the date on which

he was debarred.

24.5 Purchaser determination that one or more of the events specified above have occurred shall be final and

conclusive.

All pages of the Bid document including drawing shall be initial with seal at the lower right hand

corner or signed with seal wherever required in the Bid documents by the Bidder or by a person

holding power of attorney authorizing him to sign on behalf of the Bidder before submission of bid.

All signatures in Bid documents shall be dated as well.


SECTION -II: TECHNICAL E-BID

II (A) Bid FORM

II (B) TECHNICAL BID PERFORMA

II (C) SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS

II (D) DRAFT AGREEMENT FOR SUPPLY ERECTION AND

COMISSIONING

II (E) DRAFT AGREEMENT FOR OPERATON AND

MAINTAINANCE


SECTION II (A): Bid FORM

(On Bidder’s Letter Head) Ref. No Date: ………………..

To

The Managing Director,

The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.,

Shahabad(M)

Dear Sir, Having examined the Bid Documents, we, the undersigned, offer to deliver Bid

in conformity with the said Bid Document for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for

production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH

Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to achieve Zero

Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations, Factory and

Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the same for two years from the

date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra,

Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document on EPC basis from our manufacturing works/units/vendors, in addition to this, the particulars of our organization such as legal status, details of experience and past performance, capability statement and the required EMD for Rs. 75,00,000/- (Rs. Seventy Five lakhs) only through RTGS payment in favour of – Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., is furnished with this Technical Bid.

We further undertake, if our Bid is accepted, to deliver the supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous



CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the same for two years from the date of commissioning at


technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document with the delivery schedule specified in the Schedule of Requirements.

We agree to abide by this Bid for the Bid validity period specified in ITB Clause 7.1 of the Bid Document and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period.

Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof and your notification of award shall constitute a binding contract between us. All the terms and conditions of the Bid Document including the 2 (two) draft agreements are acceptable to us.

We undertake that, in competing for (and, if the award is made to us, in executing) the above contract, we will strictly observe the laws against fraud and corruption in force in India namely "Prevention of Corruption Act 1998".

We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any Bid you may receive. Dated this......................day of....................20...................

----------------------- -----------------------

Signature (in the capacity of)

Duly authorized to sign Bid for and on behalf of.................................


SECTION II (B)

TECHNICAL BID PROFORMA

TECHNICAL BID PROFORMA for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply,

erection and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of

anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5

MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per




technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document

Sl.

NO. Particulars Details Page

No.

1.0 Name of Purchaser The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar

Mills LTD. Ladwa Road, Tehsil

Shahabad(M), Distt. Kurukshetra,

Haryana – 136135

2.0 Name of the Bidder

2.1 Constitution of Bidder

Company/ Group Company/LLP/ Partnership Firm/ Firm

2.2 Registered Office Address

2.3 Address, mail ID, phone number for sending all

communication (letters) during the execution of the

project.

3.0 Details of Orders executed (please enclose supporting

documents) (Pl give Name of distillery, Year of

installation

Only those installations will be considered which are

supported by documentary proof

3.0

a)

Details of complete green field distillery plant of

minimum 30 KLPD capacity with zero liquid discharge

system for molasses feed-stock and anhydrous ethanol on

turn-key basis based on latest technology of fed batch

fermentation, multi pressure distillation, molecular sieve

pressure swing dehydration and falling film/rising film

multi effect evaporator for raw spent wash in the last five

years (attached copy of agreement / work order and

performance certificate with parameters achieved)

- already executed in Nos.

3.0

b) Details of atleast two Incineration Boiler supplied of not

less than 15 TPH capacity

- already executed in Nos


3.0

c)

Details of complete new extraction cum condensing type

TG set for not less than 2.0 MW capacity during last 5

years (attached copy of agreement / work order and

performance certificate with parameters achieved)

- already executed in Nos.

4.0

In regard to details of executed and completed projects as

given in Sl. No. 3 (a) to 3.0 (c) following details are also

to be submitted;

1- Name of the Distillery & date of commissioning

2- Address with e-mail ID, Name of CEO and

contact number.

3- Enclose the performance certificate after the date

of commissioning duly signed by Chief Executive

Officer of the respective Distillery.

4- Copy of letter of intent (LOI) and Contract

Agreement

5.0 Please enclose the Audited balance sheet and profit and

loss account for the last 3 years (latest 2017-2018).

6.0 Certificate from Chartered Accountant that average

annual turnover of last 03 years (latest 2017-18)

Average Annual Turnover Rs.

_________ crores

7.0 The Bank Credit worthiness duly issued by the Banker in

the proforma given in ITB Clause 4.1.2

Credit Worthiness Rs. _______

crores

8.0 Last Three years Income tax returns i.e. FY 2016-17,

2015-16, 2014-15

9.0 Net worth certificate duly issued by Chartered

Accountant as on 31st March, 2018, 2017AND 2016

10.0 Statement of Legal Capacity as per Annexure- B-I

11.0 Undertaking (Security & Integrity) as per Annexure- B-II

12.0 Board Resolution from all companies if Bidder is

participating as consortium of Group Companies as per

Annexure – B-III


13.0 Power of Attorney for Lead Member in case of

consortium of Companies as per Annexure – B-IV

14.0 Memorandum of Understanding of all consortium of

Group Companies, if Bidder is participating as

consortium of Group Companies as per Annexure – B-V

15.0 In case of Company

– Memorandum of Association


– Name & Address of Directors with %age of

share holding



16.0 In case of Group of Companies, for Holding

Company & Its fully owned Subsidiary Company

– Memorandum of Association


– Name & Address of Directors with %age of

share holding



– %age of shares of holding company in

Subsidiary Companies and vice versa

17.0 In case of Limited Liability Company (LLP)

- Certificate of Incorporation

- Partnership Deed


- %age of holding of partners in LLP

18.0 In case of Partnership Firm

- Partnership Deed


- %age of holding of partners in Partnership Firm

19.0 In case of Proprietorship firm

- Name and Address of Proprietor

20.0 Name of authorized representative of the bidder along with Power of attorney or authorisation letter

(please enclose the Board Resolution of the Company)

Name

Designation

Address

e-mail ID

Mobile Number


21.0 True attested copies of;

a. PAN card

b. TAN

c. GSTIN registration (including Haryana)

d. PF registration No.

22.0 Details of EMD

23.0 Details of e-bid document fee

Signature of the representative of the Seller

Name and address of the Bidder

(Seal)

Date _________


Annexure B-I

Statement of Legal Capacity

(To be forwarded on the letter head of the Bidder)

Reference no: ________________ Date: _______________

To,

The Managing Director,

The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.,

Ladwa Road, Shahabad(M),

Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136135

Sub: Statement for Legal Capacity

Sir,

This is with reference to the advertisement dated 02-09-2018 inviting Bids for Engineering,

Procurement and Construction (EPC) for supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new

Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and

liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment

units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of

foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the

same for two years from the date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd.,

Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope of work given in

the bid document. We have read and understood the content of this Bid Document and the

advertisement.

(For Company/LLP/Firm/Partnership Firm)*

We _____________(name of the Company/LLP/Firm/Partnership Firm) satisfy the eligibility

criteria as detailed in the TECHNICAL BID.

We have agreed that [-----------------] (the undersigned) (insert individual’s name) will act as the

representative of our Company/LLP/Firm/Partnership Firm * and on our behalf and has been duly authorized

to submit the Application. Further, the authorized signatory is vested with requisite powers to furnish such

letter and Request for Qualification and authenticate the same*.

Yours Faithfully,

Individual/ Authorized Signatory,

For on behalf of (party/member)

* Strike out whichever is not applicable


Annexure B-II

Undertaking (Security & Integrity) on Bidder’s Letter head

1. We certify that in regard to matters other than security and integrity of the country, we have not been

convicted by a Court of Law or indicted or adverse orders passed by a regulatory authority which

would cast a doubt on our ability to manage the public sector unit when it is disinvested or which

relates to a grave offence that outrages the moral sense of the community.

2. We further certify that in regards to matters relating to security and integrity of the country, we have

not been charge-sheeted by any agency of the Government or convicted by a Court of Law for any

offence committed by us or by any of our sister concerns.

3. We undertake that in case due to any change in facts or circumstances during the contract period, we

are attracted by the provisions of disqualification in terms of the subject guidelines; we would

intimate the Govt. of Haryana / The Shahabad Co-op Sugar Mills Ltd. of the same immediately.

4. We also certify that we have not been disqualified from participating in the tender processes either by

Government of India or any of the State Governments.

Yours Faithfully

(Individual/ Authorised Signatory)

On behalf of the Company/LLP/ Firm/ Partnership Firm


Annexure B-III:

BOARD OF RESOLUTION – CONSORTIUM OF COMPANIES

(On the letter head of the each company)

FORMAT FOR BOARD RESOLUTION FOR COMPANIES

“RESOLVED THAT approval of the Board be and is hereby granted to form and join the

with____________, ________, _____________, and _________ (names and addresses of the Companies) for

submitting e-bid, and all the supporting documents for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC)

for supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for

production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH

Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to achieve Zero

Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations, Factory and

Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the same for two years from the

date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra,

Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document

“RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the “draft” Memorandum of Understanding (“MoU”) to be entered into

with the Companies (a copy whereof duly initiated by the Chairman is tabled in the meeting) be and is hereby

approved.”

“RESOLVED FURTHER THAT Mr. _____________ (name), _________ (designation) be and is hereby

authorised to enter into the MoU, on behalf of the company.

RESOLVED FURTHER THAT Mr.________________ (name) ________ (designation) be and is hereby

authorised to execute a Power of Attorney in favour of ____________ (name of company) to act as the Lead

Member and provide all the information/documents required from the Company to participate in the bidding

process as a Lead member.

RESOLVED FURTHER THAT Mr.________________ (name) ________ (designation) be and is hereby

authorised to accept a Power of Attorney granted by the other Companies, to act as the Lead Member and

provide all the information/documents required from the Company to participate in the bidding process.

(For Lead Member)


ANNEXURE-B-IV

FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY DULY ATTESTED BY NOTARY PUBLIC FOR LEAD MEMBER

<On a Stamp Paper>

Power Of Attorney

Whereas PURCHASER has invited e-bid, and all the supporting documents for Engineering, Procurement

and Construction (EPC) for supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60

KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction

plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to

achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations,

Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the same for two

years from the date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt.

Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document

Whereas, it is necessary under the e-bid for the companies to designate one of them as the Lead Member with

all necessary power and authority to do for and on behalf of all companies, all acts, deeds and things as may

be necessary in connection with the participation in the bid process.

NOW THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY WITNESSETH THAT;

We, M/s. ----------------------------, M/s --------------------------- M/s. --------------------------, and

M/s………………………………….. (the respective names of companies and addresses of the registered

office) do hereby designate M/s……………………—————————————— ………….being one

of the member company, as the Lead Member, to do on behalf of all companies, all or any of the acts, deeds

or things necessary or incidental to the bidding process, including submission of e-bid, participating in

conferences, responding to queries, submission of information / documents and generally to represent the

Companies in all its dealings with PURCHASER, any other Government Agency or any person, in

connection with the bidding process until culmination of the process of bidding.

We hereby agree to ratify all acts, deeds and things lawfully done by the Lead Member pursuant to this

Power of Attorney and that all acts deeds and things done by our aforesaid attorney shall and shall always be

deemed to have been done by us.

Dated this the ……Day of …….2018

…………………………………

(Executants)

(To be executed by all the members)

Common Seal

Place:


ANNEXURE –B-V

FORMAT FOR MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING

This Memorandum of Understanding (“MoU”) entered into this ___day of_______ 2018 at ______

Between

________________(hereinafter referred as”__________”) and having office at ______________, India

Party of the First Part

AND

________________ (hereinafter referred as”__________”) and having office at ______________, India

Party of the Second Part

AND


Party of the Third Part

AND


Party of the Fourth Part

The Party of the First Part, Party of the Second Part, Party of the Third Part, and the Party of the Fourth Part

are individually referred to as “Party” and collectively as “Parties”.

WHEREAS The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., (Purchaser) has invited bids for Engineering,

Procurement and Construction (EPC) for supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new

Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and

liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment

units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of

foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the

same for two years from the date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd.,

Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope of work given in

the bid document.

AND WHEREAS the Parties have had discussions for formation of a Group of Companies between their

Holding Company and Subsidiaries Companies for participating in bidding for above bid and have reached an

understanding on the following points with respect to the Parties’ rights and obligations towards each other

and their working relationship.

IT IS HEREBY AS MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING OF THE PARTIES AGREED AND DECLARED

AS FOLLOWS:


In consideration of the above premises and agreements all the parties to this Group do here by now

agrees as follows:-

1) In consideration of the award of the Contract, we, the members do hereby agree that M/s----------------

---------------------shall act as Lead member and shall have at least 26% of the Interest. We further

declare and confirm that we shall jointly and severally be bound for the successful performance of the

Contract. Lead member will be fully responsible for Supply, Erection and commissioning, civil

works and to operate and maintain the plant for two years from the date of start of commercial

production of the distillery with ZLD system, boiler & turbines etc..

2) Lead Member shall participate in the bidding process and shall submit e-bid document fees, EMD

and other related documents required as per the bid document.

3) The ___% of interest of the Group by the other Members shall be as under :

………………….

4) That the shareholding commitments shall be recorded in this MOU and no changes shall be allowed

thereof, except in accordance with the provisions as laid down in Tender document.

5) In case of any breach of the said Contract by the Lead Member or other Constituent of the agreement,

the Lead Member do hereby agree to be fully responsible for the successful performance of the

Contract and to carry out all the obligations and responsibilities under the Contract in accordance with

the requirements of the Contract.

6) Further, if the owner suffers any loss or damage on account of any breach in the Contract the Lead

Company of these presents undertake to promptly make good such loss or damages caused to the

Purchaser, on its demand without any demur. It shall not be necessary or obligatory for the Purchaser

to proceed against Lead Member to these presents before proceeding against or dealing with the other

Partner(s).

7) The financial liability of the members of this Group to the Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.,

with respect to any of the claims arising out of the performance or non performance of the obligations

set forth in the said Group, read in conjunction with the relevant conditions of the Contract shall,

however, not be limited in any way so as to restrict or limit the liabilities of any of the members of the

agreement.

8) This group shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of India and the courts of

Kurukshetra/Chandigarh shall have the exclusive jurisdiction in all matters arising there under.

9) In case of an award of a Contract, we the group do hereby agree that we shall be jointly and severally

responsible for the scope of the tender respectively executed and Lead Member shall furnishing a Bank

guarantee for Performance Security and Timely Delivery in favour of the PURCHASER in the forms

acceptable to purchaser.


10) All the agreements shall be executed with the Lead member. All the payments etc will be made to the

Lead Member by Purchaser as per the terms of agreement.

11) It is further agreed that the Group shall be irrevocable and shall form an integral part of the Contract,

and shall continue to be enforceable all the owner discharges the same. It shall be effective from the

date first mentioned above for all purposes and intents.

In witness whereof the Parties affirm that the information provided is accurate and true and have caused this

MoU to be duly executed on the date and year hereinabove mentioned.

…………………. ………………

(Party of the First Part) (Party of the Second part)

…………… ……………

(Party of the Third Part) (Party of the Fourth Part)

Witnesses:

1.

2.

Note: The members may add any other terms and conditions as may be mutually decided by them and

which are not inconsistent with the terms & conditions mentioned above.


SECTION II (C): SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS

Item Code Brief Description Destination Period of

Commissioning

e-Bid

E.M.D.

Engineering, Procurement and Construction

(EPC) for Supply, erection and commissioning

of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD

distillery for production of anhydrous

Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and

liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration

boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and

condensate treatment units to achieve Zero

Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB

norms including construction of

foundations, Factory and Non-Factory

buildings etc. along with operation and

maintenance of the same for two years

from the date of commissioning at The

Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd.,

Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-

136135 as per technical specifications and scope

of work given in the bid document

The Shahabad

Cooperative Sugar

Mills Ltd., Ladwa

Road, Shahabad(M)

Distt. Kurukshetra,

Haryana – 136135

Within 11 months

from the date of

receipt of first full

advance

Rs.

75,00,000/-

(Rs. Seventy

Five lakhs

only)


SECTION II (D)- DRAFT AGREEMENT FOR SUPPLY, ERECTION AND

COMMISSIONING INCLUDING CIVIL WORKS

THIS AGREEMENT MADE on the day of ………………….………….. between The Shahabad

Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road, Shahabad(M), Distt. Kurukshetra (HARYANA)(A Cooperative

Society registered under Haryana Cooperative Society Act 1984 hereinafter referred to as the

‘PURCHASER’ represented by Mr.______________, Managing Director, The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mill

Ltd., Ladwa Road, Tehsil Shahabad(M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136135. which expression shall,

unless repugnant to the subject or context include their successors and assignees represented by authorized

representatives of the purchasers of the One Part and ......................................................................, a company/

Firm/ LLP registered under the respective Acts/Constitution having its registered office at

..........................................., and work place of business at ................................, hereinafter referred to as the

“Seller” which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context include their legal representatives,

administrators, successors or permitted assignees represented by Shri

................................................................of the Seller, of the other part.

WHEREAS the Bid of the ‘Seller’ contained in their bid document dated ......................... as modified after

subsequent techno commercial discussion with the ‘Purchaser’ in the meeting of the State Level Advisory

Committee/High Power Purchase Committee, held on .................(if any) Supply, erection and commissioning

(including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out items,

construction of civil foundation of plant machinery and equipments, factory and non-factory buildings with

all necessary infrastructure, landscaping etc.) of 60 KLPD molasses based distillery for production of 60

KLPD anhydrous ethanol on EPC basis at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt.

Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 has been accepted by the Purchaser and the Seller has been awarded the Letter of

Intent No. ……… dated................., according to specifications etc. given in Annexure I to V & XVII forming part of

this Agreement on the terms and conditions hereinafter appearing.

AND WHEREAS the contract price hereinafter mentioned is based on the Seller’s undertaking Supply,

Erection and Commissioning (including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of

bought out items etc.) of Supply, erection and commissioning (including design, preparation of engineering

layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out items, construction of civil foundation of plant machinery

and equipments, factory and non-factory buildings with all necessary infrastructure, landscaping etc.) of 60

KLPD molasses based distillery for production of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol on EPC basis at The Shahabad

Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 including trials by

…………(date)………….. in which time is the essence of the contract and if the seller fails to do so, the Seller shall pay

liquidated damages as hereinafter provided, as per terms of the Agreement, subject to the Purchaser fulfilling their

obligation on time except under Force Majeure conditions.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto have agreed on the following terms for procuring,

manufacturing, supplying the said Machinery and Equipment & proving performance and other matters

connected therewith referred to herein.


1.0 DEFINITION

1.1.1 Site: Site shall mean the location of The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mill Ltd., Ladwa Road, Tehsil

Shahabad(M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136135. Where the distillery/Ethanol Plant is to be

set up.

1.2 Machinery and Equipment : The Machinery and Equipment shall mean the plant and machinery

of concerned for Supply, erection and commissioning (including design, preparation of engineering

layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out items, construction of civil foundation of plant

machinery and equipments, factory and non-factory buildings with all necessary infrastructure,

landscaping etc.) of 60 KLPD molasses based distillery for production of 60 KLPD anhydrous

ethanol on EPC basis work as per technical specification and scope of works given in the bid

document as per annexure – I to V & XVII forming part of this agreement.

Purchaser: Purchaser means The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt.

Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 and their representatives including Haryana State Federation of

Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Bay No. 49-52, Sector-2, Panchkula - 134109 (HARYANA) and the

legal successors in title to the Purchaser but not (except with the consent of the seller) any assignee of

the Purchaser.

1.4 Seller: Seller means M/s. (name of distillery plant & machinery supplier) India, whose bid has been

accepted by the Purchaser and legal successor in title to the Sellers but not any assignee of the

Sellers.

1.5 Contract Price: Contract price means the sum stated in the Contract mentioned in clause 3.1.2

sellers for the Supply, Erection and Commissioning (including design, of engineering,

manufacturing, procurement of bought out items etc.) of for Supply, erection and commissioning

(including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out

items, construction of civil foundation of plant machinery and equipments, factory and non-factory

buildings with all necessary infrastructure, landscaping etc.) of 60 KLPD capacity molasses based

distillery for production of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol on EPC basis work and forwarding,

Loading/Unloading charges, GST, insurance and other relevant miscellaneous expenses, including

transportation charges etc. (according to specifications etc. given in Annexure I to V & XVII

forming part of this Agreement).

1.6 Bid: Bid means the sellers price offer to the Purchaser for the supply of the distillery plant and

machinery.

1.7 Commissioning

The commissioning shall mean assuring of designing, manufacturing, procuring and supply of all

Machinery and Equipment including Civil Works and erection of Machinery and Equipments as per

specifications are completed to the entire satisfaction of the Purchaser. All the trials viz water, steam

and vacuum trials have been conducted to the entire satisfaction of the Purchaser and the distillery is

ready for commercial production.

1.8 Effective Date/Zero date

The Effective Date/Zero Date shall mean the date of signing of the Agreement or receipt of 10% of

the Contract Price, as advance whichever is later.

1.9 KLPD : Kilo liters per day


2.0 SCOPE OF WORKS

The scope of works shall include supply erection, commissioning, Proving performance of the

plant from the date of start of commercial production as detailed in Annexure-I forming part

of this Agreement.

3.0 CONTRACT PRICE

3.1.1 The Seller agrees to carry out the activities Design, engineering, procurement, manufacturing, supply, erection

& commissioning and proving performance the s etc.) of for Supply, erection and commissioning

(including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out

items, construction of civil foundation of plant machinery and equipments, factory and non-factory

buildings with all necessary infrastructure, landscaping etc.) of 60 KLPD capacity molasses based

distillery for production of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol on EPC basis work specified in Annexure I to

V & XVII annexed to and forming part of this agreement and do other related works herein mentioned at a

total price of Rs............ lakhs (Rupees ............................. only) hereinafter referred to as the ‘Contract Price’

subject to terms and conditions, hereinafter, provided.

Price includes F.O.R. site including packing and forwarding charges) price, necessary facilities,

freight to site, GST and all other taxes and duties and insurance as per the break-up give below:

Sl.

No. Particulars Basic Price

(Rs. in lakhs)

CGST/SGCT/

IGSCT

(Rs. in lakhs)

Total

(Rs. in

lakhs)

i) Ex-works Basic (ex-bidder’s or their sub-

contractor’s workshop or place of supply)

price of the plant and machinery in

accordance with specifications & details of

Draft Agreement excluding following

ii) GST

iii) Freight to distillery site

iv) Packing and forwarding charges

v) Insurance

vi) Necessary facilities including lagging,

painting, material including primary & final

coating as per colour scheme of purchaser,

cost of pipelines etc.

vii) Erection and commissioning of plant and

machinery.

viii construction of foundations and buildings

Total Contract Price 3.1 (i) to (viii) above


3.1.2 Total of 3.1.1 (i) to (viii) above : Rs.................

Total contract price Rs. _______Lacs______________________________)

3.2 It is to be clearly understood that the total contract price is Rs....... lakhs

(Rupees ........................ only) inclusive the following:

i) Foundation bolts and packing plates

ii) Cost of all other items which are necessary for completing supply of the plant as per scope of supply.

iii) All other taxes, duties and octroi paid by the Sellers or their sub-contractors on raw materials,

components and other material for their own manufacturer of finished equipments or part of finished

equipments.

iv) Custom duty on imported machinery, equipment, raw material and finished goods.

v) Freight and insurance costs.

vi) Lagging, first filling of lubricants transformer & turbine oil. Painting materials, cost of pipeline etc.

3.3 Civil works as per specifications mentioned in Annexure-XVII

3.4 The total contract price amounting to Rs............. lakhs above at 3.1.2 is firm upto satisfactory

performance of the plant and machinery.

3.4.1 The total price offered at above is inclusive of the total amount in respect of GST and other

applicable taxes and duties if any which shall be payable by the purchasers from time to time. The

total price offered is also inclusive of single point GST at the destination point, on finished bought

out items supplied directly to site from sub-contractors works. The goods will be sent duly insured

by a Insurance Companies regulated by IRDA as mentioned in clause 4.0.

All the above details of taxes, duties actually paid by the Sellers shall be shown separately

for own manufactured items and for bought out items and claimed by the Sellers from the Purchasers

as a reimbursement of the same, in each invoice/bills to be submitted by the Sellers limited to the

amount shown against column no. 3.1.1 (i) to (viii). The amount shown in Seller’s bill for payment of

all such taxes, sur-charges and duties will be computed on the basis of relevant statutory provisions in

force on the date of despatch and shall be the actual amount as paid by the Sellers. The Sellers shall

furnish to the Purchasers with their bills for claiming GST credit and supporting documents.

The Sellers shall within one month from the date of finalisation of Agreement furnish the

Purchasers with an indication of the approximate incidence of GST, Other tax in relation to goods

supplied in execution of works contract and any other taxes payable by the Purchasers under the

contract based on the rates prevailing on the date of Agreement. Any changes in Duties/ tax structure

will be on account of seller. Purchaser shall be responsible for payment of taxes etc subject to the

maximum as provided in the price breakup.

3.4.2 PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT the Purchaser or their authorised representatives shall be shown all

original documents and accounting records in support of GST, customs duties on imported

machinery/components and original bills of the sub-contractors for satisfying that as aforesaid has

actually been paid to the sub-contractors including taxes and duties charged in bills.


3.4.3 Provided that not later than 30 days of the date of signing of the Agreement, the Seller shall furnish

to the Purchaser a statement for price breakup in the form of Annexure-VII as per which the

purchaser shall pay to seller.

3.4.4 Likewise seller shall also furnish to purchaser, Billing Schedule within 45 days of signing the

agreement with details along with month wise cash flow requirement.

3.5 The sale of Machinery and Equipment under this agreement shall be governed by GST Act.

4.0 INSURANCE

The Contract Price mentioned in clause 3.1.2 is inclusive of the charges for comprehensive risk

insurance of all Machinery and Equipment and other consumables including Transit Insurance,

storage till commissioning. Machinery and Equipments shall be directly despatched to the

Purchaser’s distillery plant site from Seller/sub-contractors or sub-suppliers respective places of

manufacture and despatch and the transit cum storage cum commissioning insurance policy in respect

thereof shall be arranged by the Seller at such premium rates with such insurance company as may be

approved by the Purchaser and kept in full force and effect until commissioning of the plant.

The Sellers shall have the interest of the Purchasers and its financers noted upon such

policies of insurance. The insurance policies shall be taken by the Sellers in the joint name of the

Sellers and the Purchaser.

If any consignment is received at the place of destination in damaged condition or is lost in

transit, the representative of the Purchaser will take open delivery from the carriers and will give

suitable remarks in the delivery book maintained by the Station Master or other carriers about the

loss or breakage in transit. The representative of the Seller shall lodge claims with the Railways or

other carriers on behalf of the Purchaser in time with a copy to the Sellers Head Office to enable

them to lodge claim with the insurance company. All realisations of claims from the carrier/railway

and insurance company, whether in the name of the Seller or the Purchaser, shall be to the account of

the Seller. The Seller shall supply the replacement of Machinery and Equipment, goods or parts lost

or damaged in transit, free of cost delivered at ‘site’ to the Purchaser within the time so as to adhere

to the date of commissioning i.e. ……….

It shall be responsibility of the Sellers to lodge the claims, if any, with the Insurance

Company and to replace the items of plant and machinery lost or damaged. Such replacement to be

done by the Sellers free of cost delivery at site within stipulated time so as to suit the date of

commissioning. All moneys received against claims shall be to the account of the Sellers. In case of

replacement no amount either in form of price or duty or tax or anything shall be paid to the Sellers,

and GST, if again paid by the Sellers/their sub-contractors/sub-suppliers on replacement shall not be

reimbursed.

5.0 DELIVERY ,ERECTION AN CIVIL WORKS

5.1 Seller agree to start the supply of Machinery and Equipments, construction of foundations &

buildings and erection and commission of machinery and Equipments specified in accordance with

Annexure-II forming part of this Agreement from ………, so that the supply of Machinery and

Equipment and construction of foundations and buildings is completed by ………and commissioning


of Machinery and Equipment completed by_____i.e. the distillery Plant is made ready for

commercial production …….. in which respect time is the essence of the contract, subject to the

terms and conditions of this Agreement.

5.2 The Seller shall submit regularly and punctually to the purchaser, with a copy to authorized agency

the monthly progress report in terms of the progress made in connection with items detailed in

Annexure I to V & XVII Example: The progress of placement of orders for long delivery and

bought out items, submission of drawings and approving of design drawings of machinery

foundations ( by Purchaser architect ) submitted by the supplier’s architect, (appointed by the

supplier) for the execution of the civil works should be submitted before 10th of every month from

the date of signing of the agreement. This report should also mention clearly if the progress made is

satisfactory and suggestions further to realize the targets mentioned at clause 5.1 above.

5.3 The seller shall prepare and submit following to the purchaser/authorized agency in consultation with

the first within one month of the date of signing of this Agreement,

a) Finalise the plant (Building) lay out including all allied units, engineering layout for purchaser’s

approval to facilitate the suppliers architect to commence his duties of designing, for the timely

execution of the later subjected to purchaser’s approval.

b) A time schedule for construction of foundations in the sequence required for the erection of the

Machinery and Equipment to ensure commissioning of Machinery and Equipment.

c) A delivery schedule of Machinery and Equipments, the Seller shall ensure that the machinery

and equipment are delivered in sequence of priority for erection so that the items which are to be

erected first as per erection schedule shall be sent first and with the same order of priority the

progress of delivery shall be maintained thereafter accordingly.

5.4 The seller shall place orders and furnish to the purchasers the order acceptance copies from respective

sub-vendors (on their official letter heads) in case of bought out items for supply progressively of

long delivery items, subject to the approval of purchaser, before claiming the advance and shall keep

the purchaser informed about the same.

5.5 The Seller shall provide to the purchaser load data, coordinating drawings etc. along with foundation

drawing to purchaser for the purpose of approval of design and construction of machinery

foundations to enable the Purchaser to inspect/check machinery foundations according to schedule

referred to therein to ensure commissioning of the distillery by ......................

5.6 The foundation drawings of machinery equipments prepared by the Architect of the Seller shall be

vetted by the Purchaser before execution. The seller, with their stamp of approval or comments, shall

return the drawings within 10 days of submission by the Architect of Purchaser.

5.7 The checking of the machinery foundations shall be done jointly by the seller and the purchaser at

distillery plant site. All civil works shall be constructed as per specifications mentioned in Annexure

XVII.


6.0 The erection, commissioning & performance work to be carried out to the satisfaction of Purchasers.

Since time is the essence of the contract, Seller shall ensure that erection work is completed in such a

manner that Machinery & Equipments is commissioned by………………

7.0 VISIT TO WORKSHOP AND INSPECTION:

7.1 The quality and design features and workmanship of the distillery plant and machinery shall be

strictly in accordance with Annexure-I to V and XVII forming part of this agreement and standard

engineering practices. The Purchaser shall inspect the items, as per inspection procedure laid down in

Annexure – IX & X.

Inspection team will visit the place of manufacture, assembly of the machinery and also

Purchaser plant site and inspect the same. The Seller and their sub-contractors for bought out items

shall offer the plant and machinery for inspection during the course of manufacture as well as before

dispatch. Scheduled visits may be fixed by the Inspection team. The Seller shall give at least 7 days

clear notice to the purchaser and their nominated consultant before the dispatch of the machinery to

the site. In case the Inspection Agency feels that inspection will be delayed before despatch, they will

accordingly send a certificate to the Seller with an instruction to despatch the material attaching the

certificate itself. Such materials will be inspected at site. The Seller shall supply necessary details of

designs with calculations and drawings wherever required by the inspection agency for the

verification of the details of specifications and for the purpose of inspection as incorporated in the

Agreement. Details of items to be inspected and procedure there of etc. are enclosed as Annexure –

IX & X. The purchaser or their Inspection Agency shall have the right to reject any material or

assemblies or sub-assemblies if these are not of the specified quality and workmanship on the ground

that they cannot be rectified.

7.2.1 The purchaser or their nominee shall be within their rights to bring to the notice of the seller any

deviation observed from the specifications or standard engineering practices and the seller shall be

required to rectify such defects and deviations, if any, at their own cost. Such inspection by the

purchaser or their nominees shall not absolve the seller from their responsibility of supplying the

plant and machinery in accordance with the Annexures and terms of the Agreement. Seller shall

provide the necessary facilities to the inspecting agency for proper inspection and testing of the

equipment at seller’s or his sub-contractors works.

PROVIDED THAT in case of any major change in procedure, the Inspection Agency shall give

sufficient advance intimation to the Seller. The Seller shall also provide inspection facilities normally

available at the plant site for machinery inspection.

7.2.2 The seller or their sub-contractors shall also satisfy the purchaser and/or their Inspection Agency that

adequate provisions have been made (a) to carry out instructions of the purchaser and/or the

Inspection Agency fully and with promptitude (b) to ensure that parts or materials required to be

inspected are not used before inspection and (c) to prevent rejected materials or parts from being

used.


7.2.3 Where parts, assemblies or sub-assemblies not approved/passed by the Inspection Agency have been

rectified or altered, such parts, assemblies or sub-assemblies shall be segregated for separate

inspection and approved before being incorporated in the plant and machinery.

7.2.4 The purchaser or their Inspection Agency shall have the right to give their inspection mark on all

items inspected by them.

8.0 TRIALS

8.1 PROVIDED THAT the water, steam and vacuum trials shall be conducted by the seller, for a

period of seven days before the commissioning of the Machinery and Equipment after complete

delivery and the erection by the seller to the entire satisfaction of the purchaser.

Before starting the trials the seller shall notify, in writing, the purchaser/authorized agency at

least 7 days in advance to enable them (purchaser) to appoint the required team of personnel, arrange

fuels etc.

If the tests are being unreasonably delayed by the seller, the purchaser through a notice

require the seller to make the tests within 7 days of receipt of such a notice from purchaser. The seller

shall then make the test on such day within that period as notified by the purchaser and to that effect

notify the purchaser in writing.

If the seller fails to make the tests within7 days after receipt of the notice, the purchaser may

himself proceed with the tests. The tests so made by the purchaser shall be at the risk and cost of the

seller and the cost thereof shall be deducted from the contract price. The tests shall then be deemed to

have been made in the presence of the seller and the results of the tests shall be accepted as accurate.

8.2 On completion of the steam, water and vacuum trials to the entire satisfaction of the purchaser and to

that effect the purchaser furnishes a certificate to the seller that all the Machinery and Equipment

mentioned in Annexure I to V have been inspected and approved by the Inspection Agency,

delivered as per detailed part list of material referred to above, erection and trials have been

conducted satisfactorily under the supervision of seller in accordance with the terms and condition of

the agreement.

8.3.1 PROVIDED THAT if, before the performance trial as stipulated under clause 9.0 and its sub-clauses,

the distillery is operated continuously for 7 days satisfactorily and has produced commercial Ethanol

for seven consecutive days, the plant and machinery will be deemed to have been taken over by the

purchaser but such taking over shall not absolve or relieve the Seller from fulfilling the guaranteed

performance as provided by Clause 9.0 & its sub-clauses.

9.0 PERFORMANCE TRIAL AND GUARANTEE:

9.1 The seller hereby guarantee:

a) That all the Machinery and Equipment are supplied as specified in Annexure I to V and XVII

forming part of this Agreement.

b) The capacity and efficiency of the Machinery & Equipment supplied by the Sellers have to be

achieved after successful running of three month from the start of the operations, during performance

trial on any seven consecutive full working days,


i) Minimum 60 kilo litre per day of Ethanol production for seven consecutive days is achieved.

If there is any stoppage continuously for more than two hours, the stoppage hours has to be

excluded from arriving the said production.

iii) The plant should produce Ethanol as per standards given at Annexure VI

All performance parameters as mentioned in Annexure-VI need to be achieved.

c) That all the machinery and equipment will be brand new of latest design and state of art technology

and first class material and workmanship. Any part found defective within two year i.e. warrantee

period from the date of commissioning it shall be replaced fully or satisfactorily rectified by the seller

free of cost. In this effect the purchaser shall retain Performance Bank Guarantee as per clause

16.1(iii).

d) Entire Machinery and Equipment shall perform to establish the parameters detailed, under

Annexure-VI (Performance Parameters.) In effect of the same the seller shall issue to the purchaser

bank guarantees as detailed at 16.1. (iii)

9.2 To get the above performance, the seller shall conduct the performance tests as per terms of

agreement. The Purchaser shall give twenty days clear notice to the Seller for witnessing the

performance trial. The performance trial should be conducted in the presence of representative of:

1. Purchaser

2. Seller

3. Haryana State Federation of Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Panchkula, (Haryana),

4. National Federation of Coop. Sugar Factories Limited, New Delhi

5. National Sugar Institute, Kanpur

Out of five four shall constitute quorum.

9.3 If the trials referred to in clause 9.2 are completed according to Clause 9.1(b) and to the satisfaction

of the representatives mentioned above, or in their absence to the satisfaction of Committee

constituted of persons mutually agreed upon by the purchaser and the seller, a certificate to that effect

shall be issued by the purchaser to the Seller. On furnishing of such a certificate by the purchaser, the

Machinery and Equipment shall be deemed to have achieved the guaranteed performance.

9.4 The performance trial shall be given in the first year after the start of commercial production for the

process parameters.

9.5 If the purchaser fails to make necessary arrangements including the supply of molasses, fuel and

other consumables after the date of commissioning, the Machinery and Equipment and buildings will

be deemed to have been taken over by the purchaser and the trial will be presumed to have been

performed in accordance with the standards laid down in the Agreement.

10.0 PURCHASER’S RESPONSIBILITIES:

a) The purchaser shall handover the site for installation of the plant and construction of buildings within

30 days from the date of agreement.


b) The purchaser may, on the request of seller, provide suitable area for site fabrication of items

provided that the details of essential fabrication works to be done at factory site shall be furnished by

the seller to the purchaser well in advance.

c) Timely approval of layout, drawings, PERT/CPM, price breakup, delivery schedule, payment

schedule etc. subject to timely submission by the Seller.

d) The purchaser shall provide an electricity metered connection for site fabrication and construction in

accordance with above, for which a separate energy meter will be installed by the purchaser so that

the seller pays to the purchaser the actual cost of electricity consumed for site fabrication purpose.

e) The purchaser shall provide adequate water supply free of cost to the seller at one point in distillery

site. The necessary pipeline connection shall be arranged by the supplier.

f) The purchaser shall provide electricity, water and necessary chemicals, etc., for start up of machinery

and equipment for the distillery plant.

g) The purchaser shall pay the required statutory inspection or other fees and charges payable under the

claims of any Act or Regulation in respect of the installation; operation or use of machinery and

equipment and submit the required application but the follow-up-work to get the approval is to be

done by the Seller for which they would be solely responsible. Purchaser will extend all cooperation

in this respect.

h) The purchaser shall obtain from concerned authorities, necessary clearance in respect of water,

effluent disposal, layout of factory buildings and any other matter related to this plant and pay

necessary fees. For such purpose, the seller shall extend necessary assistance wherever required.

Purchaser will provide requisites such as fuel, power, water and utilities, raw material etc as required

by the seller for operating equipment during testing and start up period.

1. The section-wise and for the overall project, the proposed water balance, Power balance, Steam balance should

be attached by the tenderer along with the technical bid.

2. For all the installations, PESO Compliance requisites should be fulfilled by supplier.

I) The purchaser shall arrange adequate supply of fuel, molasses during trials, commissioning and the

performance trial.

11.0 SELLER’S RESPONSIBILITIES:

a) To get approved by authorized agency after submission by seller (within 30 days of signing of the

agreement) drawings/arrangements plant with rating & make of each equipment as detailed in

inspection procedure. (Annexure-IX).

b) Before signing of the contract, the seller shall provide the equipment-wise break-up prices for major

items of equipments /buildings mutually agreed between purchasers & sellers. The quarterly billing

schedule should also be submitted within 45 days of signing of agreement.

c) Within 30 days from the date of receipt of advance payment, the seller shall hand-over the list of

basic tools, tackles and stores needed for the maintenance of the distillery Plant and machinery to be

used by the Purchaser.

d) The seller undertake to hand-over before the date of signing of this Agreement, a time schedule of

deliveries relating to major equipment’s and erection work as detailed at Annexure -VII which if

adhered to, will enable completion of erection and putting into operation of the distillery on

scheduled date. The seller will get delivery schedule approved from the purchaser within 30 days.


e) The seller shall attend monthly and fortnightly site meetings as required from time to time to review

the total work progress in respect of supply to ensure the commissioning of the entire Machinery and

Equipment by the stipulated date. PROVIDED FURTHER THAT if, before or during the time of

reviews, any extension of time is granted by the purchaser as per “Force Majeure Clause”, the same

shall be taken into account.

f) The Seller undertakes to hand-over to the purchaser 6 copies of the drawings and maintenance

manuals with description and detailed instruction as per Annexure—XI attached herein.

g) A PERT/CPM/Composite bar chart shall be finalised, with the mutual consultation between the

Purchaser and Seller and authorized agency, before singing of this agreement. Thereafter, before 10th

day of month, necessary details shall be furnished by the Seller to the Purchaser for the preparation of

revised PERT/CPM network/composite bar chart if necessity arises after consent of both the seller

and purchaser/authorized agency. The seller will get PERT/CPM/Composite bar charts approved

from the purchaser within 30 days.

h) The seller shall furnish to the purchaser, before 30 days of starting the despatch of Machinery and

Equipments finalised by mutual consent of seller & purchaser/ authorized agency, an insurance

coverage by a insurance company regulated by IRDA for the transit cum storage cum erection policy,

safety of equipment from place/s of concerned manufacturer/s to the purchaser site at Shahabad

Coop. Sugar Mill Ltd., Ladwa Road, Shahabad Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana. .This insurance

coverage shall be valid till 30 days of commissioning of the distillery.

i) The seller shall place orders for bought out long delivery items and the order acceptance by the

concerned party on whom the orders are placed to the satisfaction of the purchaser within 45 days of

signing of agreement. Seller shall furnish to the Purchaser photo state copies of unpriced purchase

orders. If the purchaser finds that the orders placed are not as per specifications then necessary

modifications in their orders has to be revised as per specifications by the Seller.

j) The seller shall adhere to schedules, submission of drawings, manual and other documents as

mentioned in Annexure XI.

K) The seller shall ensure that all the major and important machinery items, equipments, plant and

machinery dispatched from the Sellers works/their sub-contractors works are encased in packing

boxes to prevent from any losses, damage etc.

l) The Sellers shall within one month from the date of finalisation of Agreement furnish the Purchasers

with an indication of the approximate incidence of GST, custom duty, local taxes, payable by the

Purchasers under the contract based on the rates prevailing on the date of Agreement.

m) The Sellers shall provide comprehensive risk insurance of all Machinery and Equipment and other

consumables including Transit Insurance.

12.0 PATENT:

Patent and/or Copyrights

The Seller shall hold and save the purchaser, its officers, agents, servants and employees from

liability of any nature or kind including costs and expenses for or on account of any copyright or un-

copyright, composition, secret processes, patented or appliance unpatented, articles or manufactured


or used in the performance of this contract including their use by the Purchaser unless otherwise

specifically stipulated in this Agreement.

In the event of any claim or demand being made or action being brought against the

purchaser for infringement of patent in respect of any machine, plant used or supplied by the Seller

under this Agreement or in respect of any method of using or working by the purchaser or such

machine, plant or thing, the Seller will indemnify the purchaser against such claims or demand and

all costs and expenses arising from or incurred by reason or such claim or demand.

PROVIDED THAT the purchaser shall notify in writing the seller immediately if any claim

is made and that they shall be at liberty, if they so desire with the assistance of the purchaser, if

required, but at the Seller’s own expenses, to conduct all negotiations for the settlement of the same

or any litigation that may arise there from; and

PROVIDED THAT no such machine, plant or thing shall be used by the purchaser for any

purpose or in any manner other than that for which they have been supplied by the Seller as specified

in this Agreement.

13.0 FORCE MAJEURE:

The right of the seller to proceed with the work shall not be terminated as provided in Clause

21 because of any delay in the completion of the work due to unforeseen causes beyond the control

and without the fault or negligence of the Seller or their sub-contractors including (but not restricted

to) act of God or Public, enemy, action of Government in its Sovereign Capacity, floods, epidemics,

quarantine, strike, lock-outs, fires, explosives, accident, civil commotion, riots etc. In the event of

any of the aforesaid contingencies, unusual or extraordinarily prolonged, the Purchaser will be

promptly kept informed by the Seller by FAX/E-Mail followed by Confirmation in writing through a

registered letter with AD, with documentary proof within 10 days of the commencement and

completion of force majeure circumstances. This force majeure clause shall also apply to sub-

contractors.

a) Force majeure clause shall be applied only to the machinery equipment fall in the period as

per delivery schedule.

b) This clause shall not be applicable if an order is placed by the seller at the time of buying; the

sub-supplier factory/workshop is under force majeure condition.

c) Any loss/damage on account of delay in delivery of Ethanol Plant and equipments beyond

and period of delivery schedule due to force majeure will be borne by the seller.

d) Extension of Time – Any period, within which the seller shall, pursuant to this Agreement,

complete any action or task, shall be extended by the Purchaser if satisfied, for a period equal

to the time during which the Seller was unable to perform such action as a result of Force

Majeure.

e) Measures to be taken – Seller affected by an event of Force Majeure shall take all

reasonable measures to remove such Seller’s inability to fulfil its obligation hereunder with a

minimum of delay. The parties shall take all reasonable measures to minimize the

consequences of any event of Force Majeure.


14.0 TERMS OF PAYMENT:

Based on completion of mile stones, payment will be made by the Purchaser. The payment terms for

design & engineering, civil works, supply and erection & commissioning activities are as given

below:

14(i) Payment terms for civil works

14(i) (a) Ten percent (10%) of the civil works price will be paid as advance, within 30 days from the

Effective Date of agreement, against submission of irrevocable bank guarantee being an

advance at Annexure-XIII obtained from any nationalized bank, valid for the entire

contract period The advance given shall carry interest @ 8 % per annum on reducing

balance from the date of issue of cheque/bank draft till the progressive adjustment in the

bills.

14(i) (b) Eighty percent (80%) of the civil works price including 100% applicable taxes and duties

will be paid on pro-rata completion of civil works, against agreed milestones. The 10%

paid as an advance will be adjusted on pro-rata basis in this 80%. Within 15 days from the

date of completion of advance adjustment the irrevocable advance bank guarantee will be

returned back to the seller.

14(i) (c) Ten percent (10%) of the civil works price will be paid after issue of final Acceptance

Certificate of the project by the mill on successful completion of civil works.

14(i) d) Ten Percent (10%) of the civil works price on the completion of successful performance trial

and against the performance bank guarantee at Annexure-XV obtained from any

nationalized bank for ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price valid for the entire warranty

period. The earnest money will be converted into security deposit and the same will be

returned on submission of Performance guarantee after successful performance trials of the

plant.

14 (ii) Payment terms of supply

14(ii) (a) Ten percent (10%) of the supply price will be paid as advance, within 30 days from the

Effective Date of agreement, against submission of irrevocable bank guarantee being an

advance at Annexure-XIII obtained from any nationalized bank valid for the entire contract

period by the supplier The advance given shall carry interest @ 8% per annum on reducing

balance from the date of issue of cheque/bank draft till the progressive adjustment in the

bills.

14(ii) (b) Eighty percent (80%) of the supply price including 100 % applicable taxes & duties will be

paid as per the agreed billing schedule on pro-rata receipt of materials at site against original

documentary evidence. The 10% paid as an advance will be adjusted on pro-rata basis in this

80%. Within 15 days from the date of completion of advance adjustment the irrevocable

advance bank guarantee will be returned back to the seller.


14(ii) (c) Ten percent (10%) of the supply price will be paid after issue of final acceptance certificate

of the project by the mill on successful supply of material.

14(ii) (d) Ten Percent (10%) of supply price on completion of the successful performance trial and

against the performance bank guarantee at Annexure- XV for ten percent (10%) of the

Contract Price obtained from any nationalized bank valid for the entire warranty period. The

earnest money will be converted into security deposit and the same will be returned on

submission of Performance guarantee after successful performance trials of the plant.

14(iii) Payment terms for erection and commissioning

14(iii)(a) Ten percent (10%) of the basic price of erection & commissioning as advance will be paid

within 30 days from the date of agreement, against submission of irrevocable bank guarantee

being an advance at Annexure-XIII an equivalent amount obtained from any nationalized

bank, valid for the entire contract period by the supplier. The advance given shall carry

interest @ 8 % per annum on reducing balance from the date of issue of cheque/bank draft

till the progressive adjustment in the bills.

14(iii) (b) Eighty percent (80%) of the erection & commissioning price including 100% applicable

taxes and duties will be paid against pro-rata completion of erection of the plant and

equipment, against agreed milestones. The 10% paid as an advance will be adjusted on pro-

rata basis in this 80%. Within 15 days from the date of completion of advance adjustment

the irrevocable advance bank guarantee will be returned back to the seller.

14(iii) (c) Ten percent (10%) of the erection & commissioning price (including training charges, if

any) on issue of final Acceptance Certificate of the project by the mill on successful

completion of the erection and commissioning.

14(iii) d) Ten Percent (10%) of the erection & commissioning price on completion of successful

performance trial and against the performance bank guarantee at Annexure- XV for ten

percent (10%) of the Contract Price obtained from any nationalized bank valid for the entire

warranty period. The earnest money will be converted into security deposit and the same will

be returned on submission of Performance guarantee after successful performance trials of

the plant.

14(iv) The price mentioned in this contract is firm and no escalation whatsoever is applicable, except

for any statutory variations in the taxes and duties applicable on price within the contract

period.

14(v) All Payments shall be made in Indian Rupees only.

14(vi) Payment for all invoices shall be made within 15 days from the date of acceptance of the

invoices by the mill. Acceptance of invoices shall mean submission of the invoices along


with all necessary documents by the Contractor and Joint certification by mill for the receipt

of the related materials / completion of work at site.

14(vii) The Seller’s invoices shall be paid in full inclusive of taxes and duties, after the deduction of

advances, TDS (if any) and the retention money etc.

14(viii) Purchaser Right to with hold Payment: Purchaser shall have the right to withhold or

nullify the whole or a part of any application of contractor for payment or any approval for

payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect Purchaser from sustaining any loss on

account of:

Short supply not made good by Seller

Defective supply not rectified /replaced by Seller

Defective work not remedied/replaced by Seller

Failure of Seller to fulfill and discharge promptly all his monetary obligations to his sub-

contractors either for material and/or for labour and/or other account.

Unauthorized deviations by Seller from the specifications, terms and conditions of

supply/service.

Erroneous statements or invoices of Seller for the value of supply made/work done.

14(ix) No Interest for Delayed Payments for supply of equipment and spare parts/services

rendered: No claim for interest will be entertained by Purchaser in respect of any money or

balance which may be in Purchaser hand owing to any dispute or difference or

misunderstanding between Purchaser and Seller or due to reasons beyond the reasonable

control of Purchaser will however make its best efforts to effect payments as per agreed terms

and conditions.

14(x) The seller shall provide the proof of GST claimed in the invoices so that the purchaser do not

face any difficulty in taking GST credit. The total amount of GST payment will be restricted

to the amount provided in the clause 3.1. However if the seller claims GST amounts more

than the amount provided in the clause 3.1, the GST payment will be restricted to the break-

up given in the clause 3.1 subject to the Clause 14 (iv).

Taxes and Duties:

i. Bidder must declare the leviable taxes and duties clearly and the purchaser on documentary proof of payment

made will pay the same.

ii. The price mentioned in this contract is firm and no escalation whatsoever is applicable, except for any statutory

variations in the taxes and duties applicable on the contract price within the contract period.

iii. The rate of CGST/SGST/IGST or any other tax payable will be as applicable at the time of delivery. Payment is

subject to the condition and the supplier’s written undertakings that the same is statutorily payable by the

supplier’s to the government and actually will be paid to the Government.

iv. Income Tax, TDS if applicable, will be deducted as per Govt. rules.

In case the sellers fail

to supply and delivery of all the said equipment and construct foundations and buildings within the time agreed

herein as per Annexure –I to V & XVII, the Sellers shall be liable to pay to the purchasers interest at the rate on

PLR of State Bank of India on the amount of unadjusted amount paid to the Sellers reckoned from the stipulated

date of completion of delivery of the said equipments as specified in Annexure-I to V & XVII the date of


payment in respect thereof is made to the sellers by the purchasers then interest at bank lending rate shall be paid

by the sellers to the purchasers from the date of payment as aforesaid is made till the date the material or

equipment concerned is received at site.

14.1 All taxes & duties such as GST etc. are to be paid at actual as charged in Invoices & proof of same

within 45 days is to be furnished subject to the maximum amount as specified in clause 3.1.1 (i) to

(viii)

14.2 The advance given shall carry interest @ 8 % per annum on reducing balance from the date of issue of

cheque/ bank draft till the progressive adjustment in the bills

15.0 PENALTIES

15.1 To secure the contractual obligations under this agreement, the seller shall be liable to pay the

following penalties, if the sellers

a) Fail to deliver any or all the machinery & equipment within the delivery scheduled time

specified in the contract, they shall pay liquidated damages by an amount equal to 0.5% (Half

per cent) per week or part thereof, of the contract price of any or all equipments but not

exceeding 5% (Five percent) of the supply price mentioned as at clause 3.1.1 (i).

b) Fail to construct the Foundations & Buildings as per scheduled dates. The seller shall be liable to

liquidated damages to purchaser equal to 0.5% per week subject to the maximum of 5% (Five

percent) of civil price provided in clause 3.1.1( viii)

c) Fail to complete the erection & commissioning as per scheduled dates. The seller shall be liable

to liquidated damages to purchaser equal to 0.5% per week subject to the maximum of 5% (Five

percent) of erection and commissioning price provided in clause 3.1.1( vii )

16.0 BANK GUARANTEE

16.1 To secure the contractual obligations as per this agreement the seller at their own cost shall furnish to

the purchaser, the following bank guarantees, by a Nationalised bank. All the guarantees shall be in

the formats enclosed as Annexure XIII, XIV and XV respectively.

(i) A bank guarantee against receiving the advance of 10% of the contract price mentioned at

clause No 3.1.2 amounting to Rs........... lakhs (Rupees ....................................... only)against

supply , erection, civil works This guarantee will be adjusted and reduced with the progress of

supply of Machinery and Equipment / milestone payments for erection, construction and civil

works. This guarantee shall be furnished within 10 days of signing the agreement. The

advance given shall carry interest @ 8% per annum on reducing balance from the date of issue

of cheque/bank draft till the progressive adjustment in the bills. The Guarantee will be valid

upto 30 Days after adjustment of advances.

(ii) A bank guarantee within 30 days of receiving the above advance or start of delivery of

machinery & equipment whichever is earlier for 5% (Five percent) of total contract price

mentioned at clause 3.1.2 amounting to Rs. ______lacs (Rs. ________________lacs). This

guarantee shall be against timely delivery of machinery & equipment, completion of erection,


commission and civil works. This guarantee will be valid upto 6 months after the schedule

date of completion of supply & commissioning of entire machinery and equipment.

(iii) A bank guarantee on or before 150 day of signing of the agreement for 10% (Ten percent) of

the total contract price mentioned at clause 3.1.2 amounting to Rs……………lakhs

(Rupees……………………………….only). This guarantee shall be in respect of guaranteed

performance of machinery and equipment and completion of erection, commission and civil

works as detailed at Annexure I to VI) and shall be valid upto 60 days after the end of 24

months ( Warrantee Period ) of commissioning of plant.

16.2 If the seller shall abandon this contract or otherwise fail to supply, deliver, erect and commission the

Machinery and Equipment, construction of Civil works within the scheduled period or any extension

thereof granted by the purchaser, or if the work or any part thereof is taken out of the seller's hands

under Clause 13.0 and in any such case the seller shall refund to the purchaser within 30 days of

demand such part of the advance payments there under made to them. The purchaser shall have the

right to proceed in any manner, as deemed fit, to protect their interest.

16.3 The bank guarantee or guarantees required to be furnished by the seller under the provision hereof to

secure establishment of performance parameters of Machinery and Equipment supplied by them or for

any other purpose under the provisions hereof shall be in the form of the purchaser, as at Annexures –

VI & XVII, which form(s) shall invariably include the provision that the decision of the purchaser as to

whether there has been any loss or damage or default and or negligence on the part of the seller will be

final and binding on the guarantor, that the right of the purchaser shall not be affected or suspended by

reason of the fact that any dispute or disputes have been raised by the seller with regard to their

liability or that proceedings are pending before any tribunal, arbitrator(s) or court with regard thereto or

in connection therewith, that the guarantor shall pay to the purchaser the sum under the guarantee(s)

without demur on first demand and without requiring the purchaser to invoke any legal remedy that

may be available to them, that it shall not be open to the guarantor to know the reasons of or to

investigate or to go into the merits of the demand or to question or to challenge the demand or to know

any facts affecting the demand or to require proof of the liability of the seller before paying the amount

demanded by the purchaser under the guarantee(s). In case of invocation of any bank guarantee/s the

purchaser.

16.4 The bank guarantee or guarantees required to be furnished by the Sellers under the provisions hereof to

secure the performance of the Plant, equipment and machinery supplied by the Seller or for any other

purpose under the provisions hereof shall be for such period as may cover establishment of

performance parameters respectively as stipulated under the Agreement. If, however, the period of

Agreement is extended due to force majeure or Seller not fulfilling their obligations under the

Agreement or for any other reasons whatsoever, Seller shall have such guarantees extended upto the

corresponding extended period. Failure of the Sellers to do so will amount to a breach of the contract

and in no case the extension of the period of the contract shall be construed as waiver of the right of the

Purchasers to enforce the guarantee.

16.5 All guarantees will be irrevocable except with the written consent of the purchaser.

The Bank guarantee required to be furnished by the Sellers under the provisions hereof to secure the

advance payment or bank guarantee to secure the timely delivery of machinery or the bank guarantee


for any other purpose under the provisions hereof shall be in the form (s) approved by the purchasers

which form (s) shall inter-alia invariably include the provisions that the decision of the purchasers as to

whether there has been any loss or damage or default and /or negligence on the part of the sellers will

be final and binding on the guarantor, that the right of the purchaser to recover from suspended by

reasons of the fact that any dispute or disputes have been raised by the Sellers with regard to their

liability or that proceedings are pending before any Tribunal Arbitrator(S) or Court with regard thereto

or in connection therewith, that the guarantor shall pay to the Purchasers the sum under the guarantee

without demur on first demand and without requiring the purchasers to invoke any legal remedy that

may be available to them that it shall not be open to guarantor to know the reasons of or to investigate

or to go into the merits of the demand or to question or to challenge the demand or to know any facts

affecting the demand or to require proof of the liability of the Sellers before paying the amount

demanded by the purchaser under the guarantee (s) and that the guarantee shall be invoked only when

the invocation letter is signed by the Managing Director of Purchasers, countersigned by the Dy.

Commissioner/Chairman, Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Limited Shahabad Distt Kurukshetra

(HARYANA) The guarantee required to be furnished by the sellers under the provisions hereof to

secure the advance payment, performance of Plant & timely erection and commissioning, the

guarantee or any amount due to the Purchaser shall not be affected for any other purpose under the

provisions hereof shall be for such period as may cover the period of supply erection and

commissioning, or the guaranteed performance respectively as the case may be, as stipulated under this

agreement and shall also provide a minimum of three months invocation period after expiry of date of

validity of the guarantee. If, however, the period of this agreement is extended under provisions hereof

or due to Sellers not fulfilling their obligations under this agreement, the Sellers shall have such

guarantees extended upto the corresponding extended period at their cost and in no case the extension

of the period of the contract shall be construed as waiver of the right of the Purchasers to enforce the

guarantees.

17.0 PACKING MATERIALS

Since the cost of packing materials will be borne by the Purchaser, all containers (including packing

cases, boxes, tins, drums and wrapping, etc.) in which machinery and equipment and stores will be

supplied shall be considered non-refundable to the Seller.

18.0 EXCESS MATERIALS

Not to hamper the erection work, the Seller may bring on the site materials such as piping, valves

fittings, consumables, cables, and wires, hardwares, insulation materials, refractory bricks, lubricants,

paints, electrodes, gases, emery papers, kerosene oil, grease, cotton waste, asbestos rope, red/white

lead, shims etc. for completion of work as per this agreement. Such material as are found surplus after

completion of erection shall be treated as the property of Seller and shall be taken back with prior

approval of the Purchaser. Any material including tools & tackles etc., brought by the seller at the site

and not paid for by the purchaser can be taken out by the Seller after the Purchaser’s approval.

19 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

19.1 Amicable settlement

The Parties shall use their best efforts to settle amicably all disputes arising out of or in connection

with this Agreement or the interpretation thereof.


19.2 Dispute resolution

19.2.1 Any dispute, difference or controversy of whatever nature howsoever arising under or out of or in

relation to this Agreement (including its interpretation) between the Parties, and so notified in writing

by either Party to the other Party (the “Dispute”) shall, in the first instance, be attempted to be resolved

amicably in accordance with the conciliation procedure set forth in Clause 19.3.

19.2.2 The Parties agree to use their best efforts for resolving all Disputes arising under or in respect of this

Agreement promptly, equitably and in good faith, and further agree to provide each other with

reasonable access during normal business hours to all non-privileged records, information and data

pertaining to any Dispute.

19.3 Conciliation

In the event of any Dispute between the Parties, either Party may call upon, Dy. Commissioner/

Chairman The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Limited, Shahabad (M), Distt Kurukshetra and upon

such reference, the said persons shall meet no later than 10 (ten) days from the date of reference to

discuss and attempt to amicably resolve the Dispute. If such meeting does not take place within the 10

(ten) day period or the Dispute is not amicably settled within 15 (fifteen) days of the meeting or the

Dispute is not resolved as evidenced by the signing of written terms of settlement within 30 (thirty)

days of the notice in writing referred to in Clause 19.2.1 or such longer period as may be mutually

agreed by the Parties, either Party may refer the Dispute to arbitration in accordance with the

provisions of Clause 20.

20.0 ARBITRATION:

If at any time there should be any question, dispute or difference between the parties in respect of any

matter arising out of or in relation to this Agreement, either party may give to the other party notice in

writing of the existence of such question, dispute or difference and the same shall be referred to

arbitration of a sole arbitrator. The Managing Director, Haryana State Federation of Cooperative Sugar

Mills Limited, Panchkula shall be the sole Arbitrator. The award of the sole arbitrator shall be final and

binding on the parties and be accepted by them.

This reference to the arbitrators shall be deemed to be a reference, under the provision of The

Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 and the rules made there under and any statutory modifications

thereof that may be made from time to time and actually in force at the time of reference.

The cost of arbitration shall be borne by the parties as may be decided upon by the sole arbitrator.

Jurisdiction for arbitration will be Panchkula (HARYANA).

.

21.0 TRANSFERABILITY OF THE CONTRACT

Either party shall not transfer their right and obligations arising out of or in relation to this Agreement

except with the written consent of the other party.


22.0 NEGLIGENCE OF THE SELLER

If the Seller shall neglect to manufacture or supply the all plant, machinery and equipment and factory

buildings with due diligence and expedition or refuse or neglect to comply with any reasonable orders

given to them in writing by the Purchaser in connection therewith, the Purchaser may give notice

intimating to the Seller to make good within a reasonably specified time, the failure, neglect or

contravention complained of, and if the seller still without reasonable cause fails to comply with the

notice within the time specified in the notice to be reckoned from the date of receipt of notice by the

Seller, the Purchaser may take over the work of manufacture and supply of the Machinery and

Equipment as a whole or in part out of the seller’s hands and/or may give it to another person on

contract at a reasonable price and are entitled to recover any excess cost thus incurred by the purchaser

or make it good from any bills or dues of the seller pertaining to this Agreement or recover such

amount from the Seller.

23.0 MAINTENANCE / WARRANTY

23.1 The period of warranty shall be twenty four months from the date of commissioning. All distillery

Machineries and Equipments shall be deemed to be under maintenance/warranty period and the Seller

shall remain liable to rectify/replace any Machinery and Equipment or parts thereof, such may be

found to be defective or below the rated capacity under proper use and arising due to faulty design,

materials or workmanship during the warranty period. The Purchaser shall give the Seller notice in

writing setting out the particulars of the defects or failures and the Seller shall thereupon make good

the defective or underrated equipments or replace the same free of cost to make it comply with the

requirements of the Agreement. If the Seller fails to do so within a period of 10 days so as to reduce the

production loss to the minimum as required by the Purchaser, the Purchaser may rectify/replace at the

cost of the Seller the whole or any portion of Machinery and Equipment, as the case may be, which is

defective or under rated or fails to fulfil the requirements of the Agreement and may recover the actual

cost thereof from the Seller or adjust the same from any balance payment to be made to the seller or

adjust it against the amount of security deposit. The Purchaser shall also have the right to charge an

additional amount up to maximum of 50% of the actual cost of replacement. Such

rectification/replacement shall be carried out by the purchaser within as short a time as possible and at

a reasonable price and under advice to the seller. In case of such rectification/replacement by the

purchaser, the seller shall be liable to pay the purchaser the whole cost of such

rectification/replacement done and The Purchaser shall also have the right to charge an additional

amount up to maximum of 50% of the actual cost of replacement the defective equipments on being

replaced shall be taken away by the seller at their own cost. The purchaser shall have the right to

operate the Machinery and Equipment after the commissioning date except that this shall not be

considered to permit operation of any part which may be materially damaged by such operation before

any required rectification or alteration have been carried out.

23.2 If it becomes necessary for the seller to replace or renew any defective part of the machinery under this

clause, the provisions of the first paragraph of this clause shall apply to the parts of the machinery and

equipments so replaced or renewed until the expiration of six months from the date of such

replacement or renewal or until the end of the aforesaid maintenance period of two crushing seasons,

whichever is later.


23.3 The rectification of new parts will be delivered F.O.R. Purchaser’s factory site. The Seller shall also

bear the cost of rectification/replacement carried out on their behalf by the purchaser as mentioned

above at the plant site. At the end of the maintenance period, seller’s liability shall cease. In respect of

machinery and equipment not covered by the first paragraph of this clause, the purchaser shall be

entitled to the benefit of any guarantee given to the seller by the original suppliers of the manufacturer

of such machinery and equipment. However, in case of diesel set the maintenance period shall be

reckoned from the actual date of commissioning of the said equipment.

23.4 The responsibility of the seller for rectification/replacement under this clause shall extend to the actual

cost of rectification/replacement of the defective items of machinery and equipment and shall not be in

any way be deemed to be limited to the amount of performance guarantee and security deposit.

24.0 FOREIGN EXCHANGE

Any foreign exchange required for import of raw materials or equipment shall be arranged by the

seller. Non-availability of foreign exchange shall not entitle the seller any extension of time for

delivery of the Machinery and Equipment.

25.0 GENERAL LIGHTING

The power required for fabrication & erection shall be provided by purchaser on actual cost basis. All

necessary cables for power connection including the LED tubes, LED bulbs, LED flood lights and

fixtures etc., shall arranged by the seller on their own cost.

26.0 RIGHTS UNDER THE AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise specifically agreed, any concession shown by the parties to the Agreement to one

another shall not prejudice their individual rights under this Agreement.

27.0 GROUNDS ENTITLING THE SELLER FOR EXTENSION OF TIME FOR DELIVERY OF

THE MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT

The seller shall not be entitled to any extension of time mentioned in Clause 5.1 for any reason

whatsoever expecting the following:

27.1 If the purchaser expressly in writing for the supply and/or execution of the work by the seller to be

suspended for a substantial period of time for no fault of the seller, the seller shall be entitled to a

reasonable extension of time.

27.2 If the purchaser fail to fulfil the responsibility as detailed at clause 10.0 for a substantial period the

seller shall be entitled to a reasonable extension of time.

27.3 If the purchaser fails to make financial arrangements as detailed at Clause 14.0 for making payments

for a substantial period, the seller shall be entitled to a reasonable extension of time, provided the seller

have complied with all contractual obligations which have become due up to that time.


27.4 The seller shall be entitled to a reasonable extension of time due to Force Majeure Clause 13.0 of this

Agreement.

27.5 If the purchaser fails to make payment of advance to the seller within the time stipulated in this

agreement and the seller have fulfilled all their due contractual obligations, the extension of time as

may be mutually agreed upon will be granted to the seller by the purchaser.

28.0 POWER TO CLOSE WORK

28.1 If at any time after signing this agreement, the Purchaser shall, in order to comply with any directives

of the Government of Haryana not require the whole or any part of the work relating to designing,

preparing engineering lay out, manufacturing, procuring, supplying of the proposed said distillery Plant

under the terms of this agreement , to be carried out, the purchaser shall give notice in writing of the

fact to the sellers who shall have no claim to any payment by way of compensation or otherwise on

account of any profit or advantage which they might have derived from the execution of the said work

in full but which they could not derive in consequence of the giving up of the work before completion.

The sellers shall be paid at contract rates for the full amount of work, any labour and material

collected at site or arrangement made for execution of the work which could not be utilised either fully

or partially on the work on account of the giving up of work as aforesaid. Where partial utilisations of

material and arrangements as aforesaid have been made, the payment will be made in proportion to the

value of the work done to the satisfaction of the purchaser to the value of the whole work covered by

the contract.

In the event of the closing of the work as above the sellers undertake to refund within 120 days all

outstanding unutilised and unadjusted amount of the advance payment, if any, thereafter with interest

at the lending rate of banks prevailing at that time.

28.2 Termination of Contract

The Purchaser reserves the right to terminate the whole or part of this Contract due to any or all the following

conditions :

28.2.1 If the Seller assigns the contract, or sub-let the whole of the Contract without the consent of

the Purchaser and Sellers has failed or refused to take remedial steps, or the Purchaser shall

certify that the Sellers:

a) Has abandoned the contract, or

b) has without reasonable excuse suspended performance of the contract for 30 days after

receiving from the Purchaser written notice to proceed, or

c) Despite previous warnings in writing from the Purchaser is not

manufacturing/supplying/erecting the Plant and equipment in accordance with the Contract,

or is failing to proceed with due diligence or is neglecting to carry out his obligations so as to

affect adversely the Performance of the Contract.


28.2.2 The Purchaser may give 21 days’ notice to the Sellers of its intention to proceed in accordance with

the provisions of this Clause. Upon the expiry of such notice the Purchaser may without prejudice to

any other remedy under the contract and without affecting the rights and powers conferred by the

contract on the Purchaser, terminate the Contract. Upon such termination the Purchaser shall be

entitled to purchase Plant and equipment in substitution for the Plant and equipment or may itself

complete the Plant and equipment, in which event the Sellers shall deliver the Plant and equipment in

its then state to the Purchaser or as the Purchaser may direct, at the Sellers’s expense.

28.2.3 As soon as practicable after the Purchaser has terminated the Contract the Purchaser shall, by or after

reference to the Parties and after making such enquiries as he thinks fit, determine the amount then

due to the Sellers as at the date of termination and certify the amount thereof. The amount so certified

is herein called ‘Termination Value’.

28.2.4 Payment and termination - The Purchaser shall not be liable to make any further payments to the

Sellers until the costs of completing the Plant and equipment or obtaining substitute Plant and

equipment elsewhere and all other expenses incurred by the Purchaser have been ascertained and the

amount payable certified by the Purchaser (herein called ‘the Cost of Completion’). If the Cost of

Completion when added to the total amounts already paid to the Contract as at the date of termination

exceeds the total amount which the Purchaser certifies would have been payable to the Sellers under

the Contract on completion the Purchaser shall certify such excess and the Sellers shall upon demand

pay to the Purchaser the amount of such excess. Any such excess shall be deemed a debt due by the

Sellers to the Purchaser and shall be recoverable accordingly. If there is no such excess the Sellers

shall be entitled to be paid the difference (if any) between the Termination Value and the total of all

payments received by the Sellers as at the date of termination.

28.2.5 If the Purchaser have any information that the Seller has become bankrupt or insolvent, or have a

receiving order made against him, or compound with his creditors, or being a corporation commence

to be would up, not being a members’ voluntary winding up for the purpose or amalgamation or

reconstruction, or have an administration order made against him or carry on his business under an

administrator or a receiver or manager for the benefit of his creditors or any of them, the Purchaser

may be entitled to:

a) To terminate the Contract forthwith by 21 days’ notice to the Sellers or to the receiver,

manager, administrator or liquidator or to any person in whom the contract may become

vested, or

b) To give such receiver, manager, administrator or liquidator or other person the option of

carrying out the Contract subject to his providing a guarantee for the due and faithful

performance of the Contract up to an amount to be agreed.

29 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION

29.1 Purchaser may at any time temporarily suspend or stop the execution of the contract or any part

thereof by notice in writing to contactor. All works so suspended or stopped shall be resumed by the

seller based on a schedule to be mutually agreed upon between the Purchaser and the Seller.


29.2 Purchaser will not pay the seller for any work which is performed during such an interval of

suspension/stoppage the purchaser shall not be liable to the seller for any damage or loss caused by

suspension/stoppage of work.

30. CANCELLATION OF CONTRACT

30.1 The purchaser may, at its option and without prejudice to its rights under the contract, cancel the

contract either in full or in part at any time by simple written notice to the seller in case of the seller’s

non-compliance with the various obligations/responsibilities undertaken by him under the contract and

more particularly in case of any of the following circumstances. If the seller shall become bankrupt or

insolvent; or assign or sublet the contract without prior approval or any part thereof, or abandon the

contract ; or without reasonable cause fail to commence execution of the contract within the stipulated

period or suspend the progress of the execution of the contract after receiving written notice from the

purchaser to proceed; or fail to proceed with the execution of the contract with due diligence according

to the agreed time schedule; or if during the work, it appears that the design, specifications,

recommendations or supplies provided by seller do not conform to good engineering or

fabrication/manufacturing practices; or fail to employ competent staff and labour; or disregarded the

instructions of the purchaser in relation to the execution of the contract; or fail to execute the contract

in accordance with the agreed terms or neglect to carry out his obligations and responsibilities under

the contract.

30.2 In case of cancellation of the unexecuted portion of the contract in part, seller shall continue

performance of the contract to the extent not cancelled by the purchaser. In case of cancellation of the

unexecuted portion of the contract in full, the seller shall immediately stop all work in the contract. The

purchaser shall be at liberty to obtain the balance of the Equipment/part thereof without prejudice from

any other agency and also carry out the residual portion of the services with its own personnel and/or

through any other agency even if it be in excess of the original contract price, at the risk and cost of the

seller.

30.3 In addition to the rights provided under this Clause, the purchaser may exercise any other rights or

remedies provided by Law or under the contract for any breach or default of seller.

31 WAIVER

Failure on any occasion of either party to insist upon strict adherence to any of the provisions of the

contract or to enforce any of his rights under the contract or to report to or enforce any of his rights

under the Laws shall not be construed to be waiver of such provisions or right in any manner. A

waiver by either party shall not be effective unless given in writing. An effective waiver shall not

extend to or affect any provision or right not expressly waived nor shall an effective waiver on one

occasion operate as a waiver of any provision or right in the event of the occurrence on a future

occasion of the same cause which gave rise to such effective waiver.


32 AMOUNTS DUE FROM THE SELLER

32.1 Any and all costs, charges, damages or expenses which the purchaser may have paid for which the

seller is liable under the contract shall be recovered/ adjusted by the purchaser from any money due

or becoming due by the purchaser to the seller under the contract or from any other contract which

purchaser may have entered into with the seller..

32.2 In the event of recovery/ adjustment to the extent necessary becoming impossible owing to

insufficient amount realizable by the purchaser on enforcement of the Performance Bank Guarantee

and the amounts already withheld, the balance amount due with the seller shall be recovered by

action of Law or in any other manner as the purchaser may deem fit.

33 DEATH, BANKRUPTCY ETC.

If the sellers shall die or commit any act of bankruptcy, or being a corporation commenced to be

wound up except for re-construction purposes or carry on its business under a Receiver, the

executors, successors, or other representatives in law of the state of the sellers or any such receiver,

liquidator, or any person in whom the contract may become vested shall forthwith give notice thereof

in writing to the purchasers and shall for one month during which he shall take all reasonable steps to

present stoppage of the execution of this contract have the option of carrying out the contract subject

to his or their providing such guarantee as may be required by the purchaser but not exceeding the

value of the distillery Plant for the time being remaining unexecuted. In the event of stoppage of the

manufacturer of the distillery Plant the period of the option under this clause shall be 14 days only.

Provided that, should the above optioned not be exercised, the contact may be determined by the

purchaser by notice in writing to the sellers and the purchasers may exercise the same power which

they could exercise and will have the same rights which they would have under the clause 21 if the

work had been taken out of the sellers hands under the clause. Further the claims of the purchaser

shall be preferred over the claims of other secured and unsecured creditors.

34. PARTIES TO INFORM THEMSELVES FULLY

Either Party shall be deemed to have noted that time is the essence of the contract and have carefully

examined and satisfied themselves as to the terms and conditions, specifications, schedules,

appendices and drawings etc. mentioned in Annexure -XI, other formats and appendices attached to

this Agreement.

35 EFFECT AND JURISDICTION OF THE CONTRACT

35.1 The laws applicable to this contract shall be the laws in force in India.

For the purpose of jurisdiction, the courts at Chandigarh / Kurukshetra have the jurisdiction to

entertain suit or legal proceedings arising of this contract, subject to the arbitration clause 19 under

this contract.


36 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

The liquidated damages and replacement shall be limited to the Performance Guarantee under Clause

16.1(iii) of this Agreement and the Warranty under Clause 23.0 of this Agreement and beyond this,

the Purchaser shall have no right to any other claims.

37 COMPLETION OF CONTRACT

Unless otherwise terminated under the provisions of any other relevant clause(s), the Contract shall

be deemed to have been completed at the expiration of the warranty period as provided for under the

warranty clause.

38. This Agreement including the Annexure, formats and appendices annexed hereto has been executed

in two copies, the original remains with the purchaser and the second copy will remain with the

Seller. By signing this Agreement, both the parties -the purchaser and the seller agree to abide by its

Clauses. Any alterations amendments or changes in this Agreement or its Annexure etc. will be valid

only if agreed to by and between the purchaser and the seller in writing.


39. This document consists of the following Annexure:-

Annexure – I : Scope of Work

Annexure – II : Technical Specifications

Annexure – III : General Engineering Specifications

Annexure – IV : General Specifications & Standards

Annexure – V : Electricals & Instrumentation & Automation

Annexure – VI : Performance Parameters

Annexure – VII : Price Breakup of various equipment for cash flow and delivery schedules

Annexure – VIII : List of Approved Suppliers

Annexure – IX : Inspection Procedure

Annexure – X : Parameters for Inspection of Manufacture’s work

Annexure – XI : Schedule of submission of drawings, Manual & Other Documents

Annexure – XII : Performance Certificates

Annexure – XIII : Draft of Bank Gaurantee against advance payments

Annexure – XIV : Draft of Bank Gaurantee for timely delivery

Annexure – XV : Bank Gaurantee for Performance

Annexure – XVI : Guidelines

Annexure-XVII : Specification Of Foundations And Buildings


ANNEXURE I

SCOPE OF WORK

1. Design, manufacturing, procurement, supply, erection & commissioning upto satisfactory performance as per

given parameters as mentioned in Annexure–VI of this agreement for Molasses based 60 KLPD Ethanol Plant,

2.5 MW captive power plant, 20 TPH slop fired incineration Boiler, 30 TPD Carbon Dioxide, along with

various other auxiliary plants and all civil works including relevant factory and non-factory buildings &

structures on Turnkey Basis complete in all respects. The capacity, efficiency and performance of the said

plant & individual units should be guaranteed as per performance parameters for individual items/guarantees.

2. All the machinery and equipments supplied should be brand new of latest design, fabricated as per ISI

Standard and tested construction of first class material and workmanship along with material test certificates

including bought out items according to technical specifications and as per given Engineering standards (of

tender document) for construction material and latest design model.

3. The work is to be executed as per the terms & conditions stipulated in the tender document and this

Agreement.

4. Scope of Supply includes all the necessary equipments, plant & machinery with structural staging, platforms,

approach ladders, walkway, sheds, supports of every section and the various civil works, buildings etc.,

electrical, instrumentation duly coated with protective paints both internally and externally and insulation

as applicable. This also includes other tools & tackles required for the fabrication, erection at site and

adequate manpower quite conversant with the fabrication & erection work of such plant and machinery at

site. It also includes:

i) All spare parts required for erection and commissioning. ii) Spare parts required for 24 months of trouble free operation from the date of start of commercial

production.

iii) Special tool and tackles required for operation and maintenance, inspection and repair of the

equipment/systems offered.

iv) Painting, Lagging and cladding of new machinery.

5. All foundation bolts, foundation wedges, alignment packings, liners etc. are also included in the scope of

supply.

6. After the finalization of the order, the supplier will prepare all civil works and civil foundations, structural

and the detailed fabrication drawings and loading data of each and every plant & machinery, piping,

electrical cabling, instrumentation, circuit drawing, layout drawing, isometric drawings, equipment layout

drawings, elevation drawings for approval from Purchaser as well as by concerned Govt. Authority and

shall be submitted well in advance to purchaser for prior examination and approval thereof.

7. All the consumables required for erection & commissioning like gas, all types of welding/ brazing or soldering

rods, emery papers, grinding paste, hold lights, graphite, Kerosene Oil, Rustburg, back joints, steam

packings etc. are also included in the scope of supply.


8. All types of tools & tackles like hoisting tools, chain blocks, pulleys, wire rope hooks, tube

expanders, hydraulic pumps and all special tools etc. shall be arranged by supplier. All staff including

engineers, technicians, skilled, unskilled workers, Khalasi required for loading/unloading, fabrication,

erection, testing and trials etc. shall be arranged by supplier. The machinery & other equipments delivered at

site should be properly stored at site. The transportation of machinery and equipments from the stored place to

their respective position shall also be in the scope of supplier.

9. The supplier should also need to complete all associated electrical, mechanical, DSC/PLC system,

instrumentation work including all control room required for installation, commissioning of entire

equipment and proving performance at site within 11 months from the effective date.

10. The supplier will be responsible for providing an efficient, reliable and state of art technology equipments.

The specifications in this agreement, attempt to define the scope and specifications. However, the onus of

providing the appropriate equipment and auxiliaries for successful commissioning, operation and proving

performance entirely rests with the supplier.

11. All civil works including constructions of foundations, factory and non-factory buildings, Molasses tank,

RCC Chimney and all factory related civil works, offices, factory boundary, internal roads, drainage etc.

and shifting of waste(if any) to designated place as per technical specifications shall be in the scope of

supplier.

12. To carry out operation, repair and maintenance of plant and machinery of 60 KLPD Ethanol plant with

Boiler, Turbine and ZLD system including Co2 liquefaction plant for two years in accordance with terms

and condition as detailed under “Draft Agreement for Operation & Maintenance”.

13. Supplies and services within the scope shall rendered inclusive of all appliances and interconnecting

arrangements necessary for installation of all accessories and for satisfactory operation, maintenance and

repair.

14. The scope of supply shall include all necessary work and supply of equipment and material whether

mentioned in these specifications or not, but which are necessary for the satisfactory, reliable, safe and

easy operation, maintenance and also reqired for achieving guaranteed performance parameters.

15. Design and drawing of machinery foundation, building and all other related civil works shall be in the

scope of supplier. Supplier should provide all drawings duly signed by authorised person to purchaser for

vetting and approval.

16. Services- Design and Engineering:

16.1 Preparation of design, calculations and detailed drawings.

16.2 Preparation of load data, coordinating drawings etc. along with foundation drawing to purchaser for the purpose of approval of design and construction of machinery foundations.

16.3 Preparation of Price Break-up, Billing Schedule, Delivery Schedule, Time Schedule for preparation of foundations.

16.4 Preparation of Bills of Quantity. 16.5 Preparation of manufacturing drawings. 16.6 Preparation of quality assurance and inspection plans and implementation schedule. 16.7 Preparation of schedule for site testing and commissioning including system auditing. 16.8 General layout and machinery layout.


17. Plant and machinery shall be under roof except storage warehouse. No other unit shall be outside in open

Roofing except in non plant machinery will be done by colour coated sheets with transparent sheets, laouvers etc. as per I.S. specifications.

18. Air & Effluent treatment Plant with online monitoring system shall be in the scope of supplier as per requirement of Centre and State Pollution Control Boards of India including statutory approvals from pollution control boards.

19. Erection & Commissioning

� Unloading, unpacking, shifting to locations, positioning, aligning and fixing of equipment which are

included in contract. � Pre-commissioning checks. � Commissioning, testing and trials runs and performance proving � Completion of documentation and records.

20. Testing of materials shall be carried out in Government authorized laboratories apart from manufacturer’s laboratories at the cost of the seller.

21. Inspections / Review Meetings

Making the arrangements for periodical and final inspection of all major equipment at own or sub-contractor’s works.Attending the periodical review meetings at site or at the agreed locations.

22. While preparing the delivery schedule, the Seller shall ensure that the machinery and equipment are delivered in sequence of priority for erection so that the items which are to be erected first as per erection schedule shall be sent first and with the same order of priority the progress of delivery shall be maintained thereafter accordingly. It shall be the responsibility of supplier to supervise the constructions of foundations in the same order so that the smooth erection work is carried out.

23. The performance of the plant and machinery shall have to be demonstrated as per details given in

Annexure – VI of this agreement. 24. Provided further that in case the Purchaser requires any additional items related to the machinery &

equipment or ask for any major changes in the specifications as given in Annexure-I to V and XVII forming part of this Agreement, the Seller hereby agree to make such supplies, additions, modifications, alterations or changes and the purchaser shall bear the cost of the same.

25. The makes of the critical equipments to be supplied by the Seller will be strictly according to the

alternative given in the Annexure VIII. 26. The Seller shall furnish month-wise (approx.) money requirement towards supply of machinery and

equipment within one month from the date of signing of this Agreement. 27. The ethanol plant is to be commissioned on the desired date finalized by the purchaser without any price

escalation. The price and date of delivery and commissioning of the machinery is firm. 28. The makes of the critical equipments can be changed on the request of Seller and after approval of the

purchaser

29. Project In charge: Supplier will retain a qualified, experienced and responsible project

engineer/manager to supervise the installation and erection/ commissioning of the plant at site.


30. Training of the purchaser’s personnel: Supplier shall arrange to train the purchaser’s personnel in the

process, operation and maintenance of the plant being set up under the agreement at supplier’s cost.

31. After sales Services: Supplier will provide routine operation, field review and training updates. Supplier

will also provide a qualified field staff to review unit operations and provide additional on-site training on

demand by purchaser.

32. All equipments including bought out items shall be offered for inspection before dispatch.

33. The supplier shall prepare and submit to purchaser the time schedule as per PERT/CPM chart. Supplier

s h o u l d ensure that it will maintain the time schedule as per the chart. The equipment delivery shall

strictly be in the order of priority as per erection requirements.

34. All materials of construction and fabrication shall be as per relevant ASME / ASA / AISI/ ASTM

/ANSI /BS /IS / Standards and acceptable equivalent standards referred to in the Technical

Specifications herein and in the tender document. They should also comply with standard and good

engineering practices acceptable to the Purchaser and its expert consultant.

35. The supplier shall be fully responsible for any mishaps/casualty/fatal accidents of their employees during

the contract period of project. The Shahabad Coop Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra

shall not be responsible at all for such mishaps whatsoever. The supplier shall also be fully responsible for

any mishaps/casualty/fatal accidents of purchaser employees/machinery during erection and

commissioning.

36. Final layout plan for plant & machinery has to be provided by the supplier within 15 days period after signing

of Agreement of Contract.

37. Plant, Yard and Street Lighting (only LED) within the Ethanol complex are in the scope of supply.

38. Appropriate and approved fire fighting system including Foam system and other accessories such as

electronically driven pumps, jockey pumps, diesel driven pumps, hydrant valves, RRL, hose pipes, MS

pipes, hose boxes, hose reel, drum etc. complete in all respect, and all types of fire extinguishers as per

safety norms are also in the scope of supply. Fire fighting system should be as per the OSD-117 norms and cover all areas where alcohol is

produced, handled and stored along with the fuel storage yard. Provision of foam system for fire fighting

should be made to control fire from the alcohol storage tank.

39. Any equipment, devices or material or services even if not included in specifications or specifically mentioned in the scope but found necessary for the safe and satisfactory functioning of the unit, shall deemed be in the scope of the seller at no extra cost to the purchaser, as though, such equipment, material or work were originally specified and formed part of the scope of work.

40. Any other items or activities not specifically mentioned in the scope of work and equipment list and required

for completion of project are in the scope of work.


Following shall also be in the scope of supply:-

41. Painting – General and as per Central and Excise rules. (if any).

All steel structures shall be given red oxide primer coating followed by appropriate final coating.

42. Railings and staircases, wherever required as per the factory act., duly coated.

43. First filling of lubricants: It shall include oils, grease and oil used for all the equipment, wherever

required.

44. All designs with respect to civil, structures, tank foundations etc. should follow the standard code practice

for earth quake resistant designs viz. as per IS 1893.

45. First oil filling of transformers.

46. Insulation, lagging with aluminium cladding wherever necessary, earthing, lightening arrester, flame proof

connections/lighting arrangement (LED only) as per the rules in Ethanol Plant.

47. List of Equipments (Annexure-II) is also within scope of supply.

48. CCTV cameras for supervision in the complete Ethanol plant shall also be in the scope of supplier as per

specification in the annexures.

49. All internal roads, boundary walls, technical and admin buildings are in the scope of supplier.

50. It also includes assisting and furnishing required information/document to the purchaser for obtaining

necessary approvals required for setting up of distillery plant and machineries from Haryana Excise

department, Approval of drawings and licence from Petroleum and Explosive Safety Organization

(PESO) for Ethanol Storage and issue system and NOCs from Haryana excise, pollution control board

etc. However all approvals/NOC’s required for Directorate of boilers, Electrical and factory inspector

etc. will be exclusively in the scope of seller.


ANNEXURE –II

Technical Specifications of Plant & Machinery Comprising Process Plant for Ethanol from Molasses,

Steam Generation & Power Plant, Effluent Treatment Plant, Carbon Dioxide Plant & Other Utilities,

to Produce :

60 KLPD Ethanol from Molasses & 30 TPD liquid carbon dioxide plant along with Effluent Treatment Plant to give

zero effluent discharge comprising the following :

Multi effect Evaporator for spent wash

20 TPH Slops incineration boiler, condensate and waste water purification and reclamation plant.

30TPD Carbon dioxide plant.

2.5 MW Power plant

Condensate Treatment Unit (CTU)

Clean in place (CIP) for process plant equipment is to be provided so as to maintain good working conditions in the

distillation and evaporation plant cleaning schedules of continuous operation process plants.

1. PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The proposed Ethanol plant is to produce ethanol in wash to ethanol mode having fed-batch fermentation system ,

MPR distillation ,online MSDH plant and stand alone five effect evaporation plant together with 30 TPD co2 recovery

plant.

1.1 Rectified Spirit

Rectified spirit production is by fermentation of molasses using sachramyces cervisiae or equivalent yeast

developed from slant supplied by vendor. Fermentation process shall be Fed- batch mode to get 9.5% v/v

alcohol in the wash. Total fermentation comprises yeast development from strain in about three stages

followed by prefermenter stage and then final fermentation. At the end of fermentation, the wash, after

due sepa ra t i on of s l udge th r ough a cen tr i fuga l decan t er is pumped to distillation section to

recover alcohol as Rectified Spirit of minimum 95% v/v strength and impure spirit. The impurities are

removed as Heads/Technical spirit/Impure spirit. Distillation operation is conducted in multi pressure

vacuum distillation mode in order to keep the temperatures low and also conserve on steam consumption.

Adequate condenser capacities along with vent absorber shall be provided in order to eliminate alcohol

losses. Products of distillation are fed to MSDH plant through a buffer tank.

1.2 Absolute Alcohol ( Ethanol )

Production of Absolute alcohol (99.9%v/v) from Rectified spirit of 95%v/v strength is done by

dehydration in molecular sieve beds where moisture is trapped while releasing water free alcohol. This


process called adsorption is basically batch operation and the sieve bed is regenerated by flushing with

pure alcohol vapours. Alcohol is recovered from the tower exhaust by rectification in recovery column where

water is ultimately rejected .The whole operation is made continuous by providing two or more towers

functioning in cyclic mode. The product vapours from molecular sieve beds are condensed, cooled and

transferred to storage via day receivers.

1.3 Carbon Dioxide recovery

Carbon Dioxide (CO2), evolved from fermentation step in the production of alcohol, is scrubbed in packed

towers to remove the minor impurities and compressed to 18 ata after duly removing the moisture,

purifying and deodorizing to the desired level,( in stages ) and cooled and condensed to get liquid carbon

dioxide using a refrigerant , preferably Ammonia. The liquid carbon dioxide is further purified in a

stripping column to get 99.9% pure, food grade as the final product and stored in bullet under cryogenic

conditions.

1.4 Captive Power plant

The Ethanol Plant is equipped with a captive power plant through the process steam generating plant and

turbo alternator. Steam is generated at 45 ata pressure and 410 deg. C in a steam boiler using concentrated

spent wash (Slops),coal and bio mass (bagasse or rice husk ) as fuels. Capacity of the boiler is 20 TPH.

Steam is expanded in a back pressure multi stage turbine connected to a 2.5 MW alternator. Exhaust steam

goes to process and duly returned to boiler as condensate.

1.5 Evaporation plant

As mentioned above spent wash from distillation is used as fuel in the boiler. In this context spent wash is

concentrated from approximately 12% TDS to 60 % TDS to be able to fire the same as liquid fuel in the

boiler. This concentration is done in a quintuple effect evaporation plant either as a stand alone or

integrated cum stand alone plant. Steam shall be available at 45 ata and saturated for stand alone system.

In the integrated evaporation, initial concentration is effected by using the primary distillation column

vapours in the distillation section.

The steam condensate from the evaporation plant is returned to boiler as feed water. The process condensate

from the evaporators is duly treated for removing the BOD/COD to be suitable for recirculation to

process steps including Boiler.

1.6 Controls

The control system shall include the following instrumentation for the process plant and the other plants.

These are further detailed in individual sections of equipment specifications.

Fermentation parameters measurement and controls

Distillation plants parameters measurement ,recording /indicating and controls

CO2 plant instrumentation for measurement , recording and controls


Boiler instrumentation for measurement , indication and recording and controls

Turbine instrumentation for measurement ,indication, recording and controls

Evaporation plant control

On / Off indicators for pump, blowers etc

Safety systems and alarms

Following facilities shall be provided in the control panel:

PID Control

Trends for parameters

Set point control

Over view

Alarm summary

History and trends

The various displays (Plant mimics) shall be available for the operation using keys on the computer keyboard

and shall also be made available on the group/area overview page. The operator shall select any particular loop

from the overview page or by typing a tag number.

The report can be made available on hourly/shift basis and this will be available on the background (non-

controlling screen). The operator shall be able to parallel control the plant and observe the real time trend,

dynamic graphics etc.

Based on sampling for the real time trend and historical trend as defined by the operator.

The system shall be designed to carry out various operations in the distillation and fermentation section

effectively in an operator friendly manner. The system shall be located in the control room and shall comprise of

the following:-

Intel Core I-7 Processor, 3.2 GHZ, 4 GB RAM PC (All in One) with each

* 2 TB hard disc & 52X CD/DVD R/W drive.

* 2 N Serial Ports – 1 parallel port and 1 Mouse

* 1 N 24”inch LED color monitor

* 3 USB Ports, 2 Nos. Ethernet ports


* 1 No. color Laser printer

* 1 N Wireless (keyboard/Mouse)

*1 No. PLC/DCS System panel floor mounted, powder coated consisting of:

* I/O Rack 1 set * Digital I/P modules 1 set * Digital O/P modules 1 set

* Analog I/P modules 1 set * Analog O/P modules 1 set * Power supply modules 1 set * Processor Modules /CPU 1 No.

The PLC/DCS System panel shall be complete in respect of mounting, wiring and testing of PLC/DCS System

hardware.

2 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS:

2.0 The specifications are indicative and shall be confirmed by supplier. The seller shall supply all the

equipments/machineries or any other items required for smooth and trouble free operation of the plant to achieve

the performance parameters even if the same is not mentioned in the specifications. Such items are deemed to

have been included in the specifications.

2.1 RECTIFIED SPIRIT PLANT

2.1.1. Fermentation Section:

A. Molasses Weighing Section

S. No.

Particulars

Capacity

M.O.C.

Dim./Thk (mm) straight; bottom;

top

Qty

Remark

1

Molasses day

storage tank 250 MT/

M.S.

6 / 6 / 6

1 No.

2

Automatic

Weighing system for molasses

with duplex

Strainer

10 MT/Hr

M.S., Load Cell

type

___

1 No.


3

Molasses

weighing

(receiving) tank

5 M3

M.S.

6 / 6

1 No

4

Weighed

molasses tank /

Molasses feed

tank

100 M3

M.S.

8 / 8 Vertical, Cylindrical, Flat bottom, open

top

1 No.

5. Molasses

unloading pits

RCC with MS

tank insert

80 ton

B. Process equipment

S. No.

Particulars

Capacity

M.O.C.

Dia

m./Thk

(mm)

S/B/T

Qty

Remark

1.

Molasses magnetic flow meter with

totalizer

Suitable 15

T/hr.

capacity

__

__

1Nos. with

each

fermenter

and

prefermenter.

-------

2.

Molasses diluter for pre-fermenter & fermenter (static

mixer with non- clogging mixing

element)

------

SS-304

Pipe with

mixing

element

3mm

* Pipe

Sch.10

element

3mm

01 Nos. for

each for PF

and FER.

-----

3.

2 train of Yeast propagation vessels

cylindrical / vertical, dish ends (Culture vessels) – I, II, III in each

train with sterilizing, cooling and air sparging arrangement, sight and

light glass & other necessary

fittings.

I-0.5 M3

II-1.5 M3

III-7.5 M3

SS-304

3 mm

shell and 4

mm dish.

one each

4.

Pre-fermenter cylindrical, vertical,

dish ends with external PHE, air

sparging arrangement & necessary

fittings such as sight & light

glasses, manhole, relief valves temp.

measuring systems, etc; with 360

degree rotating pressure jet type

cleaning system

IV-45 M3

V-45 M3

S.S 304

4mm shell

5 mm

bottom

2


5.

Fermenters, Type cylindrical

/vertical shell with conical top and

sloping bottom. with agitator

assembly, sight and light glass,

manholes, level indicators,

mechanical pressure relief device

with 360 degree rotating pressure

jet type cleaning system & other necessary fittings &

nozzles. Type cylindrical /vertical

shell with conical top and sloping

bottom

350 M3

each

304 S.S.

Duly

reinforced

4 Nos.

6.

CO2 scrubber & internals 6 trays

with 250 mm plate spacing

* mm dia

304 S.S.

3 mm shell 4 mm dish

ends 2 mm

plates

1 No.

Tray type

absorber.

7. Centrifugal decanter Capacity

20 KLPH

02 Nos

8

Wash holding tank, vertical

,cylindrical, closed top

50 m3

Carbon

steel

epoxy

8/8/6

epoxy

1No.

Sloping

bottom

C. Other tanks & receivers S. No

Particulars Capacity M.O.C

Dim/Thk/(mm) /

S/B/T Qty Remark

1

Tank for antifoam agent

2.0 M3

MS

6/6/6

1 No

2.

Nutrient mixing tank

with agitator, gear box

and motor

2.5 M

SS-304

3/3/3

1 No

3 Conc. Acid Tank 3 M3 MS 8 x 8 x 8 1 No.

4. Acid dosing tank 1 M3 SS-304 3 thk 1 No.

5.

Biocide / Additive tank

with agitator 1 M

3

SS-304

3 thk

1 No

6.

Cleaning – in – place

tank

10 M3

SS-304

3 thk

2 No

D.

Process pumps (with motor)

S. No

Particulars

M.O.C

Capacity

Head in MLC

HP/

KW

QTY

Remark

1.

Molasses pump from

unloading pit to storage

tanks

Body – CI

Other wetted

parts SS-304

20 MT/h

* 2 + 1


2.

Molasses transfer Pump

from main tank today

storage tank, Rotary,

Sino pump

Body – CI

Other wetted

parts SS-304

20 MT/hr

*

*

1 + 1 Nos

3.

Molasses feed pump

from day tank to

Weighing section

Body – CI

Other wetted

parts SS-304

20

MT/hr.

*

*

1+1

Nos

4

Molasses feed pump

from Weighing section

to diluter Rotary, Sino pump

Body – CI

Other wetted

parts SS-304

20

MT/hr.

*

*

1+1

5

Fermenter wash

circulation pumps for

cooling, Type - Centrifugal

Body – CI

Other wetted

parts SS-304

300m3/hr

*

*

4+1

Nos.

1 pump for each

fermenter with one

common stand by.

6

Pre-fermenter wash

circulation for cooling

cum transfer Type – Centrifugal

Body – CI

Other wetted

parts SS-304

50 m3/hr

*

*

2+1

Nos

1 pump for each

prefermenter with

one common stand

by. 7

Wash transfer pump

from fermenter to

decanter Type-

Centrifugal

Body – CI

Other wetted

parts SS-304

20 m3/hr. *

*

1+1

Nos

In case of wash

clarification.

8. Clear wash transfer

pump from decanter to

wash holding tank

Body – CI

Other wetted

parts SS-304

20 m3/hr 1+1

9

C.I.P. pump . Type-

Centrifugal SS – 304

*

*

*

1+1

Nos

10

Process water pump

Body CI

Shaft &

impeller

SS304

200

M3/hr

*

*

1+1

Nos

11

Antifoam agent Pump

Type: centrifugal /

plunger / gear /

diaphragm.

SS – 304

3 M3/hr

1+1

Nos

12

Nutrient dosing pump.

Type- plunger. SS – 304

1 M

3/hr

1+1

no.

13

Acid dosing pump.

PTFE

2 M

3/hr

1+1

no.

14

Biocide/Additive dosing

SS – 304

1 M

3/hr 1+1

Pump. Type- plunger.

Nos

15

Wash transfer pump

Type : Centrifugal SS – 304

/CF-8 38 M3/hr

*

*

1

No.


Note- All molasses pumps should be provided with suitable traps of same material of construction.

E.

Plate Heat Exchanger

S. No

Particulars

H.T.A. M2

M.O.C.

No. Size &

thickness of

plate

Qty

Remark

1.

Fermenter wash cooler

*

Plate-SS-304 Frame – MS

*

4

PTH

2.

Pre fermenter Cooler

*

Plate SS -304 Frame – MS

*

2

F.

Miscellaneous

Sr No

Particulars

Capacity

M.O.C.

Dim./ Thk

Qty

Remark

1.

Air Blower with motor: Water ring type

*

Body-CI

----

1+1

Nos.

Oil free

2.

Strainer for dil. Molasses

*

SS- 304

1 no

Duplex

3.

Air filters (Bacteria proof.)

*

Corrugated

HEPA: type

Frame-MS

2 Nos

4 Acid dilution mixer * FRP/PVC 1 No G.

Piping & Valves

Sr No Particulars M.O.C. Class Remark 1

Piping

General piping

Molasses Process & cooling water

Air C02 Fermented wash

Biocide Acid

Steam

CS

CS

CS

CS

CS SS-304

SS-304

P.P.

CS

IS-1239

‘C’ class

C class ----DO---

---DO--- -

-

- ERW/IBR

For SS-304, Piping-Up to 2” Sch 10 &

above that Sch 5.

2.

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

f.

g.

Valves –

Molasses

Fermented wash Process & cooling water,

Air C02

Biocide

Acid

CS SS-304

CS CS

CS

PP

PP


2.2 DISTILLATION SECTION (RECTIFIED SPIRIT AND ABSOLUTE ALCOHOL)

2.2.1 Rectified Spirit Section.

A. Columns

S. NO

Title of Equipment

Dia MM

Moc

No.of plates/

type/ spacing

(mm)

THK Shell/ Plate/

Cap

Qty

Remarks

1 Analyzer column

*

SS-304

22 /tunnel/grid

750

5/3/2.0

1

Insulated

2 Degasifying column

*

SS-304

6/ tunnel/ 750

4/2.5/2.0

1

Insulated

3 Rectifying cum exhaust column

*

SS-304

72/bubble

cap/300

5/3.0/2.0

1

Insulated

4 Heads or aldehyde column

*

SS-304

45/bubble

cap/250 4/2.5/ 2

1

Insulated

5 Alcohol Scrubber

*

SS-304

6 sieve type tray

250 mm 3/2.5

1No

B.

Condensers /Coolers / Re-boilers

S. No.

Particulars

HTA

(M2)

MOC

Shell/TU

BE

Thk.tube, OD (mm)& Tube length(m)

Thk.

Shell

(mm)

Qty

Remark

1 Rectifier PCV Condenser * SS-304 25.4/1.2/3 3mm 1No 2 Analyzer Column Condenser (

beer heater) *

SS-304

1.2/3

3mm

1No.

3 Analyzer Vent Condenser * SS-304 25.4/1.2/3 3mm 1 no. 4 Aldehyde column Condenser I

SS 304

SS-304

25.4/1.2/3

3mm

1No

5 Aldehyde Colum codenser II

SS-304

SS 304

25.4/1.2/3

3mm

1No.

6 Analyzer column re-boiler * SS-316 1.6/38.1/2.5 4mm 2Nos 7 Product cooler * Dow. Cu 25.4/1.6/3 3mm 1No 8 Fusel Oil cooler (PRC) * SS-304 25.4/1.2/3 3 mm 2Nos 9

Rectifier cum exhaust column re-

boiler *

SS-304

25.4/1.6/3

5 mm

1No

10

Fermented wash Preheater

*

SS-316

PHE, wide gap

1+1

11 Rectifier feed Preheater * SS-316 PHE 1 12

Analyzer column vapors

condenser – I *

SS-304

25.4/1.2/3

4 mm

2 Nos

13

Analyzer column vapors

condenser – II

*

SS-304

25/1.2/3

4 mm

2 Nos

14.

Heads column

*

SS-304

25.4/1.6/3

4 mm

1

15.

Heads condenser I

*

SS-304

25.4/1.2/3

1


16.

Heads condenser II

*

SS-304

25.4/1.2/3

1

17.

Impure Spirit Cooler

*

SS-304

25.4/1.2/3

1

18.

Spent Wash Cooler

*

SS-304

PHE, Wide gap

1 No.

This is in case

spent wash is

recyc-led to

fermn-ter

NOTE-

1:- ALL CONDENSERS MUST BE PROVIDED WITH VAPOUR BOTTLES OF S.S. 2:- BIDDER MAY SUGGEST ANY ADDITIONAL HEAT EXCHANGER FOR WASTE HEAT RECOVERY.

C- TANK /VESSELS MOC DIMENSION(S/B/T/) QTY

20

Fusel Oil Decanter

--

SS-304

Vertical,

Cylindrical

D=mm, * H=mm.

*

1

21.

RS draw tank

--

SS- 304

Type Vertical,

Cylindrical D= mm, * H=

mm.*

1

22

Rectifier reflux tank

--

SS- 304

Type Vertical,


mm.*

1

23

Steam Condensate tank

----

M.S

Type Vertical,


mm.*

1

24.

Hot Water Return tank

----

M.S

Type Vertical,


mm. *

1

D

PUMPS

Particulars

Capacity

MOC

Thk./tube, OD

(mm)& Tube

length(m)

Thk.

Shell

(mm)

Qty

Remark

01

Spent wash transfer pump

Wetted part

SS304

Type Centrifugal

---

1+1

Capacity, head, H.P.

& other details to be

provided by vendor.

02

Aldehyde Reflux Transfer pump

Wetted part

SS304

Type Centrifugal

----

1+1

-----


03

FO washing transfer pump

Wetted part

SS304

Type Centrifugal

with double

Mechanical seal

----

1+1

------

04

IS transfer pump

Wetted part

SS304

Type Centrifugal

with double

Mechanical seal

----

1+1

Flame Proof Motor

05

Rectifier bottom transfer pump

Wetted part

SS304

Type Centrifugal

with double

Mechanical seal

-----

1+1

Flame Proof Motor

06

Rectifier Reflux transfer pump

Wetted part

SS304

Type Centrifugal

with double

Mechanical seal

-----

1+1

Flame Proof Motor

07

Vacuum pump

*

C.I.

Water Ring Type

----

1+1

Capacity and * max.

vac. and H.P. 08

Steam condensate transfer pump

Wettedp art

SS304

Type Centrifugal

with double

Mechanical seal

1

(Condensate *

extraction pump

H.P.)

E.

Piping Fitting & Valves

S. No

Particulars

Capacity

M.O.C.

Class

Remark

1

Piping-

Fermented Mash

Water Steam

Rectified spirit

Impure spirit

Fusel oil

Spent wash

Spent lees

SS-304

MS

CS SS-304

SS-304 SS-304

C Class

-

For SS-304 Piping upto

50 NB Sch 10 & above

that Sch. 5.

2

Valves –

Fermented wash

Water Steam

Rectified sprit

Impure spirit

Fusel oil g-Spent wash / Spentlees

SS-304

Butter fly

CS SS-304

SS-304

SS-304

SS-304


F. LABORATORY

Laboratory shall be air conditioned with suitable capacity of split type air conditioners Laboratory equipped with

fully latest equipment such as weighing balance, ovens, incubators, COD/BOD analyzers, brix hydro meters,

conductivity and viscosity meter, yeast count microscope and other required items, standards glass ware, measuring

cylinders, measuring flasks, pipettes, burettes ,titration stands etc.

Vender to supply the complete equipment required for a green field Ethanol plant. Following is a list, but not limited

to, of the representative equipment for a full fledge bio-chemical laboratory.

1. Refrigerator 300 ML

2. PH meter 0-14 Digital readout

3. Electronic balance with Tare-off facility.

4. Ordinary balancing scale with weights

5. Oven 50-300 oC, digital temp. readout

6. Scrubber 450*450*450 mm digital indication and control.

7. Auto clave: 125 oC, stainless steel with fittings, steam heated, timer etc.

8. Centrifuge 7000-8000 rpm swing out type, digital Pm indicating with tubes.

9. Magnetic stirrer boiling plate

10. Electric heating plate of 2KW

11. Laminar airflow inoculation chamber

12. Binocular Microscope

13. Water bath with lid

14. Ebuliometer

15. Hand held refractometers 2nos. each of different ranges upto 90 brix

16. Bonsai burner 3 nos.

17. Neuroses cells counting chamber

18. Sp. Gravity hydrometer upto 1500 range 3 nos. each


19. Thermometers of various ranges 50nos. each

20. Skypes hydrometers 6 nos.

21. Botanical inoculation loop holder.

22. Distilled water still.

23. Pycnometers

24. Test tube rack 4 nos.

25. Pipette canisters

26. Desiccators 2 nos.

27. Measuring Cylinder – Glass and plastic various ranges upto 2000 ml

28. Beakers flat bottom conical flasks

29. Stainless steel clamps

30. Borosel glass and plastic, various sizes

31. Glass capillaries 0.5 mm

32. Distillation assembly for all 6 nos. with round bottom flask, heating masks, Liepzi, condensers 6 sets

33. Buckman filters

34. Funnels

35. Glass rods


G. INSTRUMENTS & CONTROLLERS

Instrumentation for Distillation Section (Multi-pressure & Absolute Plant System): The instruments listed

below are indicative. These may increase if necessary on actual respective P&I diagrams to be prepared by

vendor and approved by purchaser in order to make the operations complete and quantity maintained.

Purchaser’s decision is final and binding on seller.

1. FERMENTATION

Sr. No. Particulars Type QTY 1.

Level indicator for fermenters

1

2.

Foam sensor for fermenters / PF

4

2. FLOW, PRESSURE, LEVELMETERS & CONTROLS

S. No. Particulars Type

1 Ferm. Wash to Analyzer Column Flow Control Globe Type Control Valve

2 Analyzer Column Bottom Level Control Globe Type Control Valve

3 Degasifying Column Pressure Control Globe Type Control Valve

4. Aldehytde column bottom level control valve Globe Type Control Valve

5 Rectifier Column Reboiler Steam Flow Control Globe Type Control Valve

6 Rectifier Column Bottom Level Control Globe Type Control Valve

7 Rectifier Column Pressure Control Globe Type Control Valve

8 Analyser condensate tank level control Globe Type Control Valve

Measurements, Indicators

Impure Spirit Density Meter

Rectified Spirit Density Meter

3. FLOW METERS


1 Rectifier Column Reboiler Steam Flow Flow Transmitter (DPT)

2 Fermented Wash to Analyzer Flow Magnetic Flow Meter

3 Spent Wash Out Flow from analyzer Magnetic Flow Meter

4 Various other Flow Meters (Clear liquid or gases) Glass Tube Rota meter

4. LEVEL METERS

S. No. Particulars Type 1 Analyzer Column Bottom Level

Smart Level Transmitter (DPT)


2. Aldehyde column bottom level


3. Exhaust column bottom level


4 Rectifier Column Bottom Level


5 Rectifier Reflux Tank Level


6 FO Tank Level


7. Analyser condensate tank level


5. PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS

S. No.

Particulars

Type

1 Analyzer Column Bottom Pressure Smart Pressure Transmitter

2 Degasifying Column Top Pressure Smart Pressure Transmitter

3 Rectifier Column Top Pressure Smart Pressure Transmitter

4 Rectifier Column Bottom Pressure Smart Pressure Transmitter

5 Steam Header Pressure Smart Pressure Transmitter

6 Pumps discharge pressure gauges As required

7 Instrument Air Pressure Switch

6. TEMPERATURE TRANSMITERS

S. No.

Particulars

Type

1 Ferm. Wash Feed to Analyzer Column Temp. RTD with Transmitter

2. Analyzer column bottom temp. RTD with Transmitter

3 Analyzer Column Feed Tray Temp. RTD with Transmitter

4 Degassifier Column Top Temp. RTD with Transmitter

5. Aldehyde column bottom temp. RTD with Transmitter

6. Aldehyde column top temp. RTD with Transmitter

7. Aldehyde column top temp. on tray 12 RTD with Transmitter

8. Aldehyde Reflux tank temp. RTD with Transmitter

9. Exhaust column bottom temp. RTD with Transmitter

10. Rectifier Reflux Tank Temp. RTD with Transmitter

11 Analyzer Column Vent Condenser CWR Temp. RTD with Transmitter

12. PVC condenser CWR Temp. RTD with Transmitter

13 Degasser column condenser CWR Temp. RTD with Transmitter

14. Rectifier Column HFO Tray Temp. RTD with Transmitter 15. Rectifier Column LFO Tray 1 Temp. RTD with Transmitter

16. Rectifier Column Draw Tray 1 Temp. RTD with Transmitter


17 Rectifier Column Top Temp. RTD with Transmitter

18 Rectifier Column Bottom Temp RTD with Transmitter

19 CWS header temp. RTD with Transmitter

20 Steam Header Temp. RTD with Transmitter

7. RELIEF VALVES


1

For Rectifier Column

Pressure Safety Valve Vacuum

Relief Valve

8. MISC. INSTRUMENT.

Field Instruments such as Pressure gauges, Temperature indicators, Flow indicators, Level indicators as

required for smooth process operations.

9. EQUIPMENT / OTHER INSTRUMENTS

S. No.

Particulars

Type

Qty

Make

1

Sykes hydrometer

2

Eureka

2

Sykes table for determining strength of

alcohol

1

3

Safe & tester for rectified spirit, impure

spirit

2

Eureka

4

Anti – vacuum / pressure relief valves

(distillation column)

4

Fainger

5

Manometer

Eureka

6

Motor & Instrument control panel

1

ABB/Siemens

7

PLC/DCS System modules pack, software

and communication cable PC with monitor

& printer SCADA- PLC/DCS System

instrumentation system for fermentation &

distillation

1

ABB/Siemens/ Honeywell/Allen Bradley


H. Electrical:

I. Insulation & Painting: Insulation & painting for fermentation and distillation section

Insulation :

Adequate Insulation for distillation columns & other related equipment & piping

like Steam chest, hot water tank, steam piping, CIP tank etc shall be provided with

Aluminum cladding of 24 SWG (more than 200 NB)/26 SWG( up to 150 NB) (As

per IS code)

Painting:

Painting as per the relevant code to all MS equipments, MS/CS piping, structure

and Supports etc .

Electrical Work For Fermentation & Distillation House, Tank farm & Utility section

Complete electric supply of plant equipments, including design, manufacture,

procure, supply, erection testing & commissioning of MCC, electrical motors, all

flameproof equipment, power cables, control cables, Instrument cables, surge

arrestor, cable trays, local push button station for each & every pump, blower,

vacuum pump, agitator etc.

It also including cables laying, earthing of motor, MCC, push button station etc.

In MCC, 3 No. vacant compartments suitable for – HP starters shall be provided.

Panel MCC boxes should be as per Indian Electric Rule (thickness) switch, starter,

relay, and conductors, ACB etc. should be of L&T / Siemens Volt, Ampere meter

& energy meter/Multifunction Meter for each panel. Copper thimbles shall only

be used. Earthing should be as per Indian Electrical Rule standard only.

1 Set


J. Fabricated (Tanks & Receivers) :

S. No

Name

Working Capacity

MOC

Thk. (mm)

Shell/ Bot. /Top

Qty

Remarks

1

Molasses storage tank

3000 m

3,vert.,cylin.,flat bottom,

conical top MS

As per standard

2 No.

2

A A (ethanol) storage tank

with vent condenser

1000 m3,vert.,cylin.,flat bottom,

conical top

MS

As per API

standard with

2mm corrosion

2 Nos

3

RS storage tank with vent

condenser 500 m

3 “ “

MS

AS per standard

1No

4

SDS storage tanks

100 m3 “ “” 25m3

MS

As per standard

1Nos

each

5. Ethanol denaturation and

issue tank

200m3/hr MS As per standard 02 Nos

5

Fusel oil storage tank

10 M

3 “” “” MS

6/6/6

2 Nos

6

Flow meter with Totalizer

for issue to be approved by

Weight & Measure Dept.

1. Nos. each for R.S. , Impure spirit

and A.A

7 a

b

RS/AA receivers

Impure Receiver 75 m3,vert.,cylin.,dish ends

15m3 MS

8,8

06 Nos

02 Nos

K. Pump with flameproof motor & double mechanical seal

S.No

Particulars

M.O.C

Type

Capacity

M3/Hr Head in

MLC HP/K

W

Qty

Remark

1

R.S pump (From receiver to

storage tank)

Body- CI

Other

wetted

Centrifugal

40

25

*

1+1

Nos.

Gland

less,expp

roof 2. Storage Tank to

Denaturation Tank and Issue

Body- CI

Other

wetted

Centrifugal 40 25 * 1+1

Nos.

3. Issue pump for SDS Body- CI

Other

wetted

Centrifugal 40 * 1+1 Nos

4

AA pump (From receiver to

storage tank) Body- CI

Other

Centrifugal

40

25

*

1+1

Nos. “”

5. AA Storage tank to

denaturation tank

Body- CI

Other


6. AA issue pump for Ethanol Body- CI

Other


7

I.S. / TA pump (From

receiver to storage tank to

issue)

Body- CI

Other

wetted

Centrifugal

10

25

*

1 No

“”

8

Fusel oil transfer pump

(from storage tank to issue) Body- CI

Other

Centrifugal

10

25

*

1 No.

“”


L. Utility

No. Description Tech. Data MOC Qty. Remark 1.

Cooling Towers with accessories as per

detailed given at 2.8.1

, *

2.

Piping & Valves and Instruments

As per Standard

Norms

LOT

3

Electricals for above

As per Standard

Norms

LOT

4

Air compressor with dryer, Oil free for

instrumentation Air with 1000 Ltrs Air

receiver

* CFM

-

1+1 Nos.

5

Water Softening plant

25 M3/hr

1 No

Regene cycle 24

hrs

11.

DM water unit

5 m3/hr

1 No

Regene cycle 24

hrs.


2.2 ABSOLUTE ALCOHOL (ETHANOL) PLANT

(A) MSDH PLANT & MACHINERY

Sr. No. Description Specifications MOC 1.

Recovery / Evaporation column

Quantity: 1 No. Tray type : Sieve/Bubble cap type trays Diameter : * Thk : > 5 No. of trays : 45 Nos. Tray spacing :

250 mm

SS-304

2.

Recovery column Re-boiler

Quantity : 1 No. Type : Shell & Tube

HTA : * m2 SS-304

3. Feed Pre-heater Feed Pre-heater Quantity : 1 No.

Type : Shell & Tube HTA : *

m2

SS-304

4.

Super-heater


(30 m2) HTA : *

SS-304

5.

Molecular Sieve Tower with internal

and fittings

Quantity : 2 Nos. Type : Vertical, Cylindrical, dished

ends Capacity : *

SS-304 Pressure

vessel

6.

Molecular Sieve and support balls

Sieves : (description) & quantity *

SS-304

7.

Molecular Sieve vapor condenser


HTA : * m2

SS-304

Recovery column condenser


HTA : * m2

SS-304

9.

Product Cooler


HTA : * m2

SS-304

10.

Weak Alcohol regeneration condenser


HTA : * m2

SS-304

(B) Pumps with motor

Sr. No. Description Specifications MOC 1.

Weak Alcohol Tank

Quantity : 1 No. Type : Vertical / Clindrical/distingends Capacity :

* m3

SS-304

2. Weak Alcohol Recirculation cooler Quantity : 1 No. Type : Shell &

tube HTA : Suitable SS-304

3. Vacuum Drum Quantity : 1 No. Capacity - * Type : Vertical cylindrical

SS-304

4.

Product Receiver Tank

Quantity : 3 Nos. Capacity – 75

M3 Type : Vertical cylindrical/distinedends

CI


5.

Feed Pump + Motor

Quantity : 1 + 1 No. Capacity &

Head * Type : Centrifugal horizontal

Wetted Parts CF -8

6.

Weak Alcohol Recirculation pump + motor



Wetted Parts CF -8

7.

Vacuum Pump + motor (or Eductor)

Quantity : 1 + 1 No. Capacity & Head * 10 M3/hr.

head * Type : Water ring type

Wetted Parts CF -8

8.

Ethanol product pump + motor



Wetted Parts CF -8

Note : All motors mentioned above are flame proof type. All pumps are glanddess, centrifugal

pumps.

(C). COOLING TOWER DETAILS:

SPECIFICATIONS: As per Clause 2.8.1

D) AIR COMPRESSOR

Capacity : Working Pressure : kg/cm2 g)

Quantity : Air Dryer : Air Receiver :

* CFM (oil free compressor)

8.5 kg/cm2 (g) (compressed) from atm pr. To 8.5

1+1 with standby mode PSA dryer

1000 liters x 1 No.

Note :-All specifications are indicative and shall be confirmed by supplier. The seller shall supply all

the equipments/machineries or any other items required for smooth and trouble free operation

of the plant to achieve the performance parameters even if the same is not mentioned in the

specifications. Such items are deemed to have been included in the specifications.


E) INSTRUMENTATION

Instrument list given below is only indicative and supplier has to specify

actual requirement.

� Flow meter

Sr.

No. Particulars

Type

Make

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10

11.

R.S feed to recovery column

Absolute alcohol draw Reflux to alcohol recovery column

Feed flow control system Steam flow control system Electronic steam flow meter with indicator & integrator

Electronic flow meters with totalizer for alcohol Pressure

swing adsorption control system PLC control system of the total plant Temperatures indicators- (distillation columns, super

heater, condensers molecular sieves towers and cooling

water system) Pressure gauges- pressure controllers on distillation

column, molecular sieves towers, steam supply, process

pumps etc.

Rotameter

Rotameter

Rotameter

Rotameter

Rotameter

Rotameter

Specify

Specify

* as per list

* as per list

Rosemont / J.N.

Marshall

12.

Level indicators and level control loops of distillation

columns, condensate drums, etc. Specify

13.

Any other instruments such as hydrometer and safe and

tester etc Specify

Note: All instruments will both local and panel mounted are to be hooked into PLC system with

mimicry diagrams.

� Temperature indicators:

Sr.

No. Particulars

Type

Make

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

Alcohol recovery column bottom

Alcohol recovery column top

Alcohol feed to recovery column Regenerated alcohol feed to recovery column

Alcohol superheater Dehydration towers Cooling water supply header Cooling water outlet from condensers Cooling water outlet from dehydration coloumn – vent

condenser Product cooler

Steam Others Eight point scanner Temp. control loop for columns, mol sieve towers, etc

Dial

thermometers

(mercury filled

type for local and

sensing and

transmission

system for PLC

system

Specify

Specify

RTD

Radix/ Radicon/

J. N. Marshall


� Pressure Gauges

S. No. Particulars Type Make 1.

Dehydration tonnes, alcohol recovery column, Vacuum

system Specify

H. Guru/ Feibig/Universal

2. Product cooler Specify 3. On all process pumps Specify 4. Cooling water recirculation pump Specify 5. Steam line to all re-boilers Specify 6. Steam header Specify 7. Others Specify

� Level Instruments


Level control loops for a. Regenerant holding tank b. Alcohol feed tank c. Alcohol recovery column bottom

Specify

Specify

Specify

Specify

2. Level switch on cooling water (for low water alarm) Specify Specify

� Other Instruments


Pressure switch on steam line (for low steam pressure

alarm) Specify

Specify

2. Hydrometer Specif Specify 3. Safe & Tester Specify Specify 4. Instrument panel Specify Specify

Specify all the control loops in detail.

If RTD is used instead of dial thermometers, local indication should be provided.

�Electrical Work for Absolute Alcohol plant & Tank farm

Complete electrification of plant including design, manufacture, procure, supply, erection, testing

& commissioning of MCC, electrical motors, all flameproof equipments, power cables, control

cables, instrument cables, lightening arrestor, cable trays, local push button stations for each &

every pump, blower, vacuum pump, agitator etc., lighting of all sections of plant including light

fittings, earthing pits etc. It also includes cable laying, earthing of motors, MCC, push button stations etc. In MCC, 5 No.

vacant compartments suitable____ HP starters shall be provided

Specify

details


� Insulation & Painting:

Insulation & painting for distillation section Insulation : Insulation for distillation columns & other related

equipments & piping like steam chest, hot water,

etc. Painting : Painting as per the relevant code to all MS

equipments, CS piping, supports etc.

To be provided as per specifications for hot

insulation. LRB with Aluminum cladding as

per IS Standard

Note: Pumps, piping fittings, pipe supports, valves, instrumentation & electrical items required for

all utilities as per battery limit should be in the scope of supplier. Supplier should specify all

the details for this particular requirement.

Piping and Bought out items to be specified by Vendor:

Vendors shall specify the make and standard specifications of the bought out items and piping

materials supplied with the plant as per the General Guidelines mentioned below:

1. All the copper material should be deoxidized copper manufactured by approved and reputed

firms only.

2. All the PHEs should be Alfa Laval /GEA make.

3. All process pumps shall be Kirloskar/KSB/Alfa Laval make only and utility pumps shall be

Kirloskar/KSB make only.

4. All motors shall be Crompton/Kirloskar/Siemens/ Bharat Bijlee make only.

5. All C.S. Pipes should be as per respective BSI specifications IS 1239 ‘C’ class; preferably

TATA/Jindal make.

6. All stainless steel pipes and sheets shall be as per AISI type 304 or AISI type 316.

TATA/Tube India/SAIL/Jindal/Devine make.

7. All HDPE pipes shall be Nocil or equivalent make and rated to 10Kg/cm2

pressure. 8. All the

valves should be Audco/KSB make only.

9. SS and GI nuts & bolts shall be TATA/GKW make.

10. All the cables used for electrification shall be Finolex/ Havells/Polycab make only.

11. All lighting (distillation) material should be flame proof and of Philips /Crompton Greaves/Syska

make only.

Vendors may give equivalent specifications, with the approval of the Purchaser.


2.3 30 TPD CO2 RECOVERY PLANT

2.3.1 Basis of Design

Clean carbon dioxide formed during molasses fermentation in the fermenters and duly scrubbed using

fresh water in CO2 scrubber using fresh water to trap foam and recover entrained alcohol, forms the raw

material for the carbon dioxide plant.

The following design basis and the equipment specifications shall be applied to the proposed CO2 Gas Production

System.

2.3.1.1 CO2 Production Rate – ........................... 30 TPD

2.3.1.2 Power:..................................................... 415 Volt, 3 Phase, 50 Hertz,

Control: ………………………………………….……..Volts DC and/or 220 Volt

............................................................. Single phase, AC, 50 Hertz

2.3.1.3 Pressure Vessel Design:............................. ASME Code for Unfired Pressure ..... ....................... Vessels, Section VIII, Div. I, latest ........................... revision applicable

2.3.1.4 Elevation at Plant Site: 143 mtr MSL

2.3.1.5 Electrical Design: ....................................... National Electrical Code USA (NEC) Motors:...................................................... Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC)

Motor Starters: .......................................... 22.4 kW (30 HP) & Over: Wye-Delta

2.3.1.6 Cooling Water: ……………… closed circuit from and to cooling tower

Supply Temperature: .................................. 32 °C

Wet Bulb:.................................................... 30 oC

2.3.2 Scope of Equipment and Technical Descriptions

2.3.2.1 BASIC SYSTEM

CO2 FROM ALCOHOL RECOVERY SCRUBBER IN THE FERMENTATION SECTION IS

COLLECTED IN A BALLOON OF ABOUT 40 M3 CAPACITY and Low Pressure CO2 Gas Scrubber to remove water-soluble impurities in a highly efficient operation in a

structured packing tower. Design features of the tower are given below:-

• Scrubber Fully automatic operation.

• MOC is SS 304 shell, with SS internals • STAINLESS STEEL liquid distributor. • STAINLESS STEEL “Structured packing”.

• Piping, valves, and make-up water flow indicator.

• STAINLESS STEEL demister as well as in-line moisture separator to prevent water carryover to the balance

of the system.


2.3.2.2 CO2 GAS BOOSTER COMPRESSOR

Capacity: 30 TPD or (650 NM3/hr.)

The booster draws feed CO2 gas from the alcohol recovery scrubber in the fermentation section

and increases its pressure to overcome recovery piping and equipment pressure losses and deliver elevated

suction pressure to the main CO2 Compressor. The booster is equipped with a Variable frequency Drive

that is automatically modulated so as to maintain a constant pressure in fermenters even with

changing CO2 production rates, to facilitate remote location of the balance of the CO2 recovery equipment

and improve CO2 Compressor performance.

2.3.2.3 CO2 GAS COMPRESSION SYSTEM

Capacity: 30 TPD

CO2 Compressor is a compact, easily installed, durable and smooth running machine, non-

lubricated (oil-free), two (2) stage, machine, specifically designed for use in CO2 applications where the

slightest petroleum lubricant cannot be tolerated. It includes: “V” section belt drive assembly, flywheel,

motor pulley, matched set of “V” belts and belt guard.

• STAINLESS STEEL intercooler and combination high pressure after cooler/ precooler complete with

moisture separators and traps. • Teflon piston rings and Teflon piston rod packing.

• STAINLESS STEEL cushioned valves for quiet, smooth valve action. • Valves easily accessible for routine

inspection/maintenance. • Crankcase of high strength cast iron.

• Completely enclosed frame with oil tight/dust proof cover plates for easy access to interior. • 3-step capacity control via valve unloading arrangement. • supplied completely piped, assembled and wired.

2.3.2.4 HIGH PRESSURE CO2 GAS SCRUBBER – STAINLESS STEEL

Designed to perform with a high impurity removal efficiency due to use of once though potable water

scrubbing. A continuously pumped feed of potable water, manually adjusted proportional to the CO2

collection rate, is evenly distributed over the top of a stainless steel structured packed bed. The water is

collected in the sump and drained to sewer through an automatic level control valve. At the top of the tower

the entrained moisture is removed in the demister pad and the CO2 exits the tower. A high pressure pump to

be provided for high pressure water supply to scrubber.

2.3.2.5 CO2 GAS PURIFIER/DEODORIZER

Capacity: ........................................................ 30 TPD

The Purifier/Deoderizer is a PSA type dual tower absorber unit. The CO2 Purifier/Deodorizer is

designed to remove impurities including dimethyl sulfide, alcohols, esters and ketones not fully removed

in wet scrubbing.


� Dual tower arrangement - one tower operating while the other is regenerating. � Stainless Steel construction. � Initial charge of specially prepared activated carbon as deodorant. � Stainless Steel piping and valves. � Safety relief valves and pressure gauges.

� Full automation to allow for auto switchover of towers and operation of hot air regeneration equipment

as per preset cycle time. � Hot air reactivation system including air blower and heater to allow for proper regeneration.) � Carbon dust

filter at the exit of deodorizing tower assembly.

2.3.2.6 DUAL TOWER CO2 GAS DEHYDRATOR

Capacity: ........................................................ 30 TPD Dual tower desiccant type dryer with internal reactivation dries the CO2 gas, thereby eliminating the formation

of frost and possible freeze-up in the CO2 condenser and operates at about 19 ata, and comprises:

� Desiccant type, dual tower, electrically reactivated CO2 Dehydrator to give a maximum outlet dewpoint % –––

62.2°C. � Towers are automatically alternated on a dewpoint demand cycle with the off-stream tower being reactivated

while the on-stream tower is drying the CO2 gas. � Automatic cycle time of reactivating, purging, and cool down. � Coalescing prefilter on the inlet side of the CO2 dehydrator to ensure liquid droplet-free CO2 gas entering the

desiccant beds. � Desiccant Dust Afterfilter on the outlet side of the CO2 dehydrator to ensure dust- free CO2 condenser

operation. � Automatic on-line and Manual Dewpoint Tester to be provided.

2.3.2.7 CO2 LIQUEFYING SYSTEM WITH STRIPPER COLUMN (NH3 refrigeration system)

Capacity: ........................................................ 30 TPD

CO2 Liquefying System comprises an ammonia-cooled, cascade type Co2 liquifier. The following equipment

is to be provided:

A. CO2 CONDENSER

� Flooded ammonia-type condenser. � Complete with ammonia accumulator mounted on top of condenser. � Complete with dual relief assembly for NH3 side and single relief valve for CO2 side.

B. ONE AMMONIA COMPRESSOR-

� Direct driven economized single stage NH3 screw/ reciprocating compressor.

� Suction scale trap with removable strainer. � Fully modulated automatic capacity control.

� Oil separator receiver with integral oil heaters and access port

� Suction and discharge stop check valves. � Elapsed time meter.

� Pressure and temperature indicators for the lube and refrigeration circuits.

� Direct drive positive displacement type oil pump with filter (replaceable media)


� Water-cooled shell and tube oil cooler with automatic lube temperature control. C. ONE AMMONIA CONDENSER

� Shell and tube type heat exchanger complete with NH3 Suction accumulator.

� Complete with liquid level float control, manual by-pass and electric solenoid valve, and the required

safety valves.

D. ONE AMMONIA RECEIVER

� Complete with mounting stands, ammonia valves, sight glass, and safety valves.

� Ammonia condenser shall be mounted above the ammonia receiver on a common structural steel

base.

E. CO2 CONDENSER - INSULATION MATERIAL:

� Supplied loose for mounting after all equipment is installed and pressure tested.

� LRB material furnished in precut, curved section along with accessories. � For indoor or outdoor installation.

F. CONTROLS

� Control panel on NH3 compressor with NH3 suction and discharge pressure gauges, pressure, and

relays. � Master CO2 System “Y” Switch and Relays

� Safety controls for operation and equipment protection.

G. INTERCONNECTING PIPING

The necessary interconnecting CO2 gas & liquid, NH3 refrigerant, NH3 relief vent, cooling water (supply

and return), steam, effluent (discharge) and make-up water piping between all components described above is

to be furnished.

H. PLC BASED CONTROL SYSTEM

The PLC system shall be provided to remote control and monitoring of system operation utilizing Siemens S7

Programmable Logic Controller or equivalent. It should also have, inter-alia, following features:

� Touch screen operator interface.

� On-off equipment status. � Temperature and pressure indication of key process variables.

� Data logging. � Screen printout of status and alarms.

� Control of equipment via remote control panel.

� Junction boxes.


I. ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONDUIT

The necessary electrical wiring, conduit and wireway between components and the customer supplied

motor control center will be supplied. The amount of materials included may be based on all equipment

being centrally located in accordance with vendor’s requirement our, and in close proximity to the

customer supplied motor control center.

J. AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT & CHEMICALS

� Dew point Tester for periodical check of the CO2 Dehydrator performance.

� CO2 Gas Purity Tester (manual) for periodical check of CO2 gas purity.

K. INITIAL OPERATION KIT

Should includes first charge of: � CO2 compressor oil, refrigerant compressor oil, filters elements.

� Carbon and desiccant. � Liquid Ammonia charge. � Chemicals with specifications

While our proposal includes in its price the chemicals listed above, THE ACI reserves the right to ask our

valued customer to procure such chemicals from local sources of supply where available, and where quality and

content meet ACI’S specifications. When our valued customer procures such chemicals, THE ACI will issue a

credit equal to the amount of the purchase, but not to exceed the amount included within this proposal.

L. FIELD ENGINEERING SERVICES

Site supervision for installation and then for equipment startup supervising the installation

contractor, ‘inspection of the equipment after installation’, start-up of the plant, and training of operators.

M. 1 x 110 METRIC TON LIQUID CO2 STORAGE TANK INSTALLATION ACCESORIES

Design Code As per IS 2825 Class I + SMPV (U) Rules 1981 With all amendments

Capacity(Net) 110 M.T.

-Water Capacity(Gross) 110000 Ltrs

-Design Pressure 24 kg/cm2 g

-Design temperature (-) 45 deg c

-Radiography 100 %

-Hydro test Pressure 31.2 Kg/cm2g

P.W.H.T. Stress Relieving Type of Dish end Deep Torrispherical / Ellipsoidal

Mounting Horizontal vessel supported on saddles


Material of SA-516 Gr. 70 Shell & Dish ends

construction SA-350 LF-2 Flanges & Couplings

SA-333 Gr.-6 Nozzles Necks SA-350 L7 / SA-194 Gr.4

Connections Liquid inlet, outlet, vapor balance, manway, Pressure gauge,

safety valve, full try cock, liquid Level, thermo well, vapourizer,

cylinder filling Pump, gas outlet etc.

Insulation Polyurethane Foam Rigid PUF –cast insulation of 200mm thk Minimum with 20G. Bright aluminium

sheet Cladding to cover insulation using self tapping Screws. The insulation to be

injection moulding i.e. Polyurethane chemicals poured with high pressure insitu

foaming machine and. pouring gun


2.3.2.8 Utility Requirements

The vendor shall specify the following utilities and power consumption:

B. Cooling water @ 32°C CO2 Compressors (Total) * M3/hour

CO2 Liquefying System * M3/hour

C. Make-Up Water @ 32ºC CO2 Gas Scrubber 1.0 M3/hour

D. Steam ______________Pressure Temperature Kg/hr. Ata

Temperature °C

Quantity Kg/hr.

A.Electrical Connected Consumed

CO2 Booster Compressor

CO2 Gas Scrubber

KW

KW

KW

KW

CO2 Compressor

CO2 Gas Deodorizer

KW

KW

KW

KW

CO2 Gas Dryer (heater)

CO2 Liquefying System

KW

KW

KW

KW

CO2 Product Pump (Stripper) KW KW

Liquid CO2

Storage Tank (Refrig. Unit)

KW

KW

KW

KW

Liquid CO2

Transfer Pump

KW

KW

KW

KW

Total KW KW


2.4 EVAPORATION SECTION :

2.4.1 Design Basis:-

The spent wash generated from R.S. Plant distillation unit (for molasses distillation) is 520 m3/day and is

rich in mineral content and organics. In order to make the spent wash suitable for in the boiler as fuel,

the same is to be concentrated to 60 Brix from its original b r i x o f 1 2 t o 16 d egr e e . Thus the water

to be evaporated is 500 m3/day. This is done in a quadruple / quintuple effect evaporator system with

heating medium in the first effect as steam at ata pressure. The evaporation system shall also

include the condensate flash system to reduce steam consumption. In evaporation economy of about

approximately 5.0 i.e. 50 tonnes of evaporation per tonne of steam is to be achieved.

2.4.2. EQUIPMENT LIST: Standalone Evaporation plant

S.N. Equipment Description MOC Qty

1.

Evaporator Calendrias

Designed on basis of Falling film/rising

film principle Construction: Shell & Tube Type.

Shell: AISI 304 Tubes

: AISI 316 Tube sheet:

AISI 304

5

2.

Vapour Liquid Separators

Construction: Vertical, with tangential

entry for effective vapour separation.

AISI 304

5

3. Pre Heaters Shell and Tube heat exchanger AISI 304 5

4.

Surface Condenser

Shell & Tube Type

Shell : AISI 304 Tubes:

AISI 304 Tube sheet:

AISI 304

1

5. Flash vessel /vapour body Vertical / cylindrical Construction AISI 304 4 6.

Feed Tank(Capacity : 100 m3)

Type : Vertical/Cylindrical – conical bottom

AISI 304

1

7. Process Condensate Tank Vertical Construction AISI 304 1 8. CIP tank Vertical Construction AISI 304 1 9. Steam Condensate Tank Vertical Construction MS 1 10.

Product tank(24 hours storage

capacity)

Vertical Construction

AISI 304

1

11.

Thin / lean spent wash

holding Tank

Vertical Construction

MS + Epoxy

1

12.

Feed pump + motor

Centrifugal Type

(Wetted parts CF8)

1

13.

Recirculation cum transfer

Pump + motor

Centrifugal Type

(Wetted parts CF8

4

14 CIP Pump + motor Centrifugal Type Wetted parts CF 8 1

15.

Process Condensate Pump +

motor

Centrifugal Type

Wetted parts CF 8

1

16. Condensate flash tanks Vertical, Cylindrical AISI - 304

17.

Steam Condensate Pump +

motor

Centrifugal Type

CI

1

18.

Product Transfer pump +

motor

Centrifugal Type

Wetted parts CF 8

1

19. Vacuum Pump + Motor Water Ring Type CI 1+1


20. Piping + Valves Standard Lot

21.

Instrumentation

Mimic based Instrumentation panel will be

provided. Along with locally mounted

instruments.

Lot

22.

Electrical

Control panel Std.

Lot

23.

Cooling Tower with fans and

cooling water circulation

pumps and complete piping.

As per clause 2.8.1

Note : Control Loops, Temperature Indications etc. to be added in PLC/DCS System - SCADA system. Evaporation Plant will

be on common PLC/DCS System / SCADA system with Distillation.

Syrup tank shall be well insulated and provided with steam coil to maintain the temperature of syrup at 80 degree centigrade.

Note: Equipment shell thickness as per IS/ASME Standard.

*CIP Tank along with Pump & Motor will be common for Distillation & Evaporation.

*Sealing water tank for Process pump along with Pump & Motor will be common for

Distillation & Evaporation section.


2.5 STEAM GENERATION PLANT:

Steam generation plant comprises, the boiler, fuel handling and feeding equipment, feed water system,

environmental equipment, boiler feed water deaerator alongwith all accessory plants and chimney make the

boiler fully functional and operative efficiently.

The boiler is basically a single drum, natural circulation, balanced draft, water walled furnace type water

take type boiler with distillery slops (Concentrated spent wash) and other biomass as the fuels. Fuel

burning arrangement comprised slop burner and spreader stroker fitted with travelling grate in the furnace.

The brief specification as given in the following paras:-

2.5.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE STEAM GENERATOR PROPOSED

Design Features

1. Travelling grate design suitable for combustion of concentrated spent wash (slops) with Bagasse, Rice Husk

and coal or any other Biomass as support fuel to slops to sustain combustion.

2. Liberal grate area and loading to ensure efficient combustion of fuel.

3. Single drum design.

4. Boiler configuration with three pass design having water cooled membrane wall construction to ensure low fuel gas temperature at the inlet of super heater.

5. No heat transfer surfaces located in first & second pass of boiler. Convective heating surface areas are located

in 3rd horizontal pass.

6. High volumetric loading of furnace.

a. Ensures adequate residence time hence efficient fuel combustion.

b. Ensures lower furnace exit gas temperature to avoid fouling due to alkali content in the fuel.

7. Spray nozzles to be provided on the side wall of furnace for atomization of Spent wash(slops). One No.

additional spent wash gun to be provided on the front wall of furnace to ensure operation of boiler at low load,

while guns provided on side walls are under maintenance. The slop gun should be designed to handle slope at

brix upto 65 degree.

8. Two stage integral super heater along with inter stage attemperator. (If required)

9. Convective Super heater to be designed to avoid fouling problems.

a. Super heater shall be placed in convective zone. b. Operating metal temperature should be maintained to eliminate the problem of super heater

overheating.

10. Proper split of primary and secondary air for efficient fuel combustion in the upper furnace to ensure proper

prediction of furnace exit gas temperature for down steam sizing of heating surface areas.


11. Flue gas temperature at superheater inlet should be less than 650˚ C to avoid fouling due to alkalies in ash

(Na20) + K20) and corrosion of Superheater tubes due to chlorides in ash.

12. A single stoker with one number of riddling hopper with dampers in the connecting air duct. The hoppers to

be provided with proper valley angle to avoid choking of ash.

13. Temperature elements to be provided on the skid bar, cross beam and riddling hoppers with temperature

indication facilities in the control room. Also an alarm to be provided to alert when the temperature rises

above the limits prescribed by supplier.

14. Bush bearing to be provided for rotary air damper, considering high secondary air temperature.

15. Design drum

a. To keep drum steam loading rate low and

b. To enable boiler operation with rapid load swings and fast response to load changes.

16. Efficient drum internal consisting of cyclone separators and chevron drier to ensure high steam purity at all

loads.

17. Over fire air system with higher secondary air pressure to provide better air penetration across furnace cross

section thereby minimizing unburnt carbon loss. The secondary air nozzles are to be staggered providing

turbulence and air curtain to minimize escape of unburnt fuel particles.

18. Optimum steam side pressure drop in superheater circuit to ensure proper steam distribution and cooling of

superheater coils.

19. Optimum flue gas velocity levels in pressure parts to minimize erosion due to ash and also due to presence of

sand in fuel.

20. Air heater is provided with air through tube arrangement to prevent choking of tubes during combustion of

sticky fuels like slops.


2.5 2 CONSTRUCTION FEATURE

1. Self lubricated graphite bearings shall be provided for the stoker shaft.

2. Water-cooled membrane wall construction with optimum fin width as to

a. give maximum absorption of heat

b. provide lower fin tip to base differential temperature

c. give structural rigidity.

3. Wide pitching of superheater to minimize fouling/bridging due to alkali constituents (Na2O_ K2O) in ash &

also due to chlorides in ash.

4. Economizer will be plain tape type with layout ensuring ease of cleaning and inspection and good heat transfer.

5. Pressure parts tubes made of seamless alloy steel construction.

6. Provide adequate access doors/observation doors for inspection and repair.

7. All the pressure parts shall confirm IBR standard 1950.

2.5.3. DESIGN BASIS

Type of Boiler Single Drum, Slop fired (TG) Boiler Design code IBR 1950 with latest amendments Boiler capacity at MSSV outlet (Kg/hr) 20000 Steam pressure at MSSV outlet (Kg/cm (g) 45 Steam temperature at MSSV outlet (

OC) 415

Super Heater temp. control range % 5% to 10% variation Fuel

:

* Slops+ Rice Husk

* Slops+ Bagasse

* Slops+ Coal

* Slops+ any biomass fuel Water temp at Economiser inlet

(

OC)

140˚C

Ultimate Fuel analysis

Slop 60%

Brix Rice Husk *

Bagasse *

- Carbon % 22.93 36.70 23.25 - Hydrogen % 2.21 03.00 03.25 - Nitrogen % 1.91 00.40 00.00 - Sulphur % 0.63 00.08 00.00 - Moisture % 40 10.00 50.00 - Ash % 17.11 18.80 01.50 - Oxygen % 15.22 31.02 22.00 GCV (K.Cal/kg.)

Kcal/kg

1650 1750

3150 -3400

2270


Fuel sizing

:

as available

with 60% to

65 % Solids

As available

Mill wet

bagasse;

Flue gas temperature at Air heater outlet

°C

180 °C

Start up fuel : Fire wood, coal and diesel Ambient Temperature °C 30 Electrical data for motors - LT Volt (V) : 415 ± 10 - Frequency (Hz) : 50 - Type : AC 3 phase, 4 wire Electrical data for instruments - LT Volt (V) : 220 ± 10 % - Frequency (Hz) : 50 ± 5 % - Type : AC single phase Compressed air pressure : 7 Kg/cm

2 (Oil and Moisture free)

* Vendor to confirm.


2.5.4 TECHNICAL DATASHEET

S.No DESCRIPTION UNIT SPECIFICATION 1.0 GENERAL

a.

Type of the boiler

Single drum, water tube, slop and bio mass fired

boiler. (Travelling Grate furnace) b. Type of circulation Natural Circulation c. Type of support Bottom support d. e. Design code As per IBR 1950 with its latest amendments

2.0 BOILER PREDICTED PERFORMANCE a. Steam output b. - MCR kg/hr 20,000 c.

PCR

110% of MCR (For ½ hour

per 8 Hours shift) d.

Steam pressure at stop valve

Outlet Kg/cm2(g)

45

e. Steam temp at stop valve outlet °C 415

f.

Feed water temp at economiser

inlet °C

140

g.

Feed water temp at deaerator

outlet °C

140

h. Spray water temp at Attemptrator °C 140 i.

Boiler efficiency

%

*

� Vendor to specify.

2.5.5. SCOPE OF SUPPLY FOR BOILER

SCOPE OF WORK

1.1 Complete engineering and preparation of all required data, drawings, calculations etc., as required for boiler

and its auxiliaries, which are under Vendor’s scope.

1.2 Co-ordination with Chief Inspector of Boilers for Design, Engineering, Manufacturing supply

erection, commissioning and passing of boiler.

SCOPE OF SUPPLY FOR BOILER

PRESSURE PARTS

1.1 Steam drum with internals.


1.2 Membrane water wall furnace with headers.

1.3 Evaporator tube assembly with inlet and outlet headers and casing with stiffeners.

1.4 Down comers and risers.

1.5 Two Stage Superheater tube assemblies with inlet and outlet header & Coil supports.

1.6 Necessary piping connecting drum and superheater & super heater to main steam stop valve.

1.7 Economizer section with inlet & outlet headers and casing with stiffeners.

1.8 Inter stage Spray type De-superheater. (At temperature)

1.9 Feed Water Piping from Deaerator to Economizer.

Feed water system

2.1 Two nos. Boiler feed water complete pumps (1W+1S) at MCR rating including

automatic recirculation valves, coupling and base frame, motors.

2.2 Feed regulating station for maintaining uniform water level in steam drum.

2.3 Strainers at the suction of feed water pump.

2.4 Feed line from feed pump discharge to economizer.

2.5 Minimum recirculation flow piping and balance leak off line from individual BFWP station to

de-aerator.

2.6 Cooling water line to and from individual equipments from one point in boiler house.

2.7 All pressure and temperature gauges for local indications.

FUEL FEEDING SYSTEM(BAGASSE/HUSK/Coal/Biomass Fuel)

3.1 Fuel feeder discharge chutes upto furnace & surge hopper.

3.2 Extractor feeders with variable frequency drive for bagasse feeding along with forward and

reverse motion

3.3 Screw Feeders with VVFD speed drives for bagasse feeding with auto combustion control system

3.4 Screw feeder with VFD For husk feeding

3.5 Pneumatic distributor for bagasse/husk/Coal/Biomass fuel feeding

3.6 Secondary air system.

3.7 Inspection cum fire doors for furnace.

3.8 Boiler supported by coal as fuel along with Coal crusher(suitable capacity), conveying, metal

detection system, bunker for ½ hr. and spreader stoker etc.


Slop Feeding System

4.1 Piping from slop tank to slop transfer pump, from slop transfer pump to common header & from

common header to slop nozzle.

4.2 Slop Burning System.

4.3 Bucket type strainer at inlet of slop transfer pump.

4.4 Magnetic type flow meter at the outlet of common header to measure Slop quantity.

4.5 Recirculation Slop line back upto Slop storage tank.

4.6 Safety valve at slop feeding header.

4.7 2 nos. slop pump with drive arrangement.

Draught System

5.1 1x 100% MCR FD Fan with base frame, coupling hardware and motor with VFD.

5.2 1 x 100% MCR ID Fan with base frame, coupling hardware and motor with VFD.

5.3 1 x 100% MCR SA Fan with base frame, coupling hardware and motor with VFD.

De-aerator cum storage tank

6.1 Deaerator with deaeration water storage tank (10M-3 capacity).

6.2 Essential valves and fittings. 6.3 Pressure control valve with required isolation valves.

6.4 Level control valve with required isolation valves. 6.5 Feed water line from deaerator outlet to feed pump suction.

6.6 R.O. Water storage tank capacity 250 M3

minimum

Steam Piping

7.1 Soot blower steam piping from primary super heater outlet header to individual soot blowers.

7.1 Steam piping from PRV outlet to SCAPH.

7.2 Steam Piping for SCAPH from TG Extraction line (Max. 30 m).

Soot Blowers

8.1 Wall blowers on the Water wall.

8.2 Long retractable at Furnace Outlet, Super heaters (rack and pinion type electrical driven).


8.3 Motorized rotary soot blowers at Evaporator & economizer zone.

8.4 Drive motors, PRV & Safety valve.

8.5 Sonic soot blowers at air heater.

8.6 Sequential panel for operation of soot blowers.

Travelling Grate Furnace

8.7 Traveling Grate Assembly with mechanical variable speed drive.

8.8 Front ash hopper with plate valve for ash discharge.

8.9 Riddling hopper with plate valve for ash discharge.

VALVES & MOUNTINGS

Main stream stop valve with bypass valve.

� Start – up vent valve.

� Spring loaded mechanical safety valve.

� Pressure gauges and remote pressure gauges.

� Flow nozzle in steam line loose supply .

� All isolation & drain valves.

� 1 x 100% Feed water control valve with manual isolation valve at upstream/down stream & manual bypass valve.

� Pressure gauge.

� Flow Orifice for feed flow measurement

� Associated piping / fittings.

� Spray nozzles, internals and headers.

� 1 x 100% Spray control valve with manual isolation valve at down stream/ upstream & bypass valve.

� Piping from downstream of FCV to SCV.

� Spray water piping from SCV outlet to De-Super heater.

� Water level gauges – 2 nos. (Transparent type)

� Pressure gauge and remote pressure gauge.

� Spring loaded mechanical safety valve.

� All isolation, drain valves, air vent valve

� Manual intermittent & continuous blow down valve.(Angle type)

� Valves in steam line, feed line, spray line & drain line including NRV at economizer inlet.

� All isolation & drain valves.


� Air box drain valve.

� Air & gas line valves.

2.5.6. ELECTRICALS

415 V LT MCC for boiler & its auxiliaries (Non draw out type) consists of switches /relays for the

following equipments:

� Main Incomer(Air circuit breaker)

� FD / ID / SA fan Drives.

� Feed water pump drives.

� Fuel feeder drives.

� Slop pump drives.

� Travelling grate drive

� Soot Blower Drive

2.5.7. INSTRUMENTATIONS

The instrument control panel to be totally enclosed in a cubicle for dust free conditions with

smoke/fire alarm detector by providing an exhaust fan on the panel. The control panel shall be properly

wired, tubed and connected to all field transmitters and instruments as per standard instrumentation

practice. It should be housed in A.C. room, suitably sized, designed and constructed by the Seller.

The following instrumentation systems are to be provided:

� Steam flow meter of indicating, integrating and recording (in data logger) type

� Feed water flow meter of indicating, integrating and recording (in data logger) type.

� Drum water level indicating and recording ( in data logger) type. � Superheated pressure indicating and recording (in data logger) type.

Multipoint temperature scanner interface with ‘ K ’ type thermocouple and universal temperature

transmitters with linear output for each parameter as follows:

(a) Superheated steam at superheater outlet.

(b) Feed water at deaerator inlet (c) Feed water economizer inlet

(d) Feed water at economizer outlet

(e) Flue gas temp. at boiler outlet


(f) Flue gas temp. at economizer outlet

(g) Flue gas temp. at air heater outlet

(h) Flue gas at I.D fan inlet (i) Air temp. at air heater inlet.

(j) Air temp. at air heater outlet

(k) Furnace temp.

Draft gauges.

(a) F.D fan discharge

(b) I.D fan suction

(c) Furnace (d) Flue gas at boiler outlet

(e) Flue gas at economizer outlet

(f) Flue gas at air heater outlet (g) Flue gas at fly ash arrestor inlet

(h) Flue gas at fly ash arrestor outlet

(i) Air at air heater outlet

CO2 analyser with signal connection to datalogger PLC and local indication.

Pressure gauges of size 250 mm diameter with S.S. syphon and isolation valve to be provided at boiler

drum, super heater outlet steam and at fire door level for superheater outlet steam.

Pressure gauges of size 250 mm diameter with S.S. syphon and isolation valve to be provided at

economizer inlet, economizer outlet, at each feed water pump outlet and feed water pumps common

header.

Microprocessor based 24 channel data logger programmable to any type of inputs like current, mv, T/C and

digital for recording the following parameters with 80 column dot matrix printer and relay output for 8

channels for annunciation.

(a) Steam flow

(b) Feed water flow

(c) Superheater steam temp. at primary outlet

(d) Superheater steam temp. at secondary outlet (e) Superheater steam pressure at secondary outlet.

(f) Drum level (g) Deaerator level

(h) Deaerator pressure

(i) Furnace pressure

(j) Air flow (k) Feed water temperature at economizer inlet.

(l) Feed water temperature at economizer outlet

(m) Feed water temperature at deaerator inlet

(n) Flue gas temp. at boiler outlet (o) Flue gas temp. at economizer outlet


(p) Flue gas temp. at air heater outlet

(q) Flue gas temp. ID fan inlet (r) Air temp. at air heater inlet

(s) Air temp. at air heater outlet

(t) Furnace temp. (u) O2/CO2

Micro processor based annunciator with electronic hooter to be provided for the following(24 window):

(a) Feed water tank level low

(b) Deaerator tank level low

(c) Deaerator tank level high

(d) Drum water level low

(e) Drum water level high

(f) Superheater steam temp. high

(g) ID fan trip (h) FD fan trip

(i) SA fan trip (j) Feed water pump trip

(k) Bagasse feeder trip (l) Feed water transfer pump trip

(m) Drum water level low low (n) Drum water level high high

The following auto controller but not limited to, are to be provided with the boiler:

a) Three element drum level control system: Drum level shall be automatically controlled using the three

element control philosophy to ensure quick response of the system. In case of drum level falls below

minimum level, the feed water control valve will open fully. In case drum level rises above maximum

level, the feed water control valve will close fully. Single element switch during low load and at start up.

b) Deaerator pressure and level control system: Deaerator pressure shall be maintained by regulating the steam

flow to the deaerator so that temperature of boiler feed water is maintained at the desired set value.

Deaerator level shall be controlled so as to balance the inflow and out- flow of feed water.

c) Cascaded superheater steam temperature control system: based on measuring temperature at outlet of

primary superheater header and final superheater header.

d) Combustion control system: This will be an integrated control loop for maintaining the steam pressure.

According to the steam pressure the master controller will adjust rotary feeder speed to feed more or less

fuel to the boiler and FD/ID fan to control amount of primary air/flue gas respectively. To ensure that

this adjustment is correct, the signal of CO2 % in flue gases will be taken in the loop to make the final

correction in the combustion air/flue gas flow.

e) Furnace pressure control system: ID fan speed shall be controlled to maintain draft in side the furnace to

– 3-5mm WC.


f) Two air compressors (one as standby) shall be provided to supply oil and moisture free air through suitable

dryer system, for pneumatically controlled instruments. Spare air filtering and drying system shall also

be provided along with standby compressor.

Computerized Boiler Automation

The computerized scalable process control system shall be provided to achieve the above referred measurements,

control & audio- visual alarms for the safe and smooth operation of the boiler. The system shall have the following

features and facilities :-

(a) Data acquisition and monitoring.

(b) Data logging. (c) Alarm and event logging.

(d) Dynamic trend for 32 channels.

(e) Three dimensional graphic display.

(f) Free format report generation for customized reports.

(g) Online mathematical computation for any physical and virtual channels.

(h) Printer hard copy. (i) Loop wise scan time selection.

(j) Card replacement without power shutdown.

(k) Latest communication standards like HART/Foundation field bus.

Note:- The complete boiler automation system should be PLC-SCADA and a separate control panel required

with data logger, indicators and totalizers with data storage capacity upto 30 days minimum.

2.5.8 Safety interlock system

LP Chemical Dosing System

� One no. Skid mounted Low Pressure dosing tank.

� Two nos. LP dosing pumps (1 Working + 1 Standby)

� One no. agitator for dosing system.

� Minimum and essential required valves and fittings.

HP Chemical Dosing System

� One no. Skid mounted High Pressure dosing tank.

� Two nos. HP dosing pumps (1 Working + 1 Standby)

� One no. agitator for dosing system.

� Minimum and essential required valves and fittings.

Sample Coolers

� Sample coolers for feed water, boiler water and superheated steam.

� Sample cooler piping with valves & fitting.


UPS SYSTEM

� Redundant online UPS of suitable capacity for complete boiler system.

2.5.9 DUST COLLECTING SYSTEMS :

� One no. ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR– with special features for slop boiler

� Electrostatic Precipitator (3 fields) consists of collecting electrode, discharge electrode, inlet &

outlet ducting, casing hopper with stiffeners & its supports necessary manholes, discharge gate,

bye pass chute with its gate. � Scrapper with screw conveyor ash evacuation system. � Auxiliary control panel. � Transformers set (TR set). � LRB Insulation with 24 SWG Al cladding. � Supporting structure from ESP bearing level. � The complete dust collection, conveying shall be fully closed transportation through belts and

screw conveyor with adequate water splashing system to transport and load the collected dust/ash to

trolley automatically

� On line stack emission monitoring system with data uploading to CPCB/HSPCB server.

� ESP shall be suitably designed to achieve HSPCB norms of stack emission for any fuel ration with

slope firing.

2.5.10 Air Pre-Heater

� Multitubular air pre-heater tubes and tube sheets & casing with stiffeners.

� Ash hopper below airheater with rotary air lock valves electrical driven.

� SCAPH (Steam Coil Air Pre heater).

� The complete dust collection, conveying shall be fully closed transportation through belts and

screw conveyor with adequate water splashing system to transport and load the collected dust/ash to trolley

automatically

2.5.11 BOILER HOUSE ACCESSORIES

Supports and platform

- Supporting structure for the boiler from operating platform at 4500mm

- Supporting structure for air heater 2-3 meters from operating platform.

- Minimum and essential operating platforms with approach stairs/ ladders/ handrails for the equipments.

- Buck stays, foundation bolts & base plates

Air Ducting

- Air ducting from FD fan outlet to inlet of steam coil air preheater (SCAPH) & from

SCAPH to air heater & from air heater outlet to individual chamber.


- SA ducting from SA fan outlet to SCAPH to fuel firing and SA nozzle in boiler furnace.

- Metallic expansion joints in air ducting & Air flow measuring device (aerofoil meter).

Flue gas Ducting

- Flue gas ducting from boiler outlet to chimney inlet (from ID fan to inlet of chimney max. 6 mtr).

- Damper & expansion joints in flue gas ducting.

Refractory & Furnace casing

- Supply of quality refractory materials as per standard code with Furnace casing.

Insulation & Cladding

- Supply of hot thermal insulation and aluminium cladding materials (24 SWG) as per standard IS norms.

- Blow down / Drain

- Blow down drain piping from valves outlet to common drain header & from header outlet to inlet of BD

tank.

-One no. common blow down tank for both IBD & CBD.

-Vent piping from individual vent connections on steam drum, Safety valve & main steam line upto safe

elevation.

Instrumentation Cabling

-Compensating cables, impulse piping, instrument cables and signal cables from field instruments to Junction

box and from junction box up to inlet marshalling panel (50m).

-Junction boxes for the instruments supplied by vendor.

-Instrument air piping from boiler battery limit to individual consuming point (from one point near boiler

column).

-All the instrument cable shall be provided with separate cable tray routing with adequate isolators to prevent

harmonics effect

Electrical cabling

-Incoming / outgoing LT power & control cables from MCC to the individual equipments, cable piping, trays

etc., supplied by vendor. This does not include the main power cable up to MCC.

- Earthing above ground level.

- Local push button station for fans and pumps.

Fuel Storage Bunker & Silo

-Fuel bunker for 1 hrs. rice husk/coal storage capacity. The bunker is provided complete with required

structure.

-Fuel silo of 18 m³ volume for 30 mins. Bagasse storage.


ASH HANDLING SYSTEM

� Submerged belt conveyor for Grate zone

� Screw conveyor for economizer, APH, ESP � Common belt conveyor for grate & fly ash up to trolley.

� Impact idler at feed points � Carrying idlers

� Return roller � S. A. Carrying idlers

� S. A. Return roller � Head pulley (rubberised)

� Tail pulley � Snub pulley

� Stringer � Main trastle

FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM

� Final product conveyor from outlet of screen to inlet of bunker/SILO.

� Hood arrangement for conveyor

� LT MCC and LPBS

� Power and control cables between MCC & individual drives including local button stations

� Earthing above G.L.

2.5.12 ERECTION, COMMISSIONING & IBR APPROVAL

� The erection of the items supplied by supplier to the satisfaction of the customer. Erection shall be carried

out according to well-established practices.

� Providing erection tools tackles. Hoists, derricks, slings scaffolding, rigging tools, welding sets,

instruments, appliances, consumables etc. required for erection, inspection, testing and commissioning to

accomplish the work.

� Arranging necessary inspection and IBR approval of all site related activities. However all IBR fee is in

purchasers scope.

� Stress relieving of weld joints as required.

� Providing complete supervisory personnel.

� Ensuring pre-commissioning checks, mass flushing alkali boil out, trial run of all rotating equipment,


calibration of instruments, controls etc.,

� Special tool kits for routine repair and maintenance of equipment.

2.5.14: MISCELLENEOUS ITEMS

Water treatment plant

- Control valve and condensate piping up to inlet of dearator

- Steam piping beyond up to turbine.

- Slop storage tank

- Steam & condensate piping for Deaerator including pressure control valve.

- DCS/PLC/ control panel.

- Any VFD’s desired over an above those mentioned in the enquiry.

- Return conveyor system for bagasse if offered.

- Heating system for slop tank, Slop handling system up to slop tank.

- Lighting arrestor & illumination for Boiler, Chimney and Fire protection system.

- Control rooms for Boiler control panel and MCC, Air conditioners for the control rooms, CVT

/UPS for instruments. (excluding the civil works).

- Instrument air piping and cooling water piping.

- Compressor and compressed air required for instruments

- Electrical tracing in slop tank and up to feeding system

- Chimney, Lightening Arrestor, Aviation Lamp etc.

- Initial filling pump & piping, first fill of lubricants & chemicals for boil out, Final cleaning

and painting at site.

OTHER FEATURES

Boiler headers shall be constructed in accordance with IBR specifications with flanged ends to promote

cleaning and inspection.

The boiler shall be provided with super heater to achieve a final steam temp of 440 deg. C at 60 to 110%

MCR and complete with inter-connected pipelines between the boiler and superheater, mountings such as

safety valves, drain/air vent valves, pressure gauges etc. as per IBR.


The tube elements of the superheater would be suitably thick constructed from seamless alloy steel tubes

specification. The tube elements of the superheater shall be expanded into the steam drum at one end and

butt welded/expanded to the outlet manifold at the other end.

The superheater manifold shall be fabricated from solid drawn seamless pipes. The manifold shall be

supplied complete with branches for main steam take off safety valve, air release connection etc.

A thermowell in the outlet manifold shall be provided to measure the temperature of superheated steam. The

superheater design should be such that the temperature of steam at superheater outlet should not go above

445 deg.C.

A spray attempertor at suitable location shall be provided to maintain automatically the temperature of

steam at superheater outlet 410ºC at steam flow rate between 60 to 110% of MCR and tube elements of the

superheater shall be constructed from seamless alloy steel tubes of SA 213 T 11/22 specification or

equivalent.

Travelling grate Furnace with pneumatic spreader stoker type to burn bagasse with 50 percent moisture

with preheated air shall be provided for the boiler. Furnace shall be designed to give maximum

continuous rating with bagasse/biomass firing.

Suitable rotary feeder coupled to variable speed drive of positive infinitely variable type for regulating the

quantity of bagasse to furnace shall be provided. The feeder shall have speed variation and maximum speed

not to exceed 25 RPM. Suitable bagasse storage bunker (bagasse silo) of thirty minutes storage

capacity (for each feeder) shall be provided.

For burning concentrated slops a suitable spray gum shall be provided with pre-heat arrangement of

slops. The slops circuit shall be a loop type returning the excess slops to slop tank after supplying the

regulated flow to the burner.

The ID fan shall be designed for at least 115% of rated capacity. The shaft of the fan shall conform to 40 C 8

of IS:1570-1978. Renewable hard faced wear pads on the blades shall be incorporated in the impeller. ID

Fan shall be driven by AC VVFD motor directly coupled. The Fan rated speed shall not be more than 750

RPM. The impeller of the fan shall be fabricated out of minimum 6 mm thick mild steel. The fan shall be

provided with dampers at the inlet as well as at the outlet. The impeller of the fan should be supported

bearing on both the ends the shaft.

Primary air for combustion shall be supplied by the forced draft fan DEDW type, through air heater and

shall be supplied to the plenum chamber underneath the grate. Variable inlet vane control damper in the

suction of the FD fan shall be provided. FD fan shall be driven by AC VVFD motor directly coupled. The

blades of fan rotor shall be fabricated out of minimum 5 mm thick mild steel plates. The rotors of the ID &

FD Fans shall be dynamically balanced. The rpm of the FD fan should not be more than 960 rpm. ID fan

should be interlocked so that FD runs only when ID fan is running.

Secondary air fan of suitable capacity along with TEFC squirrel cage motor shall be supplied. This will

supply air into the furnace as a secondary air at high pressure through heat resisting nozzles for ensuring

combustion completeness. The secondary air nozzles shall be installed in the furnace walls. At suitable

locations to give intimate mixing of slops fuel. From the same fan air shall be supplied to the pneumatic

distributors to distribute the bagasse / bomass on the grate uniformly. An isolating/and to atomize slops


thoroughly. controlling damper shall be provided at the fan suction and in the duct at a branching point.

Suction of fan shall have provision for cold air as well as hot air from air heater with two separate

dampers for hot air and cold air.

Ash handling system comprising of sub-merged belt conveyor should be provided suitable to the

approved lay out of boiler house and ash handling system..

Continuous blow down equipment as per IBR complete with all piping connected to the M.S blowdown

tank within 10 meters outside the boiler house. Vapour Recovery arrangement shall be provided from

blowdown water.

Suitable surplus bagasse/biomass storage and return feed conveyor system to be provided. Suitable slops

burning equipment complete in all respects with piping, control valves ,NRV’s, necessary instruments,

flow meter, air blower and safety system.

Steam operated hand controlled soot blowing equipment having minimum 4 nos. soot blowers for boiler at

appropriate places to cover bank of boiler tubes and one no. automatic motorized retractable soot blower

for superheater elements shall be provided. Additional steam operated hand controlled soot blower(s)

shall also be provided for the Economizer.

Economizer

An economizer having adequate heating surface with 4.0 mm thick tubes shall be provided. Economizer

shall be complete with coils, supports, thermo wells for measuring inlet and outlet water temperature,

casing and ducting, soot blower, lagging etc. The economizer shall be designed in accordance with the

requirement of IBR. The system should have Bye-pass arrangement for flue gas and water circulation.

Air pre-heater

Air heater having adequate heating surface to heat the air by flue gases required for combustion shall be

provided. Air heater shall be complete in all respects with 10 SWG thick ERW tubes, tube plates, support,

dampers, casing and ducting etc. Entry of cold air shall be distributed properly over the length of air

heater to avoid condensation of moisture. Tube plates thickness shall be minimum 25mm.

The air heater and economizer shall be designed so as to give final flue gas temp. of max. 160 deg.C. The air

outlet temp. should not exceed 150ºC.

1. With adequate air pressure cleaning arrangement

2. By Pass arrangement during startup

Boiler feed water tank

One cylindrical closed mild steel tank shall be of 1000 HL capacity with inlet connections for condensate,

treated water, chemical dosing arrangements, outlets connections, for transfer pumps, overflow

connection, air vent connection etc. Feed water tank shall be supported on steel supporting structure.

Bottom of the tank shall not be less than 8 meter height from the transfer pump suction.


Two nos. transfer pumps (one as standby) each of 50 m³/hr capacity and 60M head to pump water from

boiler feed water tank to Deaerator to maintain 4 kg/cm2 g pressure at the nozzles of Deaerator shall be

provided.

De-aerator

Deaerater mounted on de-aerated water tank of 10 M3

capacity and suitable for maximum flow rate of 25 m³

per hour shall be provided to obtain a temperature rise of feed water from 85 deg.C to 140 deg.C by using

exhaust steam at 6 kg/cm2 gauge. The maximum dissolved oxygen in the deaerater water shall not be more

than 0.007 ppm. at 105 deg.C. temp. The deaerator tank shall be installed at a height of 9 metres from the

feed pump suction and shall have platform around the tank, it shall have high and low level alarm along

with gauge glasses.

Chemical dosing equipments

The boiler shall be supplied with chemical dosing systems one for high pressure dosing and other for low

pressure dosing. Each system shall consist of chemical proportioning tanks, two nos. positive

displacement type dosing pumps, valves and measuring instruments. Each mixing tank shall have rubber

linings from inside and shall be fitted with motorized stirrer. The capacity of each tank shall be of 400

litres. The chemical dosing system equipment shall be located near feed water station on the ground

floor.

Boiler feed water pumps

Two pumps (one as standby) each of 30 m³ per hour capacity of suitable head shall be provided.

Each multistage electrical driven pump shall be suitable for pumping hot water at 140 deg.C. from

deaerater to boiler. 2% leak-off connection shall be provided for each pump. Electric motor of TEFC sq.

cage type with auto transformer/soft starter shall be provided. The starting current should not exceed the

300% of full load current.

Chimney:

One RCC chimney having brick construction upto 1/3 height of appropriate inside diameter at top and of

height as per pollution board norms shall be constructed along with ladder with guard along with

refractory lining upto 10m height, lightening arrestor shall be provided.

Boiler Feed Water Treatment Plant

Boiler Feed water is made up by condensate return along with polished condensate from Evaporation

plant. R.O plant of 5 m3/hr treated water capacity shall be provided to the water requirement of the

boiler. Carbon steel storage tank of 1500 H.L capacity, shall be included to store the treated water from the

treatment plant. Two pumps of 30 m3/hr capacity and of 25 meters head shall be provided to pump the

water from treated water storage tank to feed water tank. An R.O. plant of 5 m³/hr capacity for

polishing the condensate from the evaporation plant shall be provided along with storage tanks

forevaporator condensate and polished condensate capacity of 2500 H.L. is to be provided .This also includes


any cooling system on the evaporator condensate.

High pressure Steam Distribution header

One no. steam distribution header of suitable size with same size flanged ends on either side and

provided with the following flanged tapings for collecting the steam and distribution it to various units to be

provided. All High pressure piping shall conform to IBR.

Material of construction and general instructions:

The boiler shall be manufactured in accordance with the requirements of Indian Boiler Rules and

Regulations/ISO. The boiler shall be provided with a steel supporting structure from rolled steel sections

and designed with adequate strength for the loads imposed by the boiler and associated equipments. The

boiler shall be complete with necessary tubes, manifolds, integral pipe works, mountings and fittings

with valves, gauges, high and low water alarm, maintenance tools consisting of expander, mandrills,

ratchets two grease guns and a set of spanners, water gauges, chemical injection valves etc.

The integral pipe work shall consist of blow-off bends, high and low pressure drains, water gauge piping,

water and steam connections to the feed water regulator, piping from feed control valve to

economizer inlet manifold, feed piping from economizer outlet manifold to the boiler steam drum,

pressure gauge piping soot blower steam supply pipe works, safety valves escape pipe work etc.

The boiler shall be provided with a three element type automatic feed water regulator of

the electric/pneumatic controller type, which shall respond to momentary fluctuations in steam demand

upto ± 5% of the rated MCR of the boiler. One hand operated control valve of cast steel (located such that

its operator can see water level in gauge glass) capable of passing the required amount of water shall also

be provided. The boiler shall have two water gauge glasses at the top drum independently connected.

Necessary mild steel ducting of 5 mm thick plate in case of air duct and 6 mm thick in case of gas duct

with stiffeners shall be provided for the boiler, comprising of cold air ducting extending between the

forced draft fan discharge and air inlet of air heater, hot air ducting from the air heater outlet to the

furnace , flue gas ducting from fly ash arrestor to the chimney. All ducts of mild steel shall be above the

ground.

Necessary regulating and isolating dampers at suitable points shall be provided for the efficient

operation and maintenance of boiler. All dampers will have an effective area not less than the specified for

the ducts they control.

Suitable galleries and ladders with grating or open steel flooring for affording access to the essential

levels of the boiler plant complete with hand railings, curb angles and supports shall be provided.

All supporting steel work, hangers, thrust brackets and castings for the furnace shall be provided for

boiler. All refractory tiles and bricks, adequate quantity of high grade refractory cement, special

shaped refractory tiles castable refractory bricks for furnace and high temperature zones shall be as per

IS-8 quality. All necessary high grade insulating materials for the exposed portion of the boiler, steam


and water drums, integral pipe work from the feed pumps to the boiler, steam piping, gas and hot air

ducting shall also be supplied. Reinforcement with wire mesh and supercoated with a hard setting

material so as to protect the high grade lagging materials against damage shall also be provided. Red bricks,

cement and sand also to be provided by Seller.

2.6 Captive Power Plant

The turbo set shall be extraction cum condensing type suitable for developing 2500 KW at 0.8 PF power

even when both the overload valves of the turbine are closed.

The steam turbine shall be designed for operation for the following ranges of steam parameters:

Inlet Steam parameters :

Maximum : 45 kg/cm2 g.

Normal : 44 kg/cm2g

Minimum : 42 kg/cm2g

Flow rate Max : 22.0 tph

Inlet Steam Temperature

Maximum : 400 deg. C. Normal : 390 deg. C Minimum : 380 deg. C.

Extraction steam Pressure: 4 Kg

Extraction quantity : Max. 18.0 tph

Condensor Condition Max. : Max. 0.09 Kg/cm2 g

Condensation quantity Max : 5.0 TPH

2.6.1 FEATURES

The turbine shall be bladed horizontal rotor with double pedestal multistage controlled extraction and back

pressure type design.

The turbine shall be capable of developing 2500 KW when steam pressure at inlet stop valve is 40

kg/cm²g and temperature 400 deg. C. and valves fully open.

The turbine shall be coupled to a suitable enclosed reduction gear box of hardened, ground and nitrided

gears designed to transmit 2500 KW. mech. continuously at turbine rated speed, and ambient

temperature of 50 deg. C. with a service factor of not less than 1.7. The gear box shall be coupled to the

alternator through a compatible coupling, capable of transmitting 2500 KW mech. continuously at turbine

rated speed. The gear box shall be designed as per relevant DIN/IS/BS/AGMA standard. Necessary

cooling arrangement with standby cooler & oil pumps for the gear box shall be provided.

The reduction gear box between the turbine and the generator shall be of double helical arrangement with

an acceptable service factor of minimum 1.7. The gear box shall be designed as per requirement of

DIN/IS/BS standard. Necessary cooling arrangement for the gear box shall be provided.

The turbine shall be provided with barring gear driven by AC motors to rotate the turbine and generator

after shut down to prevent thermal distortion of the rotor. The barring gear shall be capable of starting the

rotor from rest and run it continuously at low speed. The barring gear shall be interlocked with the


lubrication system to prevent its operation without lubrication.

The speed regulation of the turbine (Droop characteristic) shall not exceed 4 percent at 2500 KW full

load of the alternator. The turbine shall be provided with a suitable hydraulic/electronic governor of


latest ver sion and turbine shall be complete with high pressure stop and emergency valve, steam

strainer steam traps, sentinel valve, main oil pump, auxiliary electric motor driven oil pump, one

steam turbine driven standby oil pump, oil cooling system consisting of two Nos. Oil coolers with

necessary pipes, fittings and valves (so that one of the two coolers can be cleaned when the turbine is

working on load), steam and oil temperature and pressure gauges, spot mounted gauge type bearing

temperature indicators for turbine and gear box local/direct mounted speedometers and one remote

reading tachometer, oil pockets with stem type thermometers in the live steam inlet and exhaust steam

outlet lines, steam flow meter for measuring the steam consumption at the turbine. Necessary oil

reservoir, duplex micronic self cleaning test type oil filters, oil strainer, interconnecting oil, water and

steam pipe work with valves and non-return valves etc, and arrangement for automatic starting of auxiliary

oil pump in case of low oil pressure shall be provided The following safety devices shall be

provided for the turbine :-

� Over speed trip with audio visual alarm.

� Low oil pressure trip with audio visual alarm.

� The turbine should trip when the alternator ACB trips due to differential protection.

� Remote operated manual trip with audio visual alarm.

� Manual trip knob/handle on turbine

� Axial movement trip & High back pressure trip.

All special maintenance tools for the turbine shall be supplied along with the turbine.

The alternator shall be suitable for developing continuously 3125 KVA (2500 KW at 0.8 Power factor) 3-

phase, 50 Hz. at a normal voltage range of 400-440 V, and shall conform to IS-4722-1968

specifications. The alternator shall be suitable for 3125 KVA even at 0.8 power factor. It also shall be fitted

with two RTDs in each phase for thermo-protection of the alternator widings, space heaters, winding air

space temperature indicator, dial type spot mounted temperature gauge for alternator bearings etc. The

alternator shall be designed for an ambient temperature of 50 deg.C. The rotor as well as the stator of the

alternator shall have class F insulation. However, the temperature rise shall be limited to Class ‘B’. The

alternator shall be brushless exciter tube complete with base frame, couplings, water-cooled radiator with

admiral quality brass tubes, item connecting cabling etc. The alternator shall be provided with two

bearings (one at each end). Radiator shall be located at both sides of alternator body. Alternator

shall have cylindrical rotor and shall be brushless exciter type with CACW enclosure. Alternator efficiency

shall be not less than 96% at full load.

Note:- Provision of emergency lighting in control room shall be provided

2.6.2 Panels Controls

The following panels shall be provided for the turbo set :-

Desk control panel for the turbine fitted with temp. and pressure gauges for steam and oil, turbine

speed indicator and push buttons/rotary switch(inching type) for raising and lowering the turbine speed,

push button for starting of auxiliary oil pump, indicating lamps etc.


One battery panel consisting of necessary number of DC storage batteries housed in clean glass or

rubber lined containers and complete with trickle charger and AC/DC fuses to supply DC control

voltage to the various control panels in the power house. Operational D.C. voltage shall be 24 V D.C.

AVR panel consisting of one operating and one standby (with auto change over facility) automatic

thyristor controlled voltage regulators with independent primary and secondary modes and complete with

other accessories. An over voltage relay shall also be provided in this panel. Suitable voltmeter and fine

adjustment devices shall also be provided. Quadrature droop adjustment shall be provided. Panel shall

incorporate safety features viz under / over excitation limit, under/ over voltage, excitation overload, etc.

Excitation Panel - This shall be fitted with suitable size air circuit breaker or suitable switching device

with brushless alternator for the excitation field circuit so that the field current is automatically cut off

from the circuit in case the turbine/alternator trips. It shall be fitted with DC Ammeter and DC

voltmeter, shunt field regulator for manual operation of the excitor with auto/manual selector switch,

winding temp. indicator with selector switch, suitable transformers, field discharge resistance, `ON-OFF'

indicating lamps, fuses etc.

Alternator breaker panel - This shall be fitted with 2 Nos. of Amps. rating for 2500 KW turbo set draw-

out type air circuit breaker having motorized 'ON-OFF' operation in addition to a handle projecting

outside the panel for manual operation. This breaker shall be provided with DC operated shunt trip coil.

The breaker shall be designed for a minimum symmetrical short circuit current of 100 KA (RMS) for one

second. The breaker shall have suitable number of auxiliary contacts for electrical inter locking with

auxiliary power supply breaker. The breaker shall be designed as per IS-2516 to be read along with

Part I -1977 and Part II -1972 specifications The panel shall be fitted with the following protective

devices for the alternator:-

� 3-element differential relay

� earth fault relay (inverse type) (three element )

� element over current relay � instantaneous over voltage relay

� 1 under-voltage relay. � 1 master tripping relay with necessary relay timers.

� Reverse power relay � Breaker discrepancy relay

(All these relays shall conform to IS-3231-1965 specifications & electromechanical type /microprocessor based relay

and draw out type air circuit breaker should have foolproof arrangement for proper contacts during operation and

proper cooling of isolating contracts )

Panel Composition

The panel shall be fitted with C.T. operated 3 Nos. ammeter 1 No: voltmeter with selector switch, one no

reed type frequency meter, one no. KW meter, one no 3 phase power factor meter, one no KWH meter of

integrating type, MDI/KVAH meter, one no. KVAR meter. The meters shall be Class 1.5 percent accuracy

and shall conform to IS-1248-1968 specifications. Meters shall be preferably digital type. All meters

shall be of square type of 144 mm sq with 90 per cent deflection. The panel shall be fitted with audio-


visual annunciator having suitable number of windows and the following indications : -

DC failure trip, earth fault trip, over current trip, over voltage trip, under voltage trip, turbine high

speed trip, turbine shut down, turbine governor oil pressure trip, lube oil pressure trip, high winding

temperature trip, axial movement trip, high back pressure trip. Suitable mechanical inter-locking with 2

Nos. spare castle key locks( loose ) shall be provided for interlocking of the main breaker with

emergency power supply breaker of sugar mill supply and Bus Coupler can be switched ‘ON’ only when

one incomer is ‘ON’. If both incomers are ‘ON’ then bus coupler must be ‘OFF. `1 No: lock shall be fitted

with alternator breaker panel and 2 Nos. loose locks shall be fitted in Main Distribution Panel for grid/

sugar mill set incomers. This will be in addition to the electrical interlocking of the same.

When sugar mill supply is taken, synchronising system and bus coupler (rating same as incomer of

alternator breaker) shall be provided with necessary meters and relays. Synchronising panel shall have

double volt meter, double frequency meter, lamps, synchroscope, P.T. fuses and selector switch etc.

The panel will be fitted with suitable number of indicating lamps alongwith sufficient spare kit in panel.

Alternator Panel

The alternator shall have neutral isolating air circuit breaker /contactor with interlocking facility and

mounted on front side of breaker/bus coupler panel. All the above panels shall be sheet steel fabricated

cubicle type made out of 14 SWG cold rolled steel sheets The cubicle shall be of totally enclosed floor

mounting type, dust, damp and vermin proof as far as possible and shall be fitted with louvers for air

circulation. Suitable size electric grade EC-91E copper bus bars shall be provided with SMC/DMC

supports etc.

The alternator breaker panel shall be designed for the ultimate capacity for withstanding symmetrical

short circuit current of 100 KA (RMS) for one second. The alternator breaker panel shall be designed for an

ambient temperature of 50 deg.C and the maximum operating temperature of bus bars at the ultimate

capacity shall not exceed 85 deg.C. The size of the neutral bus bars shall be half of that of the phase bus

bars. The earth bus bar shall be located at the bottom and shall be continuous throughout the length of

the panel. The panel shall be expandable at both ends.

Electrical Distribution System

The electrical distribution system shall include bus bar trunking connecting the alternator with the

alternator breaker panel, main distribution board in the power house, bus coupler panel (at ultimate

capacity) auxiliary panel, main and sub-lighting distribution boards, motor control centers, all electric

motors, starters and switches for all electrical motors, power factor improving capacitors, all power,

lighting and control electrical cables, earthing system, electrical erection materials etc. It will also

include distribution boards, cables and lighting fixtures (without bulbs, tube lights and

halogen lamps) for the lighting of the factory building, cooler towers house etc. The entire electrical system

and equipment shall conform to the Indian Electricity Act and its Rules. The detailed specifications are as

under:

Bus bar trunking : The bus bar shall be made of electric grade (EC-91E) aluminum The busbar trunking

enclosure shall be fabricated out of 50 x 50 x 6 mm angle and folded covers of 2 mm thick aluminum

sheets shall be provided on all four sides. The louvers shall be provided on side covers. The flexible


copper connections as alternator end and fixed connections at the breaker panel end shall be provided.

The bus bar trunking shall be designed for 4000 KVA continuous capacity at 0.9 power factor at an

ambient temperature of 50 deg.C. and the maximum temperature of the bus bar shall not exceed 85

deg.C. It shall be designed to withstand a symmetrical short Circuit current of 50 KA (RMS) for one

second. Busbar trunking have a neutral bus bar of half the size of the phase bus bars. Similar rating bus

trunking and tie trunking with bus coupler identical to is panel shall also be provided for the addition of 2nd

alternator in future.

Main distribution Panel :

This shall be designed for capacity of 2500 KW at unity load factor. The panel shall be fabricated from 14

SWG cold rolled sheet steel and shall be totally enclosed floor mounting type, dust, damp and vermin

proof. Louvers shall be provided in the panel for air circulation. The panel shall be designed for an ambient

temperature of 50 deg.C. and the maximum operating temperature of the bus bar shall not exceed 85

deg.C. The panel shall be designed to withstand symmetrical short circuit current of 100 KA (RMS)

for one second. The operating heights of the panels shall be about 2000 mm. The panel doors

compartment shall be interlocked in such a way that it shall not be possible to open them when the

switch/circuit breaker is in closed on position. The bus bars provided in the panel shall be of aluminum EC-

91E grade. The size of the neutral bus bar shall be half of that of phase bus bar. The earth bus bar shall

be located at the bottom and shall be continuous throughout the length of the panel. Removable sheet steel

gland plates shall be provided at the bottom of the panels for cable entry. The panel shall have

individual air circuit breaker for outgoing feeders for motor control centers installed for cane preparation

,boilers and centrifugals. The panel shall also have individual switch fuse unit for outgoing feeders for all

other motor control centers. The panel shall also have individual switch fuse unit for feeders for auxiliary

panel, and electric oil pump for turbo set. The panel shall also have one bus section coupler consisting of

3200 amp. four pole air circuit breaker connected in such a way that some of the load can be transferred

from the turbo set supply and be fed from the emergency/other power supply. Coupler and emergency

supply incomer breaker shall have four pole, (3 phase, neutral) air circuit breaker or 3 pole air circuit

breaker and neutral isolating contactor including an ammeter, volt meter with selector switch fuses of

suitable rating and indicating lamps.

One four pole air circuit breaker of 2000 amp. rating shall also be installed in the main distribution

panel for feeding the emergency power supply from diesel set/state electricity grid . All these Air circuit

breakers shall be interlocked with the alternator breaker panel such that only one source of power

supply is fed to the bus bar at a time. The main distribution panel shall be fitted with spare switch fuse

unit, one of each size subject to a maximum of three nos. and 2 nos. plugs and sockets, each of 63

amps. control supply of 230 VAC shall be obtained only through phase and neutral. Automatic Power

factor correction panel with capacitors and suitable rating ACB as incomer shall be installed near the

main distribution panel for automatic improvement of power factor to a minimum of 0.90. Air break

contactors with back up switch fuse with ammeter and 'ON' Indicating lamps unit shall be fitted in the

APFC panel for connection of about 500 KVAR capacitors. Capacitors shall be APP double layer type

suitable for avoiding effects of D.C. harmonics generated by thyristor drives. The balance number of

capacitors shall be installed at individual MCC's. The main distribution panel shall have ammeter and

ON and OFF indicating lamps for each outgoing feeder. Ammeter, voltmeter and 3 nos indicating

lamps shall be provided for incoming emergency supply breaker. All switches and air circuit breakers in

the outgoing feeders in the main distribution board shall be designed for a rating of 1.2 times the

connected load to each feeder. Each outgoing feeder shall be housed in individual separate cubicle with

door interlock.


Auxiliary Panel:

The auxiliary panel shall be provided with following outgoing feeders.

The auxiliary panel shall be with one incoming 400 amps switch fuse unit. One 250 amps. 4 pole

changeover switch shall also be provided for auxiliary panel so that it can be fed either from the grid

supply or from sugar mill supply. Neutral bus bar shall also be provided in the auxiliary panel. Other

construction details and fault level etc. of the auxiliary panel shall be the same as the main distribution

panel. The auxiliary [panel shall be located in the power house. One ammeter with selector switch, one

voltmeter and ‘ON’ indicating lamps shall be provided in the incomer. (8 Nos. 63 Amps, 6 Nos. 100 Amps.

+ 3 Nos. 250 amps.) Each outgoing feeder shall have an ammeter and ‘ON’ indication.

Bus coupler Panel :

A suitable bus coupler panel in construction Breaker Panel with ammeter, voltmeter with selector switch,

interlocking arrangement mechanical/electrical both etc.

Motor Control Centers (MCC) :

Complete plant load shall be divided into appropriate number of zones. Each zone shall be connected to a

separate MCC.

Each MCC shall be provided with 1 No: incoming switch of 1.2 times the connected load excluding the

standby equipment , an ammeter, a voltmeter with selector switch, 3 phase energy meter and OFF and ON

indicating lamps. Each MCC will have individual outgoing feeder for each motor connected to that MCC.

For squirrel cage motors, each feeder shall have switch fuse unit, starter with overload protection( bimetallic

thermal over load relay ) , an ammeter and an indicating lamp. For slipring motors, each feeder shall

have switch fuse unit, contactor and bimetal thermal overload relay , ammeter and on indicating lamp

for motor rating upto 160 kw and motors above 160 kw rating MCC shall have switch fuse unit ammeter and

separate stator control panel with ACB shall be located near motor along with rotor resistance starter. In

case of slipring motors starter, rotor starters shall be provided and installed near individual motors. The

MCC’s shall also have feeders for connection of low loss power capacitors APP double layer type, each

feeder having air break contactor with back up switch fuse unit, on indicating lamps, ammeter, ON-OFF

push buttons.

Each feeder in the MCC's shall be housed in separate individual compartments with door interlock.

Each MCC shall be 14/16 SWG cold rolled sheet steel fabricated cubicle type, floor mounted, dust,

damp and vermin proof. Each MCC shall be expandable at both ends for additions of switches and

starter for the motors if required at any stage. The bus bars shall be made of Electric Grade (EC-91E)

aluminum & their shall be busbars for 3 phases and neutral . The earth bus bar shall be located at the

bottom and shall be continuous throughout the length of each MCC. The operating height of each MCC

shall be 1800 mm. Control supply of 230 VAC shall be obtained only through phase and neutral.

However, in centrifugal panel/MCCS control supply of 230 V A.C. shall be obtained through control

transformer.


Each MCC shall be designed to withstand symmetrical short circuit current of 35 KA (RMS) for one

second. Each MCC shall be designed for an ambient temperature of 50 deg.C, the bus bar operating

temperature at the ultimate capacity shall not exceed 85 deg. C Removable sheet steel gland plates

shall be provided in each MCC for cable entry.

Each MCC shall be provided with spare switches, one of each size subject to a maximum of three nos.

and a plug with socket of 63 amps. All squirrel cage motors upto an including of 30 HP rating shall be

controlled with D.O.L. starters. All other squirrel cage motors above 30 HP.rating shall be controlled with

air break automatic star delta starters. Each slip ring motor shall be controlled with stator rotor starter.

MCC incomers shall be SFU/ACB with 1.2 times capacity of MCC connected load excluding standby

equipments.

Each slipring motor shall be controlled with rotor starters installed near motor, or Slipring motors upto 160

KW rating MCC shall house switch-fuse, contactor bimetal overload relay ammeter and ON indication lamp

as a stator control panel and motors above 160 KW separate stator control panel with ACB shall be supplied

and installed near motor.

In addition to these MCC’s, one pedestal mounted push button operating Station (with ON-OFF push

buttons) shall be provided near each squirrel cage motor. Also stop push buttons at the ground floor

shall also be push buttons for slipring provided for bagasse elevator, and return bagasse carrier. ON/OFF

motors shall also have ammeter along with push buttons.

Electric Motors :

All the electric motors up to 100 HP except ID Fan motors shall be squirrel cage TEFC enclosure

induction motors.

All the electric motors shall be suitable for operation at 3 phase, 50 Hz, 415 volts, AC supply and shall

conform to IS-325 and IS-4722- specifications.

All motors shall be with TEFC enclosure, 18 – 55.

Electric cables :

All power, control and lighting electric cables for the entire electrical distribution system shall be

supplied. All cables shall be suitable for the distillery plant. The power electric cables from the main distribution panel to each MCC and to auxiliary panel shall be

suitable for the connected load at unity load factor excluding standby equipments. Suitable derating

factor for the cables shall be considered as per the recommendations of IS standards.

All power and lighting cables shall be PVC/XLPE insulated, armoured , suitable for use at ad also suitable

for fire hag and atmosphere (distillery plant) 1100 V and shall conform to IS-1554(part I) specifications.

All the control cables shall be of copper conductor. The minimum cross sectional area per core shall be 4

mm2 for aluminum conductor and 2.5 mm2 for copper conductor. Control cables shall be minimum 1.5

sq.mm. copper conductor.


All the lighting cables from main lighting D.B. to sub lighting D.B. shall be 3. 1/2 cores. Power cables

from Main distribution panel in Power house to MCCS shall be 3.1/2 cores. However, from each MCC to

individual motors shall be 3 core.

All the cables shall be load overhead on Trays etc. on proper racks, suitably spaced and clamped to the

racks.

All cable terminations shall be through crimping type cable lugs. Cable glands shall be provided at

panels. Starters, motors, push button etc.

Power Factor Correcting Capacitors:

Suitable number and rating low loss power capacitors APP double layer type shall be supplied to improve the

plant power factor to 0.95. The capacitor shall be suitable for D.C. load and its harmonics. The power

capacitors shall conform to IS-2834 specifications connected to APFC panel in power house and the

balance capacitors shall be connected to the motor control centers all suitable rating SFD units, contactor and

on indication. All capacitor shall be controlled through auto power factor correction relay and

thyristerised switching / contactor switching shall be used for capacitors switching.

Distillery Lighting :

The scope of work under this section shall be to provide illumination in the whole of distillery/Ethanol

plant with LED only.The average illumination levels shall be 50 lux in fuel yard, 200 lux in power house

and 150 lux in other plant areas.

However, LED lamps shall be provided on each light glass for various equipments.

One main distribution board and suitable numbers sub-distribution boards for the lighting system fitted with

miniature circuit breakers for each circuit shall be provided. The main DB shall be located in the power

house The sub-distribution boards shall be evenly spread in the factory area to be illuminated. Each sub-

distribution board shall also be fitted with 3 nos. three-pin plug points. The main DB shall have a SFU

incomer, ammeter, voltmeter with selector switch and indicating lamps. Each SDB shall have a MCB

incomer an ammeter and outgoing MCB feeders. The wiring for complete lighting system shall be done

with the help of PVC insulated and armored aluminium conductor cables run on walls, ceilings or

underground trenches as required. The lighting boards shall be sheet steel fabricated and also emergency

lighting systems are required for all control room. All lighting should be of LED only.

Fire Fighting Sytem:

Proper installation of fire fighting system in distillery/Ethanol plant as per norms.

Communication System/Surveillance System

Walky-talky or other phone communication system for different sections.

Adequate no. of CCTV(approx. 32 cameras) minimum 4 megapixel with night vision facility should be

provided with DVR for 30 days recording and LED Surveillance screen


Earthing :

Earthing of all electrical installations shall be done as per IS 3043- specifications and the Indian

Electricity Act and its rules and approved by the Electricity Authority of the Government.

All air circuit breakers shall conform to IS-2516-1 part I. All switch fuse units on cubicle switch boards

shall conform to IS-4047 specifications. All switch fuse unit on Industrial Boards shall conform to IS-4064-

Part I and Part II specifications.

All ammeters and voltmeters shall be 150 mm size, class 1.5% accuracy and shall confirm to IS-1248. All

current transformers shall be class-1% accuracy and confirm to IS-2705. All contactors shall be air breake

type with at least 2 nos. + 2 auxiliary contacts shall confirm to IS-2516.

Power House Crane

One electrically operated overhead travelling crane of 10.0 tonnes S.W.L. capacity conforming to Class II

of I.S specifications complete with rails, gantry etc, shall be supplied. The crane rail centres shall be to

suit power house building.

Cooling water system

The system shall cater to the requirement of the turbo alternator set for the 2.5 MW turbo generator, the

auxiliaries of the turbo generator and the auxiliaries of the steam generator. A two cell, induced draft (1

running, 1 standby) cross flow cooling tower, to meet the cooling water requirement for the captive

power plant shall be provided. The hot water returning from the TG and the boiler auxiliaries to be

cooled in the cooling tower designed for a temperature drop of 80C with an approach of 3

0C at the wet bulb

temperature. The cooling tower shall be R.C.C./wood/FRP type integral with basin etc. The cooling water

temperature from the cooling tower should not be more than 320C above the W.B. Temp. at any time.

The cooling tower shall be complete in all respects such as induced draft fan, motors, gear reducers,

lubrication systems etc. The fan blade to be of FRP construction to reduce energy consumption. Desk,

ladders, handles etc. and access doors for each cell shall be provided. Complete isolation between the cells

is essential. Chemical dosing system including necessary piping, vessels, valves, pumps and pipe work for

returning cooling water to a terminal point shall be provided. All electrical including motors, supports,

cable and cable works, earthing including material etc. is to be included in the scope of supply. Complete civil

work is also included in the scope of work to the seller.

Air conditioning and ventilation system

The main plant control room housing the controls for the boilers and the turbo generators shall be

ductable air and water cooled A/c system and suitable exhaust fans to ensure effective ventilation and dust

free atmosphere within the turbo generator building. All the other control rooms to be air

conditioned with suitable capacity split type air conditioner with stand by units. All the MCC rooms shall

be equipped with effective ventilation system to render the room temperature more than 35 oC.


Explanatory note:-

� The vender should specify all design parameters of major equipments and fill the data

accordingly in place of ‘*’ indications in various clauses of above mentioned plant and

machineries .

� Vender should specify the process operations and conditions clearly along with process flow

diagram and P & I drawing.

� Vender should specify the design basis wherever required.

� Vender should submit gross material and energy balances along with flow diagrams wherever

required.

� The scope of supply includes but not limited to the plant and machinery supply as mentioned in

various section of clause 2 to 10 and should include all items necessary to completeness of the

Ethanol complex on turnkey basis.

� Vender to supply operation maintenance manual (6 sets.)

� Vender to supply 6 sets hard copy of drawings and one soft copy.

� Vender to supply essential spare for two years operation.

� Vender to supply all special tools.

� Vender to supply full furnished operator cabins wherever the control room at provided.

2.6.3 DIESEL GENERATING SET

One No. diesel generating set of 1000 KVA of the following specifications is to be supplied, for start up

assistance.

The diesel generating set shall be rated for continuous operation, comprising multiple cylinder diesel

engine having necessary protections such as low lube oil pressure trip, high engine temperature trip, over

speed trip etc. and shall be fitted with speed control knob speedometer, hour meter battery charging

meter, oil pressure and temperature gauges, radiator etc. The diesel engine shall be coupled with

suitable alternator capable of developing the rated power at 3 phase, 50 Hz at normal voltage of 420 volt

(Alternator to be suitable for voltage range of 400-450 KVA) and conforming to IS-4722 specifications.

The alternator shall be fitted with minimum one ETD in each phase for thermo protection to the

alternator windings. The alternator shall be designed for an ambient temperature of 45 deg. C. The

alternator shall be self excited and self regulated.

The diesel set shall be complete with base frame, couplings, one M.S. fabricated, diesel service tank of 10

HL capacity, inter-connecting piping, D.C. storage battery and self starting mechanism for starting of

engine and suitable electrical control panel with breaker, relays, metering etc.

A floor mounted, dust and vermin proof panel for the diesel set fabricated from 2 mm thick for the back

side and 1.6 mm thick for the other sides cold rolled sheet steel shall be provided. The panel shall be


fitted with air circuit breakers over current relay, earth fault relay, reverse power relay, over voltage relay,

reed type frequency meter, neutral isolating switch, three phase 4 wire unbalanced energy meters, KW

meter, 3 phase power factor meter, 3 Nos. ampere meters, one No. voltmeter with selector switch, ON-OFF

indicating lamps. The panel shall have neutral and phase bus bars of electric grade (EC-91E)

aluminium and shall be designed to withstand symmetrical short circuit current of 50 KA (RMS) for one

second. The panel shall be designed for a rise of 40 deg. C or 45 deg. C, the operating temperature of the bus

bars shall not exceed 85 deg.C. All the meters shall be 1.5 per cent accuracy and shall conform to IS-1248

specifications. All the meters shall be square type of 100 mm sq. with 90 per cent deflection

Interconnecting electrical cables from the diesel set to the main distribution panel and to the auxiliary

panel changeover switch shall be provided. The DG set shall be equipped with canopy of suitable design to maintain sound level as per norms issued by

HSPCB/CPCB.

The DG set shall be equipped with chimney of suitable design as per norms issued by HSPCB/CPCB.


2.7 CONDENSATE TREATMENT UNIT (CTU) – PROCESS CONDENSATE & SPENT LESS

TREATMENT

With the conservation of water approach, it is essential to recycle maximum possible water from waste

stream. Process Condensate from Multi Effect Evaporators and spent lees generated in the distillation

process offers an ideal opportunity for recycle after treatment to the distillery to minimize the fresh

water intake. Cooling tower blow down water and other drainage shall be treated along with floor

washings, blow downs, etc. in Aeration digestion followed by clarification and R.O. treatment. Thus almost

90% of waste water should be recovered suitable as process water. The recovered water will be

processed further in R.O. plant followed by mixed bed demineralization and ACF-System to get

demineralized water suitable for boiler feed water make up.

The condensate treatment unit should be design for a capacity of 500 m3

per day.

Sludge : can be used for composting

Typical input characteristics of Process Condensate / Spent Lees.

Sr.No. Parameter Units Condensate / Spent Lees 1. Turbidity NTU 5.0 2. Electrical Conductivity Micro mhos/cm 250 3. pH 7 - 8 4. TDS Mg/l 110 5. Total hardness Mg/l 2.3 6. Calcium harness Mg/l 0.85 7. Magnesium harness Mg/l 1.5 8. Potassium Mg/l 0.3 9. Chlorides M1.0g/l 1.0 10. Sulphates Mg/l 0.8 11. Nitrates Mg/l 0.6 12. Phenolphthalein Mg/l NIL 13. Methyl orange alkalinity Mg/l NIL 14. Iron Mg/l 0.05 15. Reactive silica Mg/l 2.0 16. Colloidal silica Mg/l NIL 17. COD Mg/l 5000 18.. BOD Mg/l 2500

FOLLOWING IN THE INDICATED LIST OF CONDENSATE TREATMENT UNIT (CTU) STRUCTURES AND

EQUIPMENTS

Sr. No. Unit Number 1. Tank M.S.V. 2. Equalization tank M.S. (40 m3 ) with oil separation 1 3. Lifting pumps 1 + 1 4. Feed Flow Meter 1 5. Auto pH Adjustments system 1 6. MGM / Filter 1 7. Pressure sand filter 8. Micro filter 1


9. Nano filter 1 10. R.O. Filter 1 11. Aeration tank system a react. 12. Intermediate pumps 13. Final R.O. 14. Intermediate storage tank 15. Dosing systems, if any 16. Activated Carbon filter 1 17. Treat water tank 100 KL 1 18. Piping & Valves Lot 19. Electrical panel & cabling Lot

NOTE: 01. All specification mentioned above are indicative and vendor shall confirm.

02. The vendor can offer alternative treatment scheme for condensate and lees but the treated water must conform

to quality requirements given as mentioned above.

03. The system shall be suitable to achieve zero liquid discharge.

2.8 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

Raw water shall be collected in an process water t an k in the distillery from tube wells in the sugar mill.

A part of raw water from storage tank is transferred TO condensate treatment unit and treated along with

the accepts from C.T.U. for getting DM water through a mixed bid – ACF combination as make up for

boiler requirements. Major water supply is for fermenter dilution and cooling tower make up. Cooling tower make up shall be

through recovered water from process condensate and lees treatment in the CTU.

In the CTU there will be two streams – one for process condensate and spent lees which are relatively

clear but high on COD / BOD. The concentrated high COD, reject from this stream shall be treated by

aeration to remove COD and the clear liquid is then fed back to the stream one for further reclaiming of

water.

The other waste streams shall be treated as stream 2 in CTU and the clear water is taken for cooling

tower make up largely. Thus the raw water requirements are mainly in fermentation section. The water

supply equipment is, but not limited to as below:-

Water pipeline shall be laid from sugar mill tube well to distillery over head water tank. Other items of water

distribution are as below :

1.

Process water tank 300 m3

Capacity : 300 m3. MOC-M.S.

2.

Process water pump with motor

Type : Centrifugal Capacity :

200 M3/hr. Quality : 1 + 1

3.

Piping & valves

LOT

4.

Electricals

LOT

5. Structural LOT


01. Raw water quality analysis report shall be provided.

02. DM plant capacity for boiler feed make up water 7.0 m3/hr.

2.8.1 COOLING TOWER DETAILS :

Cooling tower for distillation, MSDH plant and evaporation section shall be separate. Provision should be

made in the cooling towers and numbers and sizes of circulation pumps to suit operation at any

capacity depending upon the number of units operating at a time.

FERMENTATION COOLING TOWER

A. DESIGN CONDITIONS : 1. Flow rate capacity : To specify

2. Delta T : 2˚C 3. Type : Induced Draft, Wooden construction

B. PUMP AND MOTOR

1. Pump capacity : * m3/per hour 2. Quantity : 1 + 1 Nos. centrifugal

DISTILLATION + MSDH COOLING TOWER

A. DESIGN CONDITIONS ;

1. Flow rate capacity : * m3/per hour

2. Delta T : 8˚C 3. Type : Induced Draft, Wooden construction

B. PUMPS AND MOTOR DISTILLATION :

1. Pump capacity & Quantity

For Distillation Section: 2 Nos. of pump (1OP+1SB); * m3/per hour

For Ethanol Section: 2 Nos. of pump (1OP+1SB); * m3/per hour

EVAPORATION COOLING TOWER

A. DESIGN CONDITIONS :

1. Flow Rate capacity : * m3 per hour

2. Delta T : 8˚C 3. Type : Induced Draft, wooden construction

B. PUMPS AND MOTOR :

1. Pump capacity : * m3

per hour

2. Quantity : 1 + 1 Nos.


ANNEXURE -III

2.0 GENERAL ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS

(Applicable wherever relevant)

2.1 ENGINEERING STANDARDS 2.1.1 IS & International Codes

This section of the report gives the basic criteria for the design of the plant. The design parameter, such as sizes, ratings, quantities, material specification, type of equipment etc. described in the report are approximate. Necessary changes could occur on the detailed Purchasing of the plant to achieve the intent of this report to make the scheme successful.

All materials, equipment, workmanship, shop & field test etc. shall conform to the latest Indian Standard Specifications (IS), Indian Boiler Regulations and Codes of Practices as and wherever applicable and other codes as specified. In case recourse is required to be made to any other International Standard, due to non existence of Indian standard or any other reason, the supplier shall specify the same.

Whenever reference is made in the contract to the respective standards and codes in accordance with which goods and materials are to be furnished , and the work is to be performed or tested, the provisions of the latest current edition or revision of the relevant standards and codes in effect shall apply, unless otherwise expressly set forth in the contract. Differences between the standards must be fully described in writing by the Supplier and submitted to the Purchaser for approval, along with the bid.

In the event the Purchaser determines that such proposed deviations do not ensure equal or higher quality, the Supplier shall comply with the standards and codes set forth in the documents.

2.1.2 Applicable Standards

The minimum acceptable material quality for various components of the plant shall conform

to the Indian Standards as summarized hereunder, unless otherwise specified in Technical

Specifications. The list must not be treated as comprehensive. For the standards not mentioned in

the list, relevant IS or BS should be followed.

Sr. No. Item Standard Code

1. Gun metal for bearings IS: 318-1981 2. White metal for bearings IS: 25-1979 3. Plummer blocks for roller bearings IS: 4773-2002 4. Phosphorous Bronze casting IS: 28-1985 5. Specification of wrought Aluminum and Aluminium alloys sheet &

strip (for general purpose Purchasing)

IS: 733-1983

6. Shell and tube heat exchangers IS: 4503-1967 7. Codes of practice for construction in steel IS: 800-1984 8. Code for unfired pressure vessel IS: 2825-1969 9. Carbon steel for general Structural purposes IS: 2062-1999


10. Cast Steel Castings

IS: 2708-1993, IS: 276-2000, IS:

1030-1998, IS: 2856-1999

11. Specifications for alloy steel castings for pressure containing parts

suitable for high temperature service.

IS: 3038-1992

12. Forge and carbon steel Shafts IS: 1570-1979 13. Gun metal valves IS: 778-1984 14. Steel Globe Valves IS: 10605-1989 15. Gray Cast Iron IS: 210 - 1962 16. Cast Iron Flexible coupling IS: 2693 – 1964 17. Cast Iron Sluice Valve IS: 2685 - 1971 18. Gear box, worm or helical gear, selection IS: 7403-1974 19. Method for load rating of worm gears IS: 7443-2002 20. Insulation IS: 7413-1981 21. Insulating oils IS: 335-1993 22. Specification for bonded mineral wool IS: 8183-1993 23. Mineral wool IS: 3611-1985 24. Sheet rubber IS: 638-1979 25. Thermal evaluation and classification of electrical insulation IS: 1271-1985

26. Industrial application and finishing of thermal insulating materials at

temperatures above 80 deg. C and upto 700 deg. C. IS: 14164-1994

27. Insulating bricks IS: 2042-1972 28. Brass tube of 70:30 alloy IS: 407-1981 29. Mild steel pipe

IS: 1239-2004 Part-1 IS: 1239-

1992 Part-2 IS: 6392-1998 30. Steel Pipe Flanges IS: 6392-1971 31. Refractory - high heat duty -moderate heat duty IS: 8-1994 IS: 6-1983

32. Slide rails for electric motors IS: 2968-1964 33. 3-phase Induction motors IS: 325-1996 34. Energy efficient electric motors IS: 12615-2004 35. Motor cooling IS: 6362-1995 36. Rotating electric machine IS: 4722-2001 37. Degree of protection provided by enclosures of rotating electrical

machinery IS: 4691-1985

38. On load tap changers IS: 8468-1977 39. LV fuses

IS: 13703-1993 Part 1- 4

40. Cables

IS: 1554 -1988 Part 1 & 2

41. Cross linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables

IS: 7098-1993 Part 1- 3

42. Conveyor chains & slats used in sugar industry IS: 14667-1999 43. Code of recommended practice for conveyor safety

IS: 7155-1994 Part 1 – 8

44. Code of practice for selection and design of belt conveyors

IS: 11592-2000

45. Toughened belt conveyor IS: 4776-1977 46. Idlers and idler sets for belt conveyors IS: 8531- 986 47. Alternating current dis-connectors (isolates) and earthing switches

IS: 9921-1985 Part 1-5

48. Lightning Arrestors for AC system IS: 3070-1993 Part 1-3


49. Practice for the protection of the building and allied structures

against lightning – code of practice

IS: 2309-1989

50. Loading guide for oil immersed power Transformer

IS: 6600-1972

51. Power transformer IS: 2026-1994 Part 1- 52. Application guide for Current transformer IS: 4201-1983 53. Voltage transformer, specification IS: 3156-1992 Part 1-4 54. Specification for electrical chain hoists IS: 6547-1972 55. Code of practice for selection, installation

& maintenance of switch gear and control gear IS: 10118-1982 Part 1 - 4

56. LV switch gear and control gear

IS: 13947-1993 Part 1 – 5

57. Low voltage switch gear and control gear assemblies

IS: 8623-1993 Part 1 – 3

58. High voltage alternating current circuit Breakers

IS: 13118-1991

59. Plain and reinforced concrete IS: 456-2000 60. Code of practice for design loads for building structures

IS: 875-1987 Part 1 to Part 5

61. Criterion for earthquake resistant – design of structure

IS: 1893-1984, IS: 1893-2002 Part 1

62. Gantry Cranes

IS: 807-1976 IS: 3177-1999

63. Roller Bearing Plummer Blocks IS: 4773-2002 64. Specifications for foundation bolts IS:5624-1993

IEC STANDARDS 65. Guide for selection of HV cables IEC 103 66. Static meters IEC 136 67. Bushing for alternating voltages above 1000 V

IEC 137

68. Deg. of protection of enclosures for low voltage switchgear and

control gear IEC 144

69. Potential transformers IEC 186 70. Electric relays IEC 225 71. PVC insulated electric cables IEC 227 72. Partial discharge requirements IEC 270 73. AC metal enclosed switchgear and control gear for rated voltages

above 1 KV and upto and including 52 KV

IEC 298

74. LVB switchgear and control gears assembly IEC 439 75. Classification degree of protection IEC 529 76. Application for power transformer IEC 606

IEE STANDARDS

77. Guide for safety in AC sub station grounding IEEE:80 78. Recommended practice for electric power distribution for industrial

plants IEEE:141

79. Recommended practice for grounding of industrial and commercial

power systems IEEE:142

80. Recommended practice for protection

and coordination of industrial and commercial powers of systems IEEE:242

81. Recommended practice for industrial and commercial power

systems analysis IEEE:399


82. Recommended practice for emergency and standby power for

industrial and commercial application IEEE:446

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL PURCHASERS (ASME)

83. Rules for construction of power boilers ASME SECTION I 84. Welding & Brazing Qualification ASME SECTION IX 85. Undefined precision vessel code ASME SECTION VIII 86. Welding qualification ASME SECTION IX 87. Guide for evaluation of measurement un-certainty in performance test

of steam turbine ASME PTC 6.0

88. Safety and relief valves ASME PTC 25.3 89. Pipe flanges and flanges fittings ASME B.16.5 90.

Butt welding fittings

ASME B.16.9 91. Socket welding and threaded fittings ASME B.16.11 92. Code for power piping ASME B.31.1

BRITISH STANDARDS

93. Industrial type metal floors, walk ways and stairways BS-4592 94. Stairs, ladders and walk ways BS-5395 95. Pipe Flange Drilling BS : 10-1962

INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS (MISC.) PRACTICE IN INDUSTRY

96. Indian boilers regulation IBR 97. American gear manufacturers Association AGMA 98. Structural Welding Code AWS D1.1 99. Instrument Society of America ISA 100.National Electrical Manufacturers Association NEMA 101.National Fire Protection Association NEPA 102.IEC recommendation Publication No.4S for turbine CSN – 080030 DIN – 1943

STANDARD CODES FOR TESTING 1. Method for tensile testing of steel products IS:1608 – 1995 2.

Specification for acceptance standards for ultrasonic inspection of

steel castings IS: 9565 - 1995 IS: 7666 – 1998

3. Code of procedure for inspection of welds IS: 822 – 1970 4. Methods of inspection of spur and helical gears IS: 7504 – 1995 5. Bevel gears inspection IS: 10911 1984 6. Overhead cranes IS: 807 – 1976 7.

Methods of determination of efficiency of rotating electrical

machinery IS: 4889 – 1968

8. Measurement and evaluation of vibration of rotating machines IS: 4729 - 1975 9. Guide for testing of insulation resistance of rotating machines IS: 7816 – 1975 10. Guide for testing synchronous machines IS: 7132 – 1973 11. Methods of test for mineral wool thermal insulation materials IS: 3144 – 1922 12.

Boiler Efficiency, as per ASME publication with its latest

amendments, indirect method PTC 4.1 1964

13. Steam Turbine Performance, as per ASME publication PTC 6.1 - 1976


2.2 Materials

2.2.1 Forging

All shaft forgings above 150 mm diameter shall be subjected to internal examination for the

detection of flaws and to heat treatment for the relief of residual stresses.

2.2.2 Castings

All cast materials shall be as free as is practical of blow holes and flaws. No welding, plugging or

filling of any defective parts shall be done without the sanction of the purchaser or his

representative.

Heavy steel castings shall be rough machined and then normalized by heat treatment before

finish machining.

2.2.3 Foundation bolts

Foundation bolts, holding down bolts, rag bolts with nuts and washers for all the equipment,

structure etc. with grouting pads, covered under the bid, shall be supplied by the Supplier.

2.2.4 Fasteners

Nuts, bolts and other fasteners employed in the construction of the plant shall conform to the

requirements of the appropriate Indian Standards, where applicable.

When fitting on outdoor equipment all bolts, nuts and washers shall be of non-rusting material

when in contact with non-ferrous parts.

Where fitted bolts are used there shall be a driving fit into the reamed holes they are to occupy and

be marked to ensure correct re-assembly on site. The threaded portion of such bolts shall be of a

diameter that shall prevent damage to the thread on assembly.

All nuts, bolts, fasteners required for assembly or mounting of any equipment procured through

these documents, including foundation and holding down bolts, are to be included in the

supplies.

2.2.5 Gaskets, Diaphragms

Rubber or rubber-based materials shall not be used for gaskets, diaphragms, etc Instead,

synthetic materials, not subject to deterioration due to climatic conditions shall be employed.

The supplier shall include for supply of all gaskets required for jointing of pipe flanges. Generally

specifications of gaskets for different duties shall atleast be equivalent to the following:

1) For 8700 kpa(g), 510ºC steam piping connection, spiral wound flexatallic type gaskets

with inner and outer metal rings.


2) For exhaust steam piping, and water piping; wire inserted synthetic red rubber gasket,

3mm thick.

3) For compressed air piping, synthetic red rubber sheet gasket, 3mm thick.

2.2.6 Conveyor Belting

In the case of conveyor belting this shall also be of synthetic materials of multi-ply construction,

with joining ends suitable for Site vulcanizing. The belts shall be supplied initially with

mechanical joining material for temporary use for running- in the belts to take out the initial

stretch.

2.3 Gear Units

Unless otherwise started in the particular specification, all gear units for reducing or increasing

speed of a prime mover, shall be of the totally enclosed type with casing cast in suitable

materials and containing gears rated in accordance with Indian Standards.

All gear boxes shall be of min 1.7 service factor (wherever service factor stipulated in Indian

Standards is below this value) as per AGMA rating unless stated otherwise.

All gear boxes shall be helical type. Anti-run back device shall be provided for elevators.

The gears shall be mounted on steel shafts running in ball or roller bearings unless otherwise

specified.

As applicable to duty the gear case shall incorporate an integral type of anti-runback gear. The

gear case, bearings and couplings shall be as detailed in the particular specification.

All gear boxes above 25 hp shall be of helical type. The speed ratio of worm reduction gears shall

not be more than 50:1.

2.4 Conveyors and Elevators

2.4.1 Belt type Conveyors

Belt type conveyors for handling bulk material shall be of robust construction with structural

frame in accordance with the Indian Standards stated.

Bearings for the troughing and return idlers shall be of the greases packed sealed-for-life type,

ball or roller type.

Troughing and return idlers shall be of the heavy duty type.


The conveyors shall be fitted with rotary brush type of cleaners.

All conveyors shall have either a screw type tension unit operating on the tail pulley or a gravity

operated unit of the loop pattern placed near to the conveyor drive. The tension carriages shall

operate in guides mounted below the conveyor stringers. Take-up shall not be less than 2% of the

conveyor length. All belt conveyors shall be provided with screw type adjustment at the tail pulley

for tightening and adjustment of the belt.

2.4.2 Scraper Conveyors

Scraper conveyors shall be of robust construction with structural steel frames in accordance with

Indian Standards stated.

Scraper flights shall be constructed of heavy duty steel slat or finger design and fitted with

connectors to suite the appropriate chain attachments, unless otherwise specified.

2.4.3 Screw Conveyors

Conveyors to be either ribbon or full blade scroll type of carbon steel robust construction fitted

with tubular shafts, unless otherwise specified. Central bearing is unacceptable.

2.5 Conveyor Structures

The steelwork shall be designed in accordance with Indian Standards, to suit the loadings and

environmental conditions.

Care shall be taken in detailing to avoid areas inaccessible for painting and pockets which could

catch water.

Construction shall generally be by welding, bolts to be used for Site assembly.

Conveyor stringers shall be of rolled steel angle or channel construction, adequately braced and

provided with short supports to ground level or adjacent structures or forming an integral part of

bridge steelwork where appropriate.

Decking plates shall be 3.25 mm thick mild steel, unless otherwise specified, bolted in position,

flanged as required to give adequate stiffness.

For belt conveyors, where decking plates are provided at feed points only, they shall extend for an

adequate distance along the conveyor in the direction of belt travel.

Conveyors which are fully supported along their length by floor steelwork shall be constructed

from longitudinal and vertical members forming a framed structure of rolled steel channel and

angle section braced as necessary.


Conveyor head and tail frames shall be constructed from rolled steel channel and angle section, all

adequately braced.

Screw conveyor trough shall be fabricated from 6 mm thick carbon steel plate with rolled steel

angle flanges and end plates shall be 8 mm thick with felt seals and backing plates for the shafts.

Cover plates, where required, shall be of flanged construction from carbon steel sheets for

bolted or quick release fastening.

2.6 Machinery Staging

2.6.1 Design and supply

The design, materials, detailing, fabrication and supply of structural steelwork staginess shall

comply with the provisions of relevant Indian Standard Specifications, metric units, current at the

time of tender, together with the specification therein mentioned, except as otherwise required by

the particular specification.

2.6.2 General Requirement

Except where otherwise authorized, all materials shall comply with the requirements of the

particular specification and the relevant Indian Standard as specified.

2.6.3 New Materials

All materials used throughout the Works shall be new.

2.6.4 Miscellaneous Materials

All materials not full specified in the particular specification and which may be offered for use in

the Plant shall comply with the appropriate Indian Standard and in the absence of such a

standard shall be of approved commercial quality.

2.7 Stairways, Ladders, Handrails and Handrail Stanchions

For steel stairways, the treads and landings of stairways shall be open mesh construction. All

treads in a flight shall match one with another and also with the line pattern of the landings and,

where possible, with the floors served by the stairs.

Toe plates shall be 100 mm high and shall be provided at the edges of all landings, platforms and

floors.

Chequred plate flooring is to be “Durbar” non-slip raised pattern or other equal approved

gratings. Individual plates are to be cut and fitted so that the pattern or other equal approved,


individual plates are to be cut and fitted so that the pattern on adjacent panels matches in all

directions. Unless otherwise stated, the plate shall be minimum 5 mm thick on plain and shall be

fastened to the steelwork by 6 mm counter sunk set screws at a pitch not exceeding 535 mm

centers or by welding. Chequred plate and grating to be M.S. painted.

Ladders shall be with single rungs, shouldered at each end, inserted into prepared holes in the

stringers and welded. The pitch of additional rungs to bridge the gap between the top rung of

ladders and edges of platforms shall not exceed 57 mm.

The stringers shall open out at the top of the ladder to allow adequate room for the user to turn to

face the ladder when descending and the stringers shall extend a minimum of 1060 mm above the

level of the platform. Where necessary the stringers shall be bent over to form a continuous

connection with the platform hand railing and at the same height as the top rail.

Stringers shall be attached to the adjacent structure by suitable cleats which shall be firmly

attached to the stringers and the supporting structure and be sufficiently close together to make the

ladder rigid throughout its length. The cleats shall be of sufficient length to give required

clearance at the back of the ladder. The top rung of a ladder shall be at the same level as the

floor or edge of the platform unless the flooring of the platform has been extended to form the top

rung there shall be no obstructions above this level.

Stairways and floor openings shall have double rail hand railing. Standards, top and bottom

railing shall be out of minimum 32 mm NB pipes respectively. All railing pipes shall be as per IS:

1239 Part I Light or equivalent and enameled painted of M.S..

The standards shall be vertical and spaced at no more than 1800 mm centers and the top rail

shall be 1070 mm above the finished floor or landing level. Standards shall be fixed to the

supporting steelwork with a minimum of two 16 mm diameter bolts or welded. Bends in hand

railing shall be carefully formed to give satisfactory continuity of curvature and alignment and

rails shall be joined with a flush scarf joint held together by means of a tapered pin or other

approved joint.

Hand railing for ladders shall meet with the general requirements as above except that the single rail

shall be approximately 100 mm clear of the stringer and the standards shall be short single ball

type mounted at right angles to the stringer.

2.8 PUMPS

Unless otherwise stated in the particular specification, all centrifugal pumps shall preferably run at

speeds not exceeding 1500 RPM. Maximum efficiency of the pumps shall be at 70- 80% rated

load.

All pumps shall be manufactured appropriate to its capacity, head and duty in accordance with the

relevant Indian Standard or equivalent or requirement but DIN or ASME Standard.


Data for all pumps shall be tabulated indicating the following information:

i) Fluid pumped

ii) Type of pump (e.g. split casing centrifugal)

iii) Rotational speed

iv) Impeller diameter

v) Power consumed and motor size

vi) Material of construction of

�� Casing

�� Impeller

�� Shaft

�� Neck ring

�� Bushes

vii) Quantity of fluid to be pumped

viii) NPSH required

ix) Total net pumping head from all causes

x) Bearing type specifications.

For all pumps the following characteristic curves shall be furnished vis-a-:

�� Vis – a –vis impeller size,

�� Speed, capacity, head, power consumed and efficiency.

All pumps are to be supplied with water sealed packed glands unless otherwise specified. Where fluid being pumped is water this may be fed from the pump discharge into the gland. For pumps pumping hot water, condensate, Supplier shall indicate weather separate gland cooling water is required and its quantity. All centrifugal pumps shall be supplied fully assembled and aligned with electric motor and shall be complete with coupling, common base plate, coupling guard and holding down / foundation bolts. All positive displacement pumps shall be supplied with driving motor, gearbox, couplings, base plate for complete pump with drive assembly coupling guards and holding down and foundation bolts.


2.9 PIPING

2.9.1 General

All piping shall be made of a grade and thickness appropriate to the substance to with stand

bureau of its pressure and temperature, and all in accordance with the relevant Bureau of Indian

Standards.

Where steam or vapour piping is fitted to plant, loads due to expansion are to be compensated for

by utilizing loops or bends, loop or vertical bend below main line is preferred. Where fitting of bend

or loop is not possible then bellows may be used. Material of construction for bellows on steam

lines shall be stainless steel.

Gradient of 50 mm in 30 m length of pipe in the direction of steam flow shall be provided on all

horizontal pipelines to facilitate drainage.

A maximum pressure drop of 1.0 kg/sq. cm(g) per 100 m pipe length shall be allowed in the

pipelines. The exhaust steam lines shall be designed for a maximum of 0.2 kg/cm 2 pressure

drop upto the consumption point.

Safety valves are to be provided in the steam pipe lines wherever necessary. Safety valves in the

exhaust and reduced pressure steam lines shall be lever operated , unless otherwise specified.

Suitable drains, valves, steam trapping arrangement shall be provided in all steam lines

wherever necessary. Steam trapping arrangement shall consist of two 20 mm NB globe valves

and is down in the sketch enclosed. (This arrangement is referred as Double Valve Steam Trap in

the write up). The double valve steam traps shall be provided at all natural drainage points in

high pressure, reduced pressure and exhaust steam lines; including bottom of lops, just before

risers, below steam separator and ahead of reducing and shut off valves.

2.9.2 Piping Materials

For carbon and alloy steels, piping material selection shall be based as under:

�� For high pressure steam pipes above 4000C to 5000C, temperature SA 335 Gr.

P11/P12/P22.

�� For temperatures 3990C and below SA 106 Gr. B/C

�� For pressures below 3000C and pressures below 72 ata, ASTM – A-53 seamless preferably.

�� For HP/LP chemical dosing SA312TP304, stainless steel schedule 10 shall be used.

All mild steel pipes and pipe fittings used for conveying of air, cold water, hot water except feed

water, oil shall conform to IS: 1239-1976 (Part I) and IS:239-1962 (Part II) specifications. The


piping shall be Class ‘C’. The thickness of the mild steel pipes having diameter 200 mm and above

shall be 8mm min.

In case of all piping above 25 mm NB, except for exhaust steam and vapour piping only flanged

joints shall be used. All flanges shall conform to IS:6392-1971. Bolted blind flanges shall be

provided at the dead of ends of pipe lines. .

2.9.3 Live steam, Exhaust steam and Vapour piping

These shall conform to IBR, as applicable. The thickness of exhaust steam and vapour piping shall

be minimum 8 mm 300 mm Ø and increase with diameter as required. All steam expansion

bellows shall be of stainless steel tested at 1.5 times the steam pressure.

Branch toppings from main piping shall be from top for gases and from bottom for liquids.

2.9.4 Valves in piping

Valves shall be provided in each branch line of high pressure, reduced pressure steam lines,

water separator, drain etc.

Suction and delivery lines of all pumps, shall be provided with isolating valves.

Delivery lines of all high pressure pumps shall be provided with non-return valves. Non-return

valve shall be installed between pump delivery flange and isolating valve.

Delivery lines of all high pressure pumps shall be provided with by-pass line with valve back to

suction source wherever necessary.

2.9.5 Construction

Where steel pipe work is to be welded it shall be carried out by the electric are process and

conform to the relevant Indian Standards. Welding shall only be carried out by suitably qualified

welders who shall be required to hold a current welding certificate in accordance with the

appropriate Indian Standard.

Procedures for the testing of welders shall also be in accordance with the relevant Indian

Standard.

All welded pipe work is preferred unless otherwise stated. Intermediate flanges are to be used

wherever essential for maintenance or design reasons.

The Supplier shall be responsible for determining locations of Site butt welds to break the piping

runs into separate sections for the purposes of transport to Site, and for properly and clearly

designating each section for correct Site assembly.


2.9.6 Preparation for Site Assembly

All pipe work supplied for site welding (butt welds) shall have the ends machined and protected for

transportation.

Pre-fabricated piping sections shall be capable of being fitted into place without springing or

forcing except where cold pull is required.

The outside surface of the carbon steel piping shall be painted with one coat of red oxide.

All flanges and nozzles shall be protected with wood or suitable covers and the thread ends

greased and protected, during transportation or storage.

2.9.7 Flanges and Fasteners

All bolt holes in flanges shall be equally spaced off vertical and horizontal center lines of pipes

conforming to BS 10, Table E for all liquids such as water, process fluid, air, oil, exhaust steam

and vapour {Exhaust steam and vapour up to 1.6 kg/sq. cm(g)}. For high pressure steam above

1.6 kg/sq. cm (g), the relevant IBR standards shall apply. Orifice plate flanges shall be as per

relevant stand sufficient machine.

Loose flanges and cutting lengths on pipelines shall be supplied to allow for alignment errors in

plant location.

All bolts, nuts and washers plus 10% spare shall be supplied by the Supplier.

2.9.8 Pipe Supports

No stresses are transferred to equipment and

Piping connected to equipment shall be so supported that valves etc., can be readily removed

without additional supports and with a minimum of dismantling.

Anchor sliding, spring, resting, etc. supports shall be provided for those pipe runs demanding this

form of fixing and shall be fabricated in accordance with the duty of the pipe.

Flexibility of all high pressure pipes of 80 NB size and above, reduced pressure and exhaust

steam piping shall be designed in accordance with IBR.


2.9.9 Velocities

i) Pump

All pump suctions should be designed to not more than 0.8 m/ second velocity. Keeping

in view the NPSH requirements designed velocities after delivery shall be about 2 / second.

ii) Superheated & Saturated

Steam, Exhaust steam,

Bled Vapours 30 m / second subject to allowable pressure drop.

iii) Compressed air 20 m / second

2.10 VALVES

2.10.1 General

All valves shall be of the rising spindle outside screw type.

Valves shall be installed so that any plant item may be isolated from all services and process

lines and to allow tanks and vessels to be drained and vented.

Valves shall be supplied in order that standby pumps may be serviced during normal factory

operations.

Valves in infrequently used pipelines shall be positioned in such a manner as to avoid piping

remaining filled with fluid for prolonged periods of time.

2.10.2 Valve Types

The following is a general guide as to the type of valve required to be used for a particular duty.

Globe Valves

These shall be used on small bore pipelines (up to 50 mm) for such duties as:

Exhaust steam and vapour

Hot water

Wedge or Parallel Slide Gate Valves Shall be used where control of flow is desired by direct

hand operation of spindle wheel.


The pipeline duties envisaged for these valves are:

�� High pressure steam

�� Exhaust steam stop valves at prime movers

�� Hot water

�� Condensate

�� Cold water

�� Butterfly valves

Where flow of materials is required to be controlled by gear operated spindle wheels or by valve

actuators, butterfly valves shall be employed.

General

In addition, special duties shall have valves considered most suitable for those duties.

Non-return valves, relief valves, ball float valves, bib nos. test cocks, drain cocks, etc., shall be

provided as considered necessary for the efficient functioning of the plant and to facilitate repair

work and maintenance.

2.11 TANKS & VESSELS

Tanks of a capacity of up to 30 cubic metes of the open top or vented to atmosphere type, shall be

rectangular or cylindrical construction as dictated by the particular specification.

These shall be fabricated of mild steel, unless otherwise specified with minimum thickness of 6

mm and shall be constructed with all necessary bracing, connection branches and pads, flanged,

screwed and tapped as necessary.

Each tank shall be supplied with necessary fittings such as manhole cover, internal and external

fittings vertical caged ladders, peripheral roof handrail, etc. as necessary.

2.12 Insulation

These Specifications cover the general requirements for insulation work. The Supplier shall refer to

the relevant IS for selection, inspection and application of the insulation with aluminium

cladid. .In case of doubt, clarification may be sought from the ‘Purchaser’. The supplier shall

supply all material, consumables, labour, tools and equipment of the Plant necessary for

executing the insulation work.


2.12.1 Insulation Material

Insulating material such as glass wool or mineral wool shall be selected depending upon the

temperature of the fluid / steam. Calcium silicate (Hysil blocks) which is chemical compound of

lime and silica along with mineral fibre are used as second layer behind the refractory for

effective internal insulation. The supplier shall supply insulating materials for the Work as

specified in the relevant IS or described as under, whichever thicknesses are higher.

�� Mineral wool in thickness specified below

�� Glass wool blanket, 75 mm thick

�� Galvanized chicken wire Honey comb mesh, 22 SWG

�� Galvanized steel wire 18 SWG for equipment of the plant, and 20 SWG for piping

�� Insulating cement

�� Aluminium sheet metal for cladding 20 SWG

�� Cadmium plated sheet metal screws for cladding on steam turbines

�� Black washers for attaching binding wire to vessels

All exposed portions which operate at temperatures greater than 600C will be provided with

insulation.

Major portion of the boiler exposed to outside are insulated with Lightly Resin Bonded (LRB)

mineral wool. For insulation thickness of more than 75 mm, two or more layers of mattress will be

used and each layer will be backed up with galvanized steel wire netting. Mineral wool

mattress confirming IS 8183 is used. Thermal conductivity of mineral mattress will be as per IS

3346. The density of insulation for temperature up to and including 4000C shall be 100 kg/m³

and above 4000C shall be 120 kg/m³. All insulated surface will be covered by an outer covering

(cladding) of Aluminium sheet. All insulating sheeting joint shall be sealed and made effectively

weather and water proof.

Perfect leak tight arrangement of sealing will be provided at furnace roof where superheater

tube penetrates.


Tentative details of insulation used for various boiler components is given below:

Drum

100 thk. LRB mattress in two layers covered

with 0.7 mm thk. Aluminium sheet Furnace

100 thk. LRB mattress in two layers covered with

0.7 mm thk. Aluminium sheet

Boiler tank


0.7 mm thk. Aluminium sheet Boiler bank to forced flow

150/100 thk. LRB mattress in two layers

covered with 0.6 mm. thk. Plain Aluminium sheet Forced flow section to air heater

100/80 thk. LRB mattress in two layers

covered with 0.6 mm thk. Plain Aluminium sheet Gas duct from AH to Chimney

60 thk. LRB mattress covered

with 0.6 mm thk. Plain Aluminium sheet. Furnace headers


0.6 mm thk. Plain Aluminium sheet. SH Headers


0.6 mm thk. Plain Aluminium sheet FFS Headers

60 thk. LRB mattress covered

with 0.6 mm thk. Plain Aluminium sheet All other piping/equipment As required

2.12.2 Insulation of piping

Pipe insulation more than 75 mm shall be installed in multiple layers with joints staggered around

the circumference.

All fittings including valves and flanges shall be insulated. Provide clearance for removal of

flange bolts. After insulating valves or other piping specialty, wrap flange with Aluminium

sheet and insulate the joint.

Pipelines shall not be insulated before the system is hydraulically tested and approved by the

Purchaser.

Moulded insulation shall be secured to the pipe with binding wire.

When insulation mat is split and wrapped around the pipe, joints shall be painted with insulating

cement to form a smooth, neat surface.

Insulation for valves and other piping specialties shall be securely wrapped with chicken wire and

coated with insulating cement.

Piping systems shall be clad with Aluminium sheets fastened by sheet metal screws. On horizontal

pipe runs, the joints of the cladding shall be at the bottom of the pipe.


2.12.3 Insulation of equipment

Glass wool blankets shall be cut and fitted to the contours of the equipment and secured to chicken

wire mesh so that each insulating pad can be removed and reinstalled.

Fabricate sheet metal housing in sections and secure with sheet metal screws. The housing

shall be designed so that it is sturdy and can easily be removed and replaced.

2.12.4 Insulation of Vessels

Hooks, rolled angles, flats are to be welded to the equipment of the Plant being insulated, for

securing and supporting the insulating material and Aluminium cladding.

Washers are to be welded to the vessel surface to attach binding wire used to secure insulating

material to vessel.

Install blanket insulation and secure with binding wire.

Aluminium sheet cladding is to be installed over the insulating material and secured to supports

with sheet metal screws. The cladding shall be designed and installed so that the joints are

watertight.

2.12.5 Hot Insulating Material Thickness

The following table indicates the minimum thickness of insulating material Mineral wool of 120-

125 kg/cum density, for piping, vessels and equipment of the plant. Insulation thickness is in

millimeters and temperature in 0C.

Pipe Dia

(mm)

Temperature 65 to

120

121

to

148

149

to

203

204

to

259

260

to

314

315

to

370

371

to

425

426

to

481

482 to

537

12 25 25 25 30 30 40 40 50 50 20 25 25 30 30 40 50 50 50 50

25 25 25 30 30 50 50 50 50 62.5

40 25 25 30 40 50 50 62.5

62.5

62.5

50 25 25 30 40 50 50 62.5

62.5

62.5

75 25 30 40 45 50 62.5

62.5

75 75

100 25 30 45 45 62.5

62.5

62.5

75

87.5

150 25 40 50 50 62.5

62.5

75

87.5

87.5

200 40 50 50 50 62.5

75

87.5

100 100

250 40 50 62.5

62.5

75 75 87.5

100 100

300 40 50 62.5

62.5

87.5

87.5

100 100 125

Surfaces

50 62.5

75 75 87.5

100 100 150 200


2.13 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

2.13.1 System Parameters

Voltages used shall be as below:

Low tension 415 V 3 ph 50 Hz Welding supplies 415 V 3 ph 50 Hz Lighting 415/220 V 1 ph 50 Hz Socket outlets 220 V 1 ph 50 Hz Anti-condensation heaters 220 V 1 ph 50 Hz

Portable tool transformers 220/110 V 1 ph 50 Hz Hand lamp transformers 220/25 V 1 ph 50 Hz

Control circuits 110 V 1 ph 50 Hz Instrument supplies 110 V 1 ph Emergency lighting 110 V DC Tripping supplies 30 V DC

2.13.2 Electric Motors

Unless otherwise stated in the particular specification, all motors within the factory buildings

shall be of the totally enclosed fan cooled type. All motors above 25 BHP shall be of energy

efficient type.

�� Motor bearings shall be of ball and/or roller type each fitted with oil or grease lubricators.

Small motors can have sealed bearings.

�� Provision shall be made at one shaft end for a tachometer to be inserted to check the

motor speed.

�� The motor winding ends shall be brought out to terminal boxes to enable phase tests to be

made and for interchanging phases without disturbance to any sealing compound.

�� Motors shall be to IP 54 protection and insulation Class F. Temperature rise shall be

limited to class B. An earthing terminal shall be fitted to the stator frame.

�� Terminal box shall be located either on left or right side of the motor and shall be Rota

table in steps of 900

to facilitate cable entry from any direction.

�� Space heaters are to be provided for all motors above 112 kW rating. Terminals of the

space heaters are to be located in the main terminal box and are to be covered with an

insulated shroud.


�� Squirrel cage motors are required unless otherwise specified. Reasons shall be stated for any

deviation from this type of machine.

2.13.3 Cabling and Wiring

Scope of Supply

Supply of power and control cables is included from the scope of this tender unless

otherwise specified.

2.13.4 Motor Starters

MCCs shall be supplied by others and shall be fitted with the necessary starters and protection

switchgear for the motors included in this tender. The Supplier is required to quote for all the

Starters of motors.

2.14 Instruments

2.14.1 Signals

Electronic range of instruments shall be standardized on 4 to 20 mA signals, receiving instruments for control and recording purposes accepting 1.0 volts, DC to 5.0 volts DC. The pneumatic range shall utilize signals of 0.2 to 1 kg/sq. cm (g).

2.14.2 General Construction and Supply

Unless otherwise specified, all indicating and recording instruments shall be flush mounting

pattern with dust and moisture proof covers. Scale shall be of such material that no

discolourisation or peeling takes place with age under humid tropical conditions.The

movements of all electrically operated instruments shall be of the dead beat type and

provided wherever necessary with an accessible zero adjustment. Where appropriate normal

and other operating points shall be marked on the scale face. All electrical instruments and

meters shall comply with Indian Standards and unless otherwise specified shall be of

industrial grade accuracy. Meters shall be calibrated to the appropriate grade in Indian

Standards with due allowance being made for the errors in the associated instrument

transformers. Calibration of all instruments shall be in the units of measurement specified in

these documents. Temperature measurement for temperatures above 150 0C shall be of the

thermocouple type and below 150 0 C of resistance type. Pressure gauges shall comply with

requirements of Indian Standards. Stop cocks shall be fitted adjacent to each pressure gauge

and isolating valves included where pressure gauge piping is connected with the main system.

On-plant instruments and gauges are to be locally mounted and fitted in robust cases.


2.14.3 Instrumentation & Control

2.14.3.1 General Specification

Information To Be Furnished by Seller :

The seller shall furnish the following documents along with the Bid:

Complete bill of material of instruments/equipment and accessories

with their particulars.

System architecture

Technical literature of all instruments and control system.

Dimensional drawings of the panels/cubicles.

Load burden of each system/subsystem furnished by Seller to be fed by UPS and DC

sources with inrush current details and heat load for each cubicle/system cabinet/panel

section.

Grounding scheme to be adopted for the entire system and sub system.

Complete power distribution scheme both AC and DC of the system.

Schedule of Design, Manufacture, Erection, Testing and Commissioning to project schedule

along with PERT network/chart.

All other data, drawings and documents specifically called for in various sections

of the specification.

2.14.3.2 Design Criteria

All equipment/systems and accessories furnished as per this specification

shall be from the latest proven product range of a qualified manufacturer. The

Seller shall furnish satisfactory evidence regarding successful operation and high

reliability of the proposed equipment/systems in distillery.

When more than one device uses the same measurement or control signal, the

system shall be arranged so that the failure of any recorder, indicator or

control component shall not open the signal loop nor cause the loss or

malfunction of signal to other devices using the same basic signal. The design

shall permit the removal from service any indicating, recording or control devices

without causing any disturbance or requiring re-adjustment in other

measurement/control loops using the same signal.


2.14.3.3 Power Supply And Air Supply

a) Power Supply

The normal voltage, phase, frequency and percentage variations at which power supply

feeders shall be provided by the purchaser are as follows :

Voltage : 415V +10%

Frequency : 50 HZ +5%

Phases : 3

b) Air Supply

The seller shall supply instrument air as elaborated below.

Clean, dry, oil free instrument Quality air of the following quality shall be

provided for various pneumatic control devices & accessories:-

1. Nominal pressure 7 kg/cm² gauge

2. Range of pressure 3.5 to 8.5 kg/cm²(g)

3. Dew point +2 0C at the above pressure.

- 40 0C at NTP

4. Maximum particle size 5 microns

Pneumatically operated equipment offered by the Seller shall be designed to operate

with the above air supply and adequately cater to their respective duty within the full

range of pressure variation.

2.14.3.4 Choice of Hardware

The primary objective for the design of instrumentation and control systems shall be to assist in the

attainment of maximum unit availability.

2.14.3.5 Design of Enclosures

Design of enclosures shall be in conformance to the requirements of NEMA ICS-6-110 and

shall take into account the environmental conditions well as the maximum permissible

temperature rise of 10 0C inside the enclosures.

Instruments mounted in air conditioned areas will be provided with dust tight drip

proof enclosures (NEMA-12).

Instruments mounted indoors will be provided with water tight enclosures (NEMA-4) or


dust tight, drip proof enclosures (NEMA-12) as required for the particular location.

Instruments mounted outdoors will be provided with water tight enclosures (NEMA 4).

2.14.3.6 Special Tools and Tackles, Special Calibration Instruments :

Seller must offer special tools & tackles and special calibration instruments required during start-up,

trial run, operation and maintenance of the plant.

2.14.3.7 Interface with Owner Furnished Equipment/Systems

The Seller shall furnish necessary interface equipment required for satisfactory operation of

equipment furnished by the Seller with Owner’s existing equipment. The Seller shall fully meet

all the interface requirements with existing control systems, switchgear & motor control centers etc.

2.14.3.8 Codes And Standards

2.14.3.9 Reference Codes and Standards

The design, manufacture, inspection, testing, site calibration and installation of all

equipments, system and service covered under this specification shall comply with

the requirements of the latest statutes regulations and safety codes as applicable in the

locality where the equipments/systems will be installed. The Seller shall fully acquaint

himself with these requirements and shall ensure compliance with them. All equipment and

systems covered under this specification shall conform to the latest editions of codes and

standards mentioned below and all other applicable ANSI, ASME, IEEE, NEC, NEMA,

ISA, DIN, VDE and Indian Standards and their equivalents.

2.14.4 Electronic measuring Instruments & Control hardware

2.14.4.1 Standards

1. Automatic null balancing electrical measuring instruments - ANSI C 39.4 (Rev. 1973)

2. Safety requirements for electrical and electronic measuring and controlling

instrumentation - ANSI C 39.5 - 1974.

3. Compatibility of analog signals for electronic industrial process instruments -

ISA-S 50.1: ANSI MC 12.1 - 1975.

4. Dynamic response testing of process control instrumentation - ANSI MC 4.1

(1975): ISA-S26 (1968).

5. Surge withstand capability (SWC) tests - ANSI C 37.90a (1974) IEEE Std. 472 (1974).

IEC -254.1.

6. Dimensions of attachment plugs & receptacles ANSI C73-1973.


2.14.4.2 Instrument Switches and Contacts

1. Contact rating - AC services NEMA ICS Part-2 125, A600

2. Contact rating - DC services NEMA ICS Part-2-125, N600.

Enclosures

1. Types of enclosures - NEMA Std. ICS-6-110.15 through 110.22 (Type 4 to 13).

2. Racks, panels, and associated equipment - EIA: RS-310-B (ANSI C83.9 - 1972)

3. Protection Class for Enclosure, Cabinets, Control Panels and Desks - IS-2147-1962. 2.14.4.3 Sampling System

1. Stainless steel material of tubing and valves for sampling system - ASTM A269-82 Gr TP316.

2. Submerged helical coil heat exchangers for sample coolers ASTMD 11-92-1964.

3. Water and Steam in power cycle - ASME PTC 19.11.

4. Standard methods of sampling system - ASTM D 1066-69.

2.14.4.4 Annunciators

1. Specifications and guides for the use of general purpose annunciators - ISA RP 19.1-

1979.

2.14.4.5 Interlocks, Protections

1. Relays and relay system associated with electric power apparatus - IEEE std.3.13.

2. Surge withstand capability tests - ANSI C37.90a - 1974 and IEEE Std. 472 - 1974. 3. General requirements & tests for switching devices for control and auxiliary circuits

including contactor relays - IS-6875 (Part-I) 1973. 4. Turbine water damage prevention - ASME - TDP-1980.

5. Boiler safety interlocks - NFPA Section 85B, 85D, 85E, 85F,85G.

2.14.4.6 Electrical Noise Control

The equipment furnished by the Seller shall incorporate necessary techniques to eliminate

measurement and control problems caused by electrical noise. Areas in Seller's equipment which

are vulnerable to electrical noise shall be hardened to eliminate possible problems.


2.14.4.7 Surge-Protection For Solid State/Micro Processor Based Equipment

All solid-state equipment shall be able to withstand the noise and surges inherent in a distillery &

power house. The equipment shall be designed to successfully withstand without damage to

components and/or wiring, application of surge withstand capability (SWC) wave whose shape

and characteristics are defined in ANSI publication C37.90a - 1974 entitled "Guide for surge

withstand capability (SWC) Tests".

2.14.5 Distributed Integrated Control System

Distributed Integrated Control System (DICS) includes Regulating Controls, Interlocking

and Protection, Sequential Controls, Operator Interface Units, Monitoring and Information data

archiving, Historical data storage and retrieval, Trending, Alarms & Reports.

Seller shall offer latest system available with him & shall also confirm that DICS system

hardware / software shall be upgraded free of cost, for hardware upto commissioning of

the project and software upto 3 years after commissioning of the project.

The DICS shall receive process signals from field sensors & transmitters and shall give commands

to final control elements, alarms, trip relays, etc. All signal converters, to convert sensor signals to

standard 4 to 20 mA signals shall be included in Seller’s scope of supply.

High ended DCS System with stand by communication redundancy should be placed at

Milling section, fermentation, distillation etc and Boiler/Power generation section in air-

conditioned control room with air curtains at doors to maintain the temperature of 27 deg.C.

2.14.5.1 Introduction and General Requirement

Distributed Integrated Control System (DICS) shall comprise of the following sub systems

operating in completely integrated manner employing the same family of hardware and

software.

i) Processor stations/sub system:- where function of closed loop control system (CLCS),

open loop control system (OLCS) and Measurement (Including Signal Acquisition,

Conditioning, Distribution, Transmission, Indication and Recording) are realized.

ii) Operator Station/sub system:- which together with their branded computers, monitors

other peripherals perform operation and monitoring functions including data archiving &

alarm monitoring etc as per purchaser’s choice.

iii) Programming, and on line diagnostic station (Maintenance Purchasers Station):- for

system programming, system configuration, system and instrument failure detection and

trouble shooting.


iv) Communication Network: The system shall be distributed and various sub-systems shall

be integrated through a system of communication network. The man machine interface

between the operator and plant shall be through flat screen monitors, key board and mouse.

(v) Field Instruments: All process sensors & transmitters shall be provided for

sensing process parameters. Except control valve positioner and Temperature

transmitters all other transmitters shall be of smart type with local display and ability to

be monitored / re-calibrated from the control station.

2.14.5.2 Basic Features/Design Requirements

2.14.5.2.1 Design Requirements

1. The instrumentation and controls shall be designed for maximum availability,

reliability, operability and maintainability.

2. All I&C equipment shall be designed for their specific application within the distillery and

shall be furnished for required control, protection, alarm and remote monitoring. The

application and selection of these I&C equipment including signal converters, interposing

relays, microprocessors, etc. shall be the responsibility of I&C Seller.

3. All I&C equipment furnished must have proven experience of working in the distillery, at

least two sets of such equipment installed in a similar sugar factory have been running

successfully for at least two years. No prototype components shall be used.

4. DICS shall be of latest design, not be more than 3 year old. The control system shall be

highly modular and arranged to reflect the grouping of plant equipment and systems to be

controlled.

5. Any local junction termination boxes or auxiliaries which are required to implement

the interface design shall be supplied by I&C Seller.

6. Control system shall comply with following general failure criteria :

a. No single fault can cause the complete failure of the control system.

b. The grouping of control functions into system blocks shall be arranged such that failure

of any one block will only partly degrade the control of the overall system.

7. To meet the above failure criteria the I&C system shall incorporate self- checking facilities

so that internal faults can be detected within the system itself.

8. Alarms shall be provided for all abnormal conditions of the process.


9. The following colors shall be selected for equipment status indications:

Green Energized, Running, Valve Open

Red De-energized, Stopped, Valve Closed

Light yellow Abnormal condition, Discrepancy

White Control Power Available

10. The DC and AC power of each control and monitoring system shall be derived from

two independent sources and float charged batteries shall be furnished to guard against the

total loss of power supply.

The system shall be provided with extensive diagnostic features so that a system failure

can be diagnosed down to the module level giving location and nature of fault. Ease of

maintenance and trouble-shooting shall be a primary consideration in equipment selection.

The offered system shall have windowing capability with atleast splitting up one screen into

four different sections to monitor four different areas/information face plates in the same

screen.

2.14.5.2.2 System Architecture

The operating station and Engineering station shall be connected on open network, either

on Ethernet TCP/IP or Control net in order to make the system open. All operating stations

shall be interchangeable and operation of the plant shall be possible from Purchasing station

if required.

The system shall have built in redundancies for all system functions at the processor. No

failure of any single network shall lead to any system function being lost. It shall have

redundant open type network on a "masterless" principle.

The system shall have the capability and facility for expansion through addition of station/

drops, controllers, processors, process I/O cards etc.

The application programs for the functional controllers shall reside in EEPROMS or in non

volatile RAMS. The application program shall be alterable by access through programmer's

console.

2.14.5.2.3 Main Controller Characteristics

Each controller envisaged for this project shall have following features as minimum:-

i) Processing length of 32 bit


ii) Watch Dog timer

iii) Memory protection

iv) Self monitoring & diagnostic feature

v) Easy modification of control functions

2.14.5.2.4 Processor System (Automation System)

The analogue/binary input/output modules, drive control module for analogue

control/open loop control, function group control module etc. shall form part of the

Process Station. The control system should not have more than ten different types of

modules. The system with reduced number of different types of modules/cards has the

advantage of easier servicing, modification, reduced spare inventory & hence the same

shall be preferred.

2.14.5.2.5 Analogue Input/Output Modules

Analogue input/output modules shall be capable of accepting TC/RTD, 4-20 mA current or

voltage signals.

It shall have the following features:-

a) High accuracy of conversion, minimum 12 bits, plus sign bit.

b) Linearisation and error checking of TC and RTD signals and reference junction temperature correction facilities for T/C.

c) All the inputs shall be isolated to 600V.

2.14.5.2.6 Binary Input/Output Modules

The Binary signal conditioning processing shall be performed in distinct binary input

modules which can accept voltage free contacts, digital signals, and also pulse inputs.

The modules shall process different inputs such as volt free contacts, proximity switches

and logic signals.

The binary input/output modules shall have the following features:-

i) High insensibility against noises and other disturbance.

ii) High insensibility against over voltage (IEC-255-4 Class-II).


iii) Supply of contacts voltages - with 24 V DC

iv) Signal status indicators by LED's on the module front

v) All the inputs shall be isolated to 600V between any input point and ground or

between any pair of inputs & shall comply with ANSI 37.90a for transient surge

protection to 2000 volts.

vi) For Pulse Inputs provision shall be made to receive and accumulate pulse

inputs in the form of repetitive contact closures.

2.14.5.2.7 Close Loop Control Functions

The following control algorithms shall be possible as a minimum in respective processors:

i) P, PI, PID

ii) Square root

iii) Addition/Subtraction

iv) Linearisation

v) Multiply/divide

vi) Ratio (Scale)

vii) High/Low signal selectors

viii) Totalizers

ix) Manual loading

x) Lead-lag compensation

xi) Feed forward controller

xii) Over ride

xiii) Multivariable control

xiv) Nonlinear control algorithms

xv) Biasing

xvi) Mean (average)

xvii) Median value selection – analog

xviii) Two out of three logic - digital


Open Loop Control Function

Functional group control module for open loop control system shall perform the functions of

sequential operation, interlocks and protection.

It is intended to control the unit automatically through a number of sequences with operator's

intervention for initiation of each sequence. The sequence shall be executed as per the defined

program.

2.14.6 Operator Station, Operator Control, Plant Information And Monitoring Stations/Operator Sub System

Operator Station

Operator station shall perform operator control function, plant monitoring and display function,

alarm functions, logging functions, historical data storage & retrieval functions. Total two (2)

Nos. of operator stations are envisaged for each section to execute all the functions specified

above & elsewhere in specification. Minimum 64 bit computers along with all the peripherals shall

be provided for operator stations.

Operator station Specification:

�� Intel ( I7 processor), 4 GB RAM, 2 TB Hard Disk,

�� 54 x CD ROM, 2 Serial Ports,

�� 1 Parallel Port, 3 USB Ports

�� 24" Flat Screen Colour Monitor (TFT)

�� Laser jet Colour Printer(All in one)

All functions required for supervision & remote manual control of the unit shall be performed by

this station. The functions shall be performed with the help of standard pictures on monitors

which shall include plant mimics. Issuance of control command shall be realized through

wireless/cordless functional keyboard or optical mouse/trackball.

2.14.7 PLANT MONITORING DISPLAY & LOGGING

2.14.7.1 Displays

The monitor displays shall be capable of presenting all system process input values including

analog, digital and composed values. The system shall also display all control loops with all

associated parameters. Typical displays shall be plant mimic displays alarm displays, bar charts,

operator guidance displays, loop displays, X-Y plots and summaries.

Plant Mimic shall be displayed with current operating parameters, equipment operating status,

operator guidance, alarm points etc.

The Seller shall provide with the system a minimum of 50 macro pictorial elements as


defined by the owner.

System shall be capable of trending any analog point defined on the highway.

Each operator station shall maintain a minimum of 30 days history on hard disk for all

process variables with sampling frequency of 1 sec.

It shall be possible to trend up to eight variables simultaneously ranging from one minute to

24 hours.

2.14.7.2 Alarm & Event Display, Alarm Monitoring and Reporting

The alarms shall be displayed on any operator monitor. System shall have facility to assign any

station as alarm station. Alarm message shall be reported to the alarm station within one second

of alarm detection

The following features shall be provided as a minimum :-

1. Process operating limits, viz. high limit, low limit or both high and low limits, high - high,

low - low, and both high - high and low - low limits, etc. shall be assigned to specified

analog inputs and calculated variables. Every limit shall have a dead band associated with it.

2. Alarm reporting/actions:

The following sequence shall be followed for detection of alarms:

a) Audio annunciation for 5 seconds

b) Display of alarm message on alarm banner & alarm summary screen.

c) Printing of alarm message on alarm printer

Logs :

The system shall print logs/reports as defined in these clauses. The printing of these

logs/reports shall be initiated automatically at prescribed time intervals, or initiated on

demand or by the occurrence of predefined events. The exact format and printer assignments

for each log will be defined by the Owner after award of contract.

i) Alarm Logs:

Print all points (analog, calculated, digital) that are off-normal at the time request is made by the

operator.

ii) Log Operator Action:

The system shall have the capacity to store all operator actions. Both the nature of the actions and

the individual time of each request shall be stored. This information shall be printed automatically

once each twenty four hours in the form of a summary log. The log shall also be available for

printing upon operator demand.


2.14.7.3 Peripherals for Operator Station

Monitors

The seller shall furnish 24” LED color monitors. All monitors shall be interchangeable. Operator

station monitors shall have a fast cursor control device like a track ball/mouse. The picture

shall be stable and completely free of any flickering. The screen illumination shall be enough

to give good readability. The screen dimensions shall not be less than 24" screen diagonal with

optical mouse.

Key Board/Mouse( Cordless/Wireless)

Standard key boards/Mouse for plant operator station shall be supplied. Freely programmable

keys shall be available for special user application. Key Board shall be integrated into supervisors

control consoles horizontal part.

Printers

All printers shall be laser jet type. Printing speed shall be a minimum of 300 characters per

second. Style of printing available shall be indicated by the Seller. The printers shall have graphic

capability and any monitor screen display may be printed on the printer.

Hard Disk Unit

Each operator station shall be furnished with fixed hard disk of minimum 02 (TB) storage capacity

as minimum for bulk storage.

2.14.8 Programming, Diagnostic And Work Station

The work station shall have all the function of programming/ configuration/

modification and documentation. The features and facilities to be included are as under:-

a) Configuration or re-configuration of a system.

b) Possibility to introduce or modify parameters.

c) Documentation of system configuration.

d) Calculation program functions.

e) Graphic editing program.


Work station shall have capability of on-line and off line program modification without

affecting the performance of the system / process. While on-line, connected to

process, the work station shall provide real time tuning and trouble shooting. On off-line,

the work station allows control system configuration.

2.14.8.1 Communication Network Bus System

Basically two types of bi-directional networks shall be envisaged.

Remote Network to communicate between stations by use of co-axial cable or fibre optic cables.

Local network to communicate between the different modules/cards of the same

station/system and extensions.

The remote bus system shall have the following features.

Redundancy in the system for high reliability of communication. The redundant buses work

continuously. All bus couplers, bus interfaces etc. shall also be redundant.

Insensibility against external disturbances, noises etc. Insensitivity of a fault in one bus system to

other bus system.

High data transmission rate to communicate with the system response requirement.

Redundant : Yes

Control : Masterless

Data Protection : CRC

Proprietary Bus : No

Standard : IEEE 802.4

The communication network shall have "open architecture" to enable the user to get the benefit of

flexibility in choosing hardware & software.

2.14.8.2 Interface with Other Computer Stations

The Seller shall provide two RS-232C / RS-485 ports / MOD BUS Protocol for interface with other

owner provided control systems. The format and protocol of information exchange shall be

furnished during detailed Purchasing by the owner. The Seller shall include in his scope the

relevant software for communication with the equipment/systems furnished by others.


2.14.8.3 Power Supply System

Each electronic cabinet shall be equipped with redundant power supply units, with an automatic

switching device for input lines, with changeover time less than 10 ms in order to guarantee

hold capacity of feeders for modules and I/O signals. DICS and computers & peripherals

shall work on single phase AC supply from UPS and 24v DC.

2.14.8.4 Power Supplies for DICS

a) AC Supply Requirement :

The system AC power source wherever required shall be nominal 220V, 50 Hz, single

phase, ungrounded power supplied from un-interruptible power supply system (UPS) of the

Seller.

b) DC Power Supplies

All system devices requiring 24V DC power shall be arranged by Seller by

providing 100% redundant AC/DC charger and batteries of suitable size or by

providing redundant AC/DC converter. These converters shall be fed from UPS 240V AC.

2.14.8.5 System Grounding

The automatic control system shall be designed for grounding to the station ground mat at a

single connection point. Insulated ground bus from this point shall be furnished to the control

logic cabinets and shall be connected to an insulated copper grounding strap in each cabinet.

2.14.9 Field Instruments

All field sensors shall be of proven type for distillery applications. All transmitters shall have local

digital indication. The pressure, level, mass conductivity transmitters shall be of smart type.

Control supply for all 4 wire field transmitters shall be 220v AC and for 2 wire transmitters, it

shall be 24v DC. Output signal from all transmitters shall be 4 to 20mA.

2.14.9.1 Sensors & Transmitters:

Water & process fluid flow meters shall be of magnetic type with separate tube and

transmitter. Transmitters shall be installed on working platform so that they can be viewed

by operators and easily maintained by instrument Purchasers. These transmitters shall be

capable of being re-calibrated in the field for new flow measuring range. The

transmitters shall have local digital display indication for rate of flow and total flow.


The vapour pressure and vacuum transmitters shall be of 2 wire type with capacitance

sensing method. They shall have local digital display and 4 to 20 mA output signal.

The temperature sensors shall be RTDs, type PT100, with immersion length to

suit the application and adjustable screw head. Thermo wells shall be supplied with RTDs.,

which shall be connected to temperature transmitters to give 4 to 20mA signal to the

PLC/DCS system. Temperature transmitters shall have accuracy of +/- 1 deg. C with no

drift over a period of time.

2.14.9.2 Control Valves:

Water flow control valve shall be globe type and process fluid flow control valve

shall be butterfly type, with pneumatic actuators. The body and trim of both control

valves shall be of connecting pipe lines. Control valves shall be complete with valve

positioners, hand wheel and limit switches. I/P converters, filter/regulators, copper

tubing fittings shall be in Seller’s scope of supply.

Feed control and vacuum control valves shall be Globe type, with pneumatic

actuators. The body and trim of these valves shall be of connecting pipe lines. Control

valves shall be complete with valve positioners, hand wheel and limit

switches. I/P converters, filter/regulators, copper tubing fittings shall be in Sellers’

scope of supply.

Steam control valves shall be Globe type, with pneumatic actuators. The body and

trim of these valves shall be of connecting pipelines. Control valves shall be

complete with valve positioners, hand wheel and limit switches. I/P converters,

filter/regulators, copper tubing fittings shall be in Sellers’ scope of supply.

2.14.10 Supervisory Control Console & Equipment Panels

2.14.10.1 Supervisory Control Consoles

Supervisory control consoles for mounting operator & Purchasering stations shall be supplied.

The console shall form one complete unit along with two end sections for writing space.

Adequate number of table/desks/stands for accommodating printers in Seller's scope shall be

supplied.

2.14.10.2 Cabinets

i) All control system modules, power supply components, other control devices (except

field mounted sensors/transmitters and electric to pneumatic converters) and

termination’s which are required for completeness of control systems shall be housed

in DICS cabinets furnished by the Seller. All equipment and termination’s required

for proper interface with other systems shall also be housed in these DICS cabinets.


ii)

Cabinets shall be designed for plug-in installation for control system modules. The

system modules relating to a particular sub-system or system shall be grouped

together and housed in the same assembly to the extent possible.

iii) Cabinets shall be of NEMA-2 (IP-31) protection class. The Seller shall ensure that the

packaging density of equipment in these cabinets is not excessive and abnormal

temperature rise, above the cabinet temperature during normal operation in air-conditioned

environment and also during the period of air conditioning failure, is prevented by careful

design. The Seller shall ensure that the temperature rise is limited to 10 degree C above

ambient.

iv) Cabinets shall be designed for front access to system modules and rear access to wiring.

All wiring in cabinets shall pass the vertical flame test for IPCEA S-19-81.

2.14.10.3 Constructional Features of Panels, Cubicles & Enclosures

All panels, cubicles, consoles and enclosures furnished as per this specification shall be of free

standing type and shall be constructed of specified gauge of steel plates. The panel sheet

thickness shall be not less than 2 mm unless otherwise specified herein.

2.14.10.4 Panel Wiring

Interconnecting wiring shall be provided between all electrical devices mounted in the

panels, and between the devices and terminal blocks if the devices are to be connected to

equipment outside the panels. The Seller shall install jumpers between terminal blocks.

2.14.10.5 Panel Illumination

Panels shall be provided with fluorescent illuminating lamps with door switch and three (3)

point 15A, 240V AC sockets with switch for maintenance purposes.

2.14.10.6 Grounding

All panels and cabinets shall be provided with a continuous bare copper ground bus of minimum

6mm x 12mm cross section. The ground bus shall be bolted to the panel structure and effectively

ground the entire structure. Each ground bus shall have provision at each end for connection of

Owner's ground leaks (6mm x 50mm GIflats) by suitable bolting. All system cabinets shall be

brought to a common system ground by the Seller.


2.14.11 Uninterruptible Power Supply System 2.14.11.1 General Requirements UPS system shall be provided separately for each section. The Seller shall furnish an integrated UPS system including static inverters, static switches, manual bypass switch, chargers, stationary battery, AC power distribution panels with all required isolating and protecting devices and all other equipment and accessories required for completeness of this system. Capacity of UPS shall be proposed by Seller to suit the system power requirements and this capacity shall be received and finalized during detail Purchasering stage. All control and instrument circuits shall be with fuse. Fuses shall be mounted inside the enclosures and shall have easy accessibility.

2.14.11.2 Functional Requirements

The Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system of continuous duty shall supply regulated,

filtered and uninterrupted 230V, 50 Hz, single phase power, within specified tolerances, to

system AC loads. Each inverter shall supply only 50% loads under normal conditions. All

necessary equipment required for protecting UPS equipment and connected inputs and outputs shall

be furnished by the Seller as an integral part of this system.

Normal Operation

Two inverters each of 100% capacity, two battery packs of 100% capacity and two 100% battery

chargers are used.

Emergency Operation

The static transfer switches and the manual by-pass switch shall provide switching means

during emergency operation.

2.14.11.3 Static Inverters And Auxiliary Equipment

The static inverters shall be solid state type employing silicon controlled rectifiers or power

transistors and other solid state devices to convert direct current power to essentially sinusoidal

alternating current. The inverter equipment shall include all necessary circuitry and devices to

conform to requirements like voltage regulation, current limiting, wave shaping, transient

recovery, surge suppression network, automatic synchronization etc. as specified herein.

Input Voltage

The inverters shall be fed from a sealed maintenance free battery and chargers which do not

feed any other loads. Filtering on the input of the inverters shall be furnished as required to

operate with the output ripple of the chargers.

Automatic Synchronization


Inverter equipment shall include stable solid state oscillator devices designed to automatically

maintain the inverter output in phase and in synchronism with the standby AC source.

2.14.11.4 Manual By-Pass Switch

The manual by-pass switch will be used to isolate any static switch from its load and stand-by

power supply and to take the static switch out of service without power interruption to the load. The

manual by-pass switch shall also provide the facility for by-passing the entire UPS system during

startup at the option of the operator.

The manual bypass switch shall have make before break contacts to ensure continuous supply to

UPS loads during the operation of this by-pass switch.

2.14.11.5 Float-Cum-Boost Chargers And Auxiliary Equipment

Two 100% capacity chargers shall be furnished for each UPS system. Each charger shall confirm

to the following requirements.

Each charger furnished for UPS system shall be adequately rated to ensure that any one shall

meet full DC load of UP system operating at 100% rating plus recharge the fully discharged UPS

battery within 8 hours.

Each charger shall be furnished with a ground detector system consisting of a relay and a center

tapped resistor.

2.14.11.6 Technical Specification for Sealed Maintenance Free Batteries

The design of battery shall be as per field proven practices. Partial plating of cells is not

permitted. Paralleling of cells externally for enhancement of capacity is not permitted up to 1500

AH capacity.

The container shall have chemical and electro-chemical compatibility. It shall be acid resistant

and fire retardant. Fixing of Pressure Regulated Valve terminal posts in the cover shall be such

that the seepage of electrolyte gas escapes and entry of electro static spark are prevented.

All batteries shall be mounted in a suitable metallic trays / frame. Cells shall be housed in a

ventilated & protected modular steel tray to promote airflow between the cells for effective

thermal management.

Battery sets will be tested at the manufacturing premises prior to the dispatch of material & shall

meet a min of 100% capacity at 10 Hr. discharge rate from very first cycle.


2.14.11.7 Step-Down Transformer & Voltage Stabiliser

One 415 Volt, 3 phase to 230 Volt, single phase transformer along with associated voltage

stabilizer shall be furnished. This transformer and stabilizer combination shall convert Owner

furnished 415 Volt + 10% plant auxiliary AC supply to 230V + 2% single phase standby AC

Power which will serve as UPS system back up supply source.

2.14.11.8 AC Distribution Boards

Panel boards for distribution of continuous AC power to essential loads shall be dead-front type

panel rated for 600 V, AC service. The hinged panel board front shall cover the fuses and wiring

gutter but not the switch handles. The hinged front and switch handles shall be covered by the

enclosure door.

2.15 Standard Colour Scheme Following standard Colour Scheme shall be followed.

Air Compressors, Fans, Vacuum Pumps Ultramarine

Air receivers Aqua

Electric motors, equipment Orange

Handrails, Safety guards

Golden Yellow Pumps, Gearboxes Turquoise

Piping: Condensate, Cold Water Jade

Drain Black

Flocculent Lichen

Fire Fighting Signal Red

HP Steam Pearl Grey

Hot Water Jade

Instrument AirAqua

Injection Water Jade

Lime Slurry Lilac

LP Steam Pearl Grey

Overflow Same as tank or vessel Oil / Lubricants Golden Tan

Plant Air Aqua

Potable Water Jade

Saccharate Solution Lilac

Sodium Hydroxide Lilac

Sodium Hypochlorite Lilac

Torri Water Jade

Vapour or Vent Same as tank or vessel


Structural Steel work Smoke Blue

Screw conveyors, distributors,

Tanks & Vessels :

Process Cream

Water Jade

Caustic, Acid Lilac

Flocculent Lichen

Hydraulic Golden Tan

Turbines Pearl Grey

2.16 Drawings and Documents

All drawings, manuals and other related information of the specified equipment shall be submitted.

�� The supplier shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors and omissions in the drawings

submitted by him, not withstanding any approval accorded by the Purchaser.

�� All costs as a consequence of errors in drawings and documents shall be borne by the

Supplier.

�� All drawings, technical literature, manuals and parts lists shall be provided by the Supplier

as may be required for facilitating erection, commissioning, operation and maintenance of

the plant.

�� Where the Supplier is contracted to supply a system of connected plant items, flow

diagrams shall be submitted showing the relationship of the connected items to each other and

outlining terminal points.

�� The supplier shall provide arrangement drawings together with berthing diagrams and details

of static and dynamic loadings, cutouts, openings, trough holes as applicable, to permit

design of civil works.

�� All drawings, parts lists, service and maintenance manuals shall be supplied in sextuplicate

for use of the Purchaser, the Consultant and the erection, commissioning and

operating personnel. Where specialized maintenance manuals are not available, standard

manufacturer’s literature shall be provided.

�� Wiring diagrams for instrumentation shall indicate wire numbers, drawn as viewed from

front to back of panels.

2.17 Quality Assurance, Testing and Guarantees

2.17.1 Performance & Tests

Some of the applicable Indian and Overseas Standards related to Tests on various


equipment of the Plant are listed under Clause 2.1.2. The list is not meant to be comprehensive. For

the Standards, which are not mentioned in the list, relevant Indian or overseas standard should

be followed. In all cases, latest version of relevant Standard should be applicable. Standards for Tests

On overall completion of erection and commissioning, performance tests of unit

equipment of the Plant and systems shall be conducted to verify conformity with specified

capacities and efficiencies. Such performance tests shall be conducted in accordance with

procedures prescribed in relevant Standards. Where Indian Standards Specifications do not

provide relevant test procedures, the Supplier shall submit to the Purchaser for approval, the test

procedures to be adopted. The Purchaser’s decision in such cases shall be final.

Acceptance of the equipment, as a result of these performance tests shall in no way relieve the Supplier from its obligations with respect to the Defects Warrantee clause or with respect to any other condition applicable under the contract.

Equipment of the Plant

As and when erection of equipment of the Plant are completed, tests will be conducted, as appropriate which would include but may not be limited to the following:

Dimensional and quantity checks

� Conformity to specifications

� Hydraulic tests of tanks, vessels, pipelines etc. � Mechanical tests on rotating machinery like pumps, compressors, fans, turbines etc.

� No load running tests on conveyors and other mechanical drive systems � Standard running tests on rotating mechanical and electrical machinery � Vibration tests on rotating mechanical and electrical machinery.

2.17.2 General Requirements

All equipment furnished under this specification shall be subject to test by authorized quality assurance personnel of the Seller, representatives of the purchaser and/or Technical Specialist during manufacture, erection and on completion. Seller's quality assurance personnel for these shop and site tests shall be identified in advance and shall be acceptable to the purchaser. The approval of the Purchaser /Technical Specialist or passing of such inspection of tests will not, however, prejudice the right of the owner to reject the equipment if it does not comply with the specifications when erected or fails to give complete satisfaction in service.

The Seller shall furnish details of shop and site tests proposed to be conducted by him at various

stages to meet the specification requirements for each type of instrument/system along with his

proposal. Seller shall also furnish details of his proposed shop and site quality assurance

organization for this contract.


Seller shall prepare a detailed shop and site 'Quality Assurance Program’ to meet the

requirements of these specifications for purchaser's approval. This document shall also contain the

formats for reports and maintenance of test records, specification of test equipment to be used for

site tests.

2.17.3 Shop Tests

2.17.3.1 General Requirements

Shop tests shall include all tests to be carried out at Seller's works, at works of his sub-

Seller’s and at works where raw materials used for manufacture of equipment is produced.

2.17.3.2 Material Tests

Whenever tested quality material is specified and wherever called upon by Safety

Regulations or by the design code, the test pieces are to be prepared and tested to

purchaser's satisfaction.

In the event of purchaser being furnished with certified particulars of tests which

have been carried out by the suppliers of material, the purchaser may, at his

discretion, dispense with these tests.

2.17.3.3 Tests at Manufacturer's Works

Works tests are to include electrical, mechanical performance and hydraulic tests in

accordance with relevant codes or any other approved standard or any other tests called for

by the purchaser under these specifications to ensure that the equipment being supplied

fulfills the requirements of these specifications.

2.17.3.4 On-Site Tests

All the site activities including unloading, storage cum insurance of equipment and

materials on arrival to site, installation, commissioning and carrying out all the tests at site

shall be performed by the Seller at no cost to the purchaser in presence of

Purchaser/Consultant's representatives and with the permission of owner as and when

required.

The Seller shall furnish the necessary manpower and the services of technical

representative(s), who shall provide technical guidance and advice for the installation

of the equipment and placing the system in operation. The services of the technical

representative(s) shall be available for the period from arrival of the equipment on site

until the equipment is finally accepted by the purchaser. The on-site tests shall

include the following tests in the sequence given:-


a) Inspection of Equipment on Arrival

The Seller's field representative(s) shall inspect all supplied equipment upon

arrival on-site. All observed damage to equipment shall be reported to the

Purchaser /Purchaser.

b) Preliminary On-Site Checks and Tests

After field installation and before equipment energisation and connection of field

inputs, the Seller shall carefully inspect all equipment and shall check all Seller

supplied wiring and cable to assure correctness of corrections and proper equipment

installation.

c) Start-up

On completion of erection of the equipment and before start-up, each item of the

equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and then inspected jointly by the

purchaser and the Seller for correctness and completeness of installation and

acceptability for start-up, leading to initial pre-commissioning tests at site. The list

of pre-commissioning tests to be performed shall be as mutually agreed and

included in the Seller's quality assurance program.

d) Trial Operation

The plant shall then be on trial operation during which period all necessary

adjustments shall be made while operating, over the full load range enabling the

plant to be made ready for performance and guarantee tests. The duration of Trial

operation of the complete equipment shall be 7 days out of which at least 72

hours shall be continuous operation on full load or any other duration as may be

agreed to, between the purchaser and the Seller. The Trial Operation shall be

considered successful, provided that each item of the equipment can operate

continuously at the specified operating characteristics, for the period of Trial

Operation.

e) System Documentation Check

Upon successful completion of the preliminary ON-Site checks and Tests the

purchaser's and the Seller's representative shall check that all required system

documentation, in its final form was delivered to the purchaser. All error and

insufficiencies in the system documentation, (manuals, drawings, software) shall be

corrected by the Seller before the system is accepted by the purchaser. Duly

corrected system documentation shall be furnished to purchaser and

Consultant.


2.17.4 Performance and Guarantee Test and Acceptance of the System by purchaser

Dynamic load tests while maintaining safe process conditions and without endangering the

equipment. All tests will be performed with the system in automatic mode:

a) Drop 50 per cent of maximum load capability from approximately full load at a rate of 10

per cent per minute.

b) Drop load from full rated output to the lowest load runback limit, at a rate corresponding to

the fastest runback rate.

c) Pick up 50 per cent of the maximum load capability from approximately 50 per cent load at

a rate of 10 per cent per minute.

During transient conditions causing deviation of process variables, the control

system furnished under this specification shall not permit deviations which exceed those

permitted by the manufactures of the controlled process equipment, for load demand changes

upto 10 percent of rated full load capability per minute. Controlled process variables shall

return to normal in a stable manner and without any loop interactions or cycling of

generation when generation matches unit load demand.

2.18 Painting

The plant shall be painted before dispatch to Site. Painting specifications are furnished hereunder.

To facilitate correct re-assembly of gearing, turbines, vessels, etc. at Site, colour identification shall

be applied to each plant piece and its associated equipment of the plant and parts, within a series

or train of similar pieces.

2.19 Preparation of surfaces

Prior to treatment, the metal surface shall be cleaned of dirt and grease, layer of rust, weld spatter etc. These shall be removed by pickling, power tool chipping, de-scaling, sanding, wire brushing or grinding. For wire brush cleaning, the wire brush shall be applied carefully over the surface in vertical and horizontal direction.

For motor driven cleaning, brush, tube cleaner and disk sander shall be used. The work shall be done in such a way that the brush is applied over two times on each portion of the object to be treated. Either feather type or gear type cutter shall be attached to the tube cleaner. Application of the cutter shall be done carefully in the longitudinal direction except for unavoidable cases.

Recommended types of paints Painting for Machinery, Equipment of the Plant, and Piping shall be applied as follows:

Primary coat Red Oxide Paint


Under Coat Pthalic Anhydride Paint Finish Coat Pthalic Anhydride Paint Corrosion protection Pitch based resinous (wherever required) Galvanized Steel Internal surface of vessels, tanks, heat exchangers, etc.

Machine finished surface where performance will be adversely affected if painted. In the case of

layered painting, the next painting shall be applied after cleaning the surface of the previous layer and

after a gap of minimum 8 hours drying.

Painted Film Thickness

The thickness of finish painted film shall be even. The standard thickness values to be measured by net micro-thickness gauge shall be as follows:

Red Oxide paint Over 125 (4 coat basis)

Phallic acid resin paints Over 150 (4 coat basis)

2.20 Packing

All equipment of the Plant shall be packed as necessary to provide adequate protection during

delivery to Site.

The Goods shall be fully protected from weather and corrosion by suitable paint,

preserving grease or wax paper together with silica-gel or any other protective

hygroscopic material, as may be required.

The packing cases shall be lined internally with tarred paper or polythene and the lids lined

internally with roofing paper.

The packing cases shall be of substantial timber construction screwed or nailed together and shall

be provided with skids preventing direct contact with the ground or floor, and permitting the use of

fork-lift trucks or slinging for lifting by cranes.

Small items shall be gathered together and transported in packing cases.


ANNEXURE IV

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS

2.1 Pipelines and fittings

All hot and cold water, process fluid , bled vapours, live steam, low pressure steam and exhaust steam lines shall

be suitable for 65 KLPD T.S.

The following shall be adhered to as applicable.

Velocities for various materials:

a) Water : Suction 1.0 m/second

Delivery 2 m/second

b) Condensate : Suction 1.0 m/second

Delivery 1.25 m/second

2.2 Pressure and temperature drop:

a) Pressure drop in HP piping shall not exceed 1.0 kg/ cm2g from super heater outlet to the inlet of

TSV of power turbines.

b) Temperature drop in HP piping shall not exceed 10 deg C. from super heater outlet to the TSV of

power turbine.

2.3 Safety/Relief Valves

a) Safety valves to be provided in the steam pipe lines wherever necessary. Blow off pipes shall

extend beyond the roof/factory building.

b) Safety valves in the exhaust and reduced pressure lines shall be lever operated.

c) Suitable drains, valves, steam traps etc. shall be provided in all steam lines, where necessary.

2.4 Pipelines & Fittings

Cast Iron Pipes and Fitting

The pipes shall be of class ‘B’ and shall conform to IS:1537-1976 specifications and integrally cast

flanged joints or spun pipes with screwed ends on flanges as per IS:1536-1976 shall be used.

The pipe fittings shall be of class ‘B; and shall conform to IS:1538 (Part I to XXIV-1976)

specifications. Only flanged joints shall be used. One side of the flanges shall be machined in case

all pipe fitting.


Mild Steel Pipes

All mild steel pipes and pipe fittings used for conveying of air, cold water, hot water (except

boiler feed water) oil (except oil for hydraulic accumulators), process fluid etc. shall conform to

IS:1239 (part-I)-1976 and IS:1239 (part-II)-1982 specifications of all piping class ‘C’ (heavy)

thickness. The thickness of mild steel pipes having diameter more than 200 mm shall be 8 mm. and

above as agreed upon.

In case of all piping above 40 mm NB, only flanged joints shall be used. All flanges to be as per

IS:6392-1971 or equivalent as agreed. All mating flanges for valves and pumps shall be in

compliance with the equipment.

Live Steam, Exhaust Steam and Boiler Feed Water Piping

a) These shall conform to I.B.R. wherever applicable. The thickness of exhaust and vapour steam

piping shall be minimum 8 mm in case of 300 mm dia upto 600 mm dia and 10 mm thick for pipes

above 600 mm dia.

b) In case of bends, flanges shall be provided at least at one end. All steam expansion bellows shall be

of stainless steel tested at 1.5 times the exhaust steam pressure.

c) Valves shall be provided in each branch line of condenser, reduced pressure steam lines, water

separater, drain, steam trap etc.

d) All delivery line of process fluid and water of centrifugal pumps shall have non return valves.

Water connections to be provided at each station for cleaning.

e) All exhaust steam valves for evaporator and distillation columns shall be right angle valves with

S.S. internals.

2.5 Cooling water preservation

2.5.1 All bearing and oil cooling water to be collected in a suitably designed metallic tank which should

be installed at a suitable place. Two pumps (one as stand by) complete with motors, starters, etc.

should be provided to pump this water into the receiving funnel of the cooling water of

power house turbo sets for which the funnel should be designed suitably.

2.5.2 Cooling water so collected from power house and other sections should be taken by gravity to

service water sump with bypass arrangement to injection channels.

2.5.3 Necessary pipes & fittings for above are included in the scope of supply of the sellers.

2.6 Supporting Steel Structures.

2.6.1. Material Handling & flow should be gravity flow type


2.6.2 Necessary staging for all the machinery including supporting columns, integral floor structure,

stair cases, railings etc. shall be in supplier scope.

2.6.3 Other machinery except those on floor level shall have its own supporting steel staging. Pipelines,

mill and power house cranes, condensers, flash tanks, cyclones separators can be supported on

building columns. No weight of other machinery or platform shall be transmitted to building

columns.

2.6.4 All operating floors of the distillery shall have mild steel chequered or perforated or grating

flooring. Keeping in view of safety requirements.

2.6.5 All gangways, passages, staircases, working platform and railings shall be conveniently placed.

2.6.6 A clear working platform of at least 2.0 m width should be provided in working front of process

equipment shall be 1000 mm. In case of other units a clear working platform of at least 1.2 m

width to be provided.

2.6.7 All statutory requirement regarding staging platform stair cases, safety devices etc. should be

consider by the sellers during the design stage.

2.6.8 All the stair cases with railings for approach of metallic platforms shall be in sellers scope. Only

the stair cases with railings for approaching the RCC platform/ staging shall be in the scope of civil

contractors of purchasers.

2.7 Material Specifications

a) Gun metal used for bushes and bearings shall conform to IS:318-1965.

b) White metal used for lining of bearings shall conform to IS:25-1966.

c) Phosphorous bronze castings shall conform to IS:28-1975.

d) The drive pinions shall be made of cast steel as per IS:2708- 1973 B, Grade III and gear wheels

as per IS:2708-1973 Grade II.

e) Cast iron flexible couplings shall conform to IS:2693-1964.

f) Glass wool for vessels piping shall conform to IS:3690-1974 type 2. Mineral wool shall

conform to IS:5696-1970. The thickness should be to suit the temperature and diameter of pipe.

g) Sheet rubber shall conform to type 8 of IS:638-1965. Grades to suit the nature of work.

h) Compressed asbestos fibre shall conform to IS:2712-1971.

i) Cast iron sluice valves shall conform to IS:780-1969.

j) Gun metal valves (not used for live steam) shall be heavy duty and shall conform to IS:778-2972.


k) Plummer blocks use for roller bearings shall conform to IS:4773- 1968.

l) The slide rails for electric motors, if of grey cast iron conform to grade 15 of IS:210-1962. The

slide rails shall be as IS:2968-1964.

m) Mild steel plates shall conform to IS:2062-1969.

n) Structural steel and mild steel plates conforming to IS:226-1975 or equivalent shall be used

for the fabrication of non process equipment.

o) All brass tubes shall be of 70:30 alloy conforming to alloy Number 1 of IS:407-1966.

2.8 Plant & Equipment

a) All process pumps screened or unscreened shall have S.S bodies with S.S. impellers and S.S.

shafts.

b) Test cocks should be provided in condensate outlets of all units individually for testing water

contamination. All the condensate pumps delivery lines should have 50 mm NB connection with a

valve to let out the water in the drain, as and when contamination is defected.

c) All non-return valves shall be ISI marked.

d) All the valves (both gate & globe) should be of rising spindle valves.

e) All the tail pipes of the condensers are to be provided with suitable duck foot bend at the bottom so

as to enable blind the tail pipe during the season/off season for hydraulic testing of vapour line.

f) All the centrifugal pumps should have stop and non-return valves in the delivery pipes.

g) Suitable capacity steam traps shall be provided in exhaust steam lines and drain pipes with valves

etc. in case of vapour pipes.

h) Water meters of adequate capacity should be provided as required for metering the quantity of

water consumption wherever required.

i) Sheet metal electrical panels paint should be oven baked.

j) The valves in the Feed Line between the two bodies of the evaporators should be of globe type

only.

k) All motors shall be provided with suitable size and range with separate ampere meters.

l) All squirrel cage motors beyond 25 BHP shall be provided with automatic star delta starters.

m) The reducing and de-superheating stations shall be fully automatic.


n) All the cranes shall have box type bridge girders only.

2.9 General

a) The deliveries of materials shall be accompanied with clear detailed packing lists in triplicate

noting therein gross weight of the packages as well as the net weight, wherever possible.

However, in case of brass tubes, net weight must be provided.

b) Good quality jointing shall be used at all flanges joints commensurate with the pressure as well as the

materials to be handled. For high pressure pipeline, only S.S. spiral bound jointing shall be used.

c) Boiler refractory work : The Sellers have to provide all necessary refractory, both ordinary and

special inclusive of standard and special fire bricks, fire cement, fire clay, asbestos ropes, asbestos

sheets, etc. for boilers chimney and hot air ducts. The ducting between the boiler and chimney and

the entire boiler brick work will also be the sellers responsibility. Red bricks and port land

cement, sand and lime shall be provided by the purchasers.

d) The Sellers agree that building column and trusses shall not be utilized for lifting weights of

machinery during erection.

e) In case any building column, beam etc. is to bear additional loads, the Sellers have to clearly

indicate the same and inform the purchasers well in advance of stipulated period.

f) All material used in manufacture, fabrication and erection of machinery shall conform to the

specifications laid down in material specifications given earlier.

Where specifications are not given, standard engineering practices shall be followed.

g) All instruments must have dust, moisture proof casing to avoid failure of these during operation

even in unsatisfactory working conditions. The supplier of instruments has to provide trouble

shooting and inspection manual and training to the technical staff of the distillery.

h) Each turbo set shall have a separate steam flow meter in its inlet line, preferably in the vicinity of

TSV.

2.10 Key plan of factory building

The key plan for factory buildings and engineering layout of the Distillery equipment shall be finalized by

the sellers and purchaser within 15 days of signing the agreement. The following will be considered

while finalizing the layout.

2.10.1 The plant shall have a forced feed arrangement for Distillation and gravity flow for fermentation.

2.10.2 Suitable provision may be made for a nominal future expansion for expansion in critical equipment.

2.10.3 Cooling after supply to and return from condensers and coolers shall be through a common

prescribed header in each individual section.


ANNEXURE V

ELECTRICALS & INSTRUMENTATION AND AUTOMATION

Statutory Requirements

5.1 Online Mass Flow meters:

a. Depending upon the plant conditions like size, flow rate, specific gravity, viscosity, vendor shall

furnish detailed sizing calculations showing mass flow rate accuracy, pressure drop, velocities at

the operating steps.

b. Weights and measures certification and stamping from regional Weights and Measures authority

shall be provided.

c. Manufacturer shall have facility for weight calibration of mass flow meter in the flow

laboratory as per NIST standards.

5.2 Instrumentation Panel

All the panel mounted instruments which are integral part of the following control and

measurement systems shall be housed in a well designed, fabricated and wired instrumentation panel.

� Online Mass Flow Meter for process fluid and water

� On line conductivity measurement of condensate water

� Boiler Instrumentation and Automation � Turbine supervisory system

5.3 DETAILS OF DCS System BASED INTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL:

Various process parameters like Pressure, Temperature, Level, Flow etc. are sensed by the

transmitters. The transmitters will send the proportional signal to the Programmable Logic

Controller (DCS System). These signals are wired to the Input Channels of the DCS System. DCS

System is interfaced with computer through a special data cable. PC will access all the data in the DCS

System and display it in the user-friendly SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) software.

The outputs from the DCS System derived from the control loops are wired to the respective control

valves.

Sr.No

Equipment

Specification

Remarks

1.

DCS System Panel

As Per Standard Norms

1 No. Common

2.

Operating Station with SCADA

software, 1 no. Printer and 1 no. UPS As per Standard Norms

1 No. Printer & UPS is

Common for both PCs


Note :

1. For Liquefaction, Fermentation, Distillation and Evaporation sections, indication and control will be

from DCS System panel.

2. Common PC- DCS System DCS System -SCADA system considered for Fermentation, MPR

Distillation plants has been considered with PC terminals. The PC terminals shall be put in the

same instruments control room.

3. Temperature Indications for various fermentors in fermentation section shall be shown on PC.

4. Common control room (for Instrumentation Panel) for Fermentation, Distillation Sections being

considered near the Fermentation Section.

5. Common room for all MCC panels being considered near Fermentation Section.

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL WORK FOR LIQUIFACTION, SIMULTANEOUS FERMENTATION,

DISTILLATION, EVAPORATION AND BIOMETHANATION SECTIONS ALONGWITH AUXILIARIES

FOR THESE SECTIONS:

1. MCC’ S will be made from CRCA ( Cold Rolled Cold Annealed ) sheet metal fabrication. MCC will

be non-drawout type, compartmentalized, Non flame proof type with HRC fuse system and

located at non flame proof area.

MCC will be fabricated from 14/16 gauge MS CRCA sheet, floor mounted, suitable for indoor installation,

vermin/dust proof, weatherproof with IP42 degree of protection. Cable entry shall be from the bottom as a

standard feature. Top cable entry may be provided, if required. Each starter of MCC will consist of : SFU (

Switch fuse unit ) for compartmentalized MCC.

Contactor

Overload Relay for compartmentalized MCC.

ON / Trip indication.

Emergency stop stay – put push button.

Motor rating above 15 KW, Star Delta starter will be provided. For motor rating above 15 KW, Current

Transformer will be provided in Y – phase with ammeter to read the current.

Incomer of MCC will be:

MCCB (Moulded Case Circuit breaker) for rating below 800 Amp.

ACB (Air Circuit breaker) for rating including and above 800 Amp.


2. INTERNAL POWER WIRING

All the power wiring inside MCC panel will be carried out by using copper wire. The sizes will be as

follows:

Motor rating Wire size

For DOL Starter

Upto 5.5 KW 2.5 mm Upto 7.5 KW 2.5 m m

2 Upto 9.3 KW 4.0 m m

2 Upto 11.0 KW 6.0 m m

2 Upto 15.0 KW 10.0 m m2 Upto 18.5 KW 10.0 m m

2 Motor rating

Cable size (supply

side)

Cable size (motor

side)

For Star – Delta Starter

Upto 18.5 KW 10.0 m m 4.0 m m2

Upto 22 KW 16.0 m m 6.0 m m2

Upto 30 KW 25.0 m m 10.0 m m2 Upto 45 KW 50.0 m m 25.0 m m

2

3. EARTHING

Earthing would be done using G.I. pipe rods as per I.S. standards. G.I. conductor earthing will be done for

all electrical equipment and non current carrying metallic structures / tanks. G.I. conductors will be used for

lightning protection, connected directly to separate earth pit.

4. POWER AND CONTROL CABLES

Individual motors will be connected to MCC by 1.1 kV grade, PVC sheathed armoured cables. Cable sizes

for respective motor rating will be as follows :

Motor upto 1.5 kW 1 No. x 3 core x 2.5 m Copper Motor above 1.5 kW & upto 5.5 kW 1 No. x 3 core x 4.0 m m

2 Aluminum Motor above 5.5 KW & upto 11 KW 1 No. x 3 core x 6.0 m m

2 Aluminium Motor 15 KW 1 No. x 3 core x 10.0 m m Aluminium Motor 18.5 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 10.0 m m

2 Aluminum Motor above 18.5 KW & upto 26 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 16.0 m m

2 Aluminum Motor 30 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 25.0 m m

2 Aluminum Motor above 30 KW & upto 45 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 25.0 m m

2 Aluminum Motor 52 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 35.0 m m

2 Aluminum Motor above 52 KW & upto 75 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 50.0 m m

2 Aluminum Motor 90 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 70.0 m m2 Aluminum Motor 110 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 95.0 m m

2 Aluminum Control cable for push button station 1 No. x 3 core x 1.5 m m2 Copper


5. PUSH BUTTON STATION :

Push button station will be provided near the motor wherever required with lock and key system.

Flameproof push button station (as per IS 2148) will be provided for flameproof section and non-

flameproof push button station (as per IS 2147) will be provided for non-flameproof section.

6. CABLE TRAYS

GI cable trays will be provided for indoor application. Cables will be buried in trenches for outdoor

cables.

7. ERECTION MATERIAL

Double compression glands will be provided in flameproof section and single compression glands will be

provided in the non-flameproof section.

5.4 Documentation

The following documents shall be sent to the Purchasers' Consultant for approval.

i) Instrumentation hookup diagram.

ii) P & I diagram. iii) Specification of instruments i.e. Range, make etc.

iv) Orifice plate design calculation data sheet as per BS 1042 for flow meters.

v) Control valve sizing and Cv calculations.

vi) Instrument control panel cutout, foundation and panel wiring drawing.

vii) List and specification of erection material.

*Impulse tubing shall be of SS316/304 15 NB Sch 40 pipe with SS isolating and drain valves.

*Instrument cables from field transmitters to panel shall be 1.5 mm x 2 core Cu conductor armoured cable.

The following documents shall be submitted in triplicate along with instruments to the end user:

i) Erection drawing and instrumentation calibration and test reports.

ii) Operation and servicing manuals.

5.5 Central data acquisition system

It shall be possible to connect all the data loggers to the centralized PC based data acquisition system

5.6 Instrumentation Control Rooms To achieve the desired working performance of various instrumentation measurement and control system

even under extreme conditions like shock, vibrations, humidity, electrical interference installation of

instrumentation panel shall be done in well designed and constructed rooms as per the standard

instrumentation practices.


ANNEXURE VI

PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS

3.1 Process plant

3.1.1 Capacity:-

Total Spirit : 65000 LPD (95% v/v)

A.A. : 60000 LPD (95% v/v)

CO2 : 30 TPD (Liquid)

3.1.2 Fermentation Efficiency : Min. 90%

3.1.3 Distillation Efficiency

Wash to Ethanol : Min 98.5%

3.1.4 Steam Consumption

Wash to Ethanol : Max. 3.0 kg/BL

3.1.5 Quality of Ethanol : as per table 3.7 below

3.1.6 Quality of CO2 : 99.95%, food grade

3.1.7 Spent Wash generation : Max. 9 Ltrs/ltr TS

3.2 Multi-effect Evaporator

3.2.1 Steam economy : 4.5 Kg evaporation/kg steam

3.2.2 Brix of concentrated Spent Wash: 60-65%

3.2.3 The condensate shall be water clear free from any entrained liquid

3.2.4 The evaporator shall run continuously for a period of minimum 25 days at minimum 60 brix

between the cleanings.


3.3 Boiler:

The boiler shall run continuously for minimum 45 days without requirement of cleaning with

following performance parameters:-

a) Capacity MCR 20 TPH

b) Peak Generation 110% of MCR for 60 minutes

c) Working pressure 45 kg/cm2

(g)

d) Steam temperature 410o

C

e) Steam generation from concentrated Spent wash at 60 brix at Slop and Bagasse

Ratio of 70:30 shall be 1.9 kg/kg of mixed fuel with feed

water temp of 140°C

f) The exit flue gas temperature shall not be more than 180o

C

g) Pressure & temperature drop between super heater outlet and turbine inlet shall not be

more than 0.5 kg/cm and 5o C

h) THE ESP/bag filter system shall achieve the norms as per CPCB/HSPCB standards.

3.4 Turbine

a) The turbine shall produce 2.04 MW power under following parameters;

Inlet Steam parameters : pressure 44 ata

Inlet Steam Temperature : 390o

C

Steam Flow rate : 20 TPH

b) Alternator shall sustain 2500 KW continuous power load at 0.8 lag power factor at rated voltage and

50 cycles

3.5 Power consumption : Maximum 1500 KW

3.6 Alcohol Concentration in Fermented wash: min. 9% v/v

3.7 FUEL ETHANOL (Absolute Alcohol) Specifications (IS – 321-1964 )

Sr. No. Component Unit Specifications 1. Ethanol @ 15.6 deg.C % v/v 99.8 2. Miscibility with water Miscible

3. Alkalinity - Nil 4. Acidity as Acetic acid Mg/lit 30 maximum 5. Residue on Evaporation % by wt 0.005 maximum 6. Aldehydes as Acetaldehyde Mg/lit 60 maximum

7. Copper Mg/kg 0.1 maximum

8. Methanol Mg/lit 300 maximum 9. Fusel Oil Mg/ 100 ml To pass test

All other parameters given in the technical specifications of the equipments


ANNEXURE VII

PRICES BREAKUP OF VARIOUS EQUIPMENT FOR CASH FLOW ARRANGEMENT AND

DELIVERY SCHEDULE

Tentative Format:

S.No. Particulars

Rs. In lakh

Delivery

completed by Capacity

I.

FERMENTATION & DISTILLATION

II.

STEAM GENERATING PLANT

Boiler/s pressure parts & allied

Boiler mountings & allied

Boiler auxiliaries & allied

Boiler instruments & allied

Boiler feed water tank & allied

De aerator & allied

PRDS & allied

Miscellaneous

Sub total

III

POWER GENERATION PLANT

Back pressure turbo set & allied equipment

Main LT distribution panel & allied

a) Main panel & allied equipment

b) Other panels & allied items

c) Cables & allied items

d) Others

Miscellaneous

Sub total

IV

COOLING WATER


Evaporator, condenser & allied plants

Condensate treatment unit with allied

System

Cooling tower system & allied equipment

Miscellaneous

Sub total

V

Alcohol storage and issue

VI

Laboratory with equipments

Grand total of above Six points is Rs……………. Lakhs (Rupees……………………………….) i.e. the

total contract price mentioned as at Clause 3.0 of main agreement.


ANNEXURE VIII

LIST OF APPROVED SUPPLIERS FOR CRITICAL BOUGHT OUT ITEMS

Boilers KCP/ISGEC/CBL/THERMAX

Turbo- Alternators* a) Turbine-/Shin Nippon- Japan, BHEL,TEW,SIEMENs

b) Alternator – TDPS,SIEMENS, BHEL, Kirloskar

Air Blowers/

Vacuum Pumps

USHA/ATLAS COPCO

PPI / TMVT /KAKATI

Twin Lobe Blowers TMVT / PPI / Everest

Plate Heat Exchangers Alfa Laval / Tranter / Funke / Gea

Spiral Heat Exchangers Alfa Laval / Tranter

Centrifugal Pumps- Process Microfinish / SPX -Johnson / KSB / Kirloskar

Centrifugal Pumps - Water Mather & Platt / Kirloskar / KSB /Sulzer/Sintech

Pumps - Metering

S.R. Metering / Cole parmer / Heidelberg Prominent / Milton

Roy

Pumps - Molasses SPX -Johnson / Netzsch / Risansi / Roto / Rotomac

Pumps - Hygenic Alfa Laval / Fristam / SPX / Packo

Vacuum Eductor Schutte Koerting (USA) / Mazda

Mist Eliminator Amistco (USA) / Pace Eng. / Shree Wire

Cooling Towers - FRP Mihir /PAHARPUR

PRS & PRDS Forbes Marshall- Arca / Steam line/ Spirex/ Chemtrols

Air Compressors Chicago Pneumatics /INGERSOLLRAND/KIRLOSKAR

Electrical & Instrumentation

Instrumentation - Globe Control

Valves Samson / Forbes Marshall -Arca/ Dembla

Instrumentation - Butterfly Control

Valves Bray/ Metso Automation

Instrumentation - Pneumatic

Actuated Valves Delval/ Bray /MIL/KOSO/RK Controls / Forbes Marshall


Instrumentation - Magnetic

/Vortex/ Mass Flowmeters E&H/ Yokogawa/ Emerson ( Rosemount)

Instrumentation - Transmitters Siemens/ Yokogawa/ Emerson

Instrumentation DCS System Allen Bradley /Siemens / GE Fanuc/ ABB /Honeywell

Instrumentation - DCS Siemens/ Yokogawa/ ABB/ Allen Bradley /Honeywell

Weighing Scale - Load cell Nova Weigh/ Sartorius

Electrical Cables Gemscab/ Polycab /Havells/ Finolex/L&T

Instrumentation - Cables

Icon cables / Thermopads/ Polycab/ Gemscab/ Havells/

Finolex/L&T

Electrical Motors Crompton/ Bharat Bijlee/ ABB/ Kislosker

Switchgears Schneider/Siemens/ L&T/ ABB

Manual Valves Kartar/KSB/Kirlosker

Valves - Ball Aqua control /Flowjet valves/ Unison

Valves - Butterfly Delval / Yinhe-China /Kartar

Valves - Gate/ Globe/NRV

Flowjet valves/ ZG Valves-China, Kaigong Valves- China/

Metflow/ Expert / /steel strong/ KSB / BDK / Oswal /

Audco/Kartar

Valves - Safety Fainger Lasser / TYCO Sanmar

Hammer Mills Buller, Jacob, Premium Pulman

Decanter Hiller, Humbolt, Alfa Lavel

Note:- In addition to above the equipment registered by NFCSF COMMITTEE (Updated upto 29-May-

2018) vide their letter No. IA-256/2018/Cir NO. 22, Dated :29-05-2018 is also included as make of

equipments.


ANNEXURE IX

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 Whenever there is no particular reference in the agreement about IS/ISO Standards, the

equipments/units should be manufactured/fabricated strictly in accordance with Latest IS/ISO

Standards.

1.2 Inspection at Manufacturer’s workshop prior to dispatch (to be read only those applicable to

distillery equipments / machinery and captive power plant in distillery).

The list of machinery and equipment to be inspected by The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills

Ltd., at manufacturer’s works prior to dispatch.

1.3 The inspection call from OEM/Sub-Vendor should be enclosed with Internal Inspection Report

duly signed by Sub-Vendors authorized person and OEM’s representative.

1.4 During the course of inspection at manufacturer’s workshop, the manufacturer will make available

the following test certificates in respect of raw material for verification.

Material Test Certificate giving chemical composition, physical properties such as ultimate tensile

strength, Elongation %, yield strength, hardness of finished product etc. in respect of steel forgings,

steel castings, boiler drums and tubes, brass tubes, stainless steel tubes steam piping and valves,

components of conveyor chains, enclosed gear boxes and alternator etc.

1.5 At the time of inspection, the manufacturer will provide, free of cost, instruments, measuring

devices such as straight edge, micrometers, DP test chemicals, line dori, verniers, calipers,

‘GO’ and ‘NO GO’ gauges, hardness tester, ultrasonic testing instrument, stroboscope,

vibration meter, noise level measuring instrument, dial gauge, feeler gauge, drift

expansion/flattening test facility for various tubes, breaking load test and hydraulic test facility or

any other instrument or test facility as may be required.

1.6 For Electrical Items, the manufacturer will provide, free of cost, the instruments such as

Secondary Injection Kit, High Voltage Testing Instrument, Megger, Kelvin bridge,

Vibration meter, Stroboscope, Phase sequence tester, Voltmeter, Ammeter, or any other instrument

or test facility as may be required.

- Witnessing ultrasonic testing of drive and driven shafts.

1.7 For Stainless Steel Tubes, Brass tubes and boiler tubes, following inspection shall be carried

out by The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd..

(i) Dimensional checking of random samples.


(ii) Witnessing Destructive Testing of sample tubes drawn at random, for tensile strength,

flattening test, flaring test, reverse bend test, elongation test, acid test as per procedure of

IS:13316-1992 for SS tubes, IS 407 for brass tubes and relevant IS/BS code for boiler

tubes.

(iii) Verification of material test certificates furnished by manufacturer.

(iv) Witnessing hydraulic testing of random samples of SS/brass/boiler economizer &

superheater tubes.

(v) For Boiler Tubes Verification of IBR test certificates, IBR stamping and heat numbers

marked on the tubes, hydraulic test certificate.

1.8 Manufacturers shall also provide dynamic balancing test certificate for high speed rotating

parts, wherever required.

1.9 The Inspecting Officer of The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. shall be within his rights to

bring to the notice of the manufacturer/sellers, any defects and deviations observed from the

approved drawings / agreement specifications / standard engineering practices / relevant Indian /

British / DIN / API codes etc. and the manufacturer / Seller shall be required to rectify such

defects and deviations at their own cost. Such inspection by SCSM or its nominees shall not

absolve the manufacturer / sellers from their responsibility of supplying the machinery and

equipment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the

agreement.

1.10 The OEM/Sub-Vendor shall arrange test motors, gear boxes for witnessing, no load

running trial of their equipment.


ANNEXURE X

1 PARAMETER FOR INSPECTION AT MANUFACTURER’S WORKS

2.1 Dimensional and Quality check up

2.2 Heat Exchangers, Condensers

2.3 Distillation Columns, Plats & Caps and other internals.

2.4 D.C. MOTOR DRIVES

(i) For D.C. Motors.

- Witnessing measurement of resistances and insulation values for main and field windings:

Witnessing H.V. test.

- Witnessing no load trial and full load trial for relevant standards as described in IS

4722 and BS:5000 for temperature rise of windings.

- Witnessing measurement of vibrations as per IS 12075 during running trial.

- Scrutiny of test certificate for dynamic balancing and ultrasonic testing of rotor shaft.

NOTE : Type test shall also be witnessed in respect of any new size or design of manufacture of DC

motor.

(ii) For Thyrister and Control Panels:

- Testing of thyrister Panel for temperature rise as per relevant class of duty.

- Checking of functioning of various protection devices and relays.

(a) AC Motor

Testing procedure with control panel as prescribed in the latest IS code.

(b) Hydraulic drives for Mills


Procedure to be finalized in consultation with manufacturers.

2.4.1 Enclosed Transmission Gear Boxes

- Checking up of dimensions, handing and reduction ratio,

- Witnessing the no load running trial at full input speed of each gear box fitted with

forced lubrication system at partial loading by damping.

- Open Inspection:

- Checking up of tooth contact and blue impressions.

- Measurement of back lash, tooth contact area, hardness of shaft and gear wheel and pinion,

oil circulation system and nozzle location etc.

- Teeth surface finish checking – visually.

- Verification of material composition certificate, ultrasonic test and dynamic

balancing certificate stress relieving & physical test report, for gears/pinions/shafts.

- Verification of Service Factor, H.P. rating calculations ,and Pressure Lubrication System

having 2 pumps, 2 motors,coolers, 2 micro filters etc.

- Routine test certificate of gearboxes.

2.5 BOILER

2.5.1 Pressure Parts :

- Dimensional checking of drum, wall thickness, tube hole sizes (with go-no-go gauge),

drum internals.

- Verification of material composition certificate for drum, tubes, super heater and

economiser elements and tube holes size in drum, stress relieving certificate for drum,

header, etc.

- Hydraulic test of headers and economiser coil and super heater coil etc.

- Witnessing destructive testing of random selected sample of boiler tubes as per para 1.9,

and checking of tube thickness, o.d. and IBR stamping verification.

2.5.2 D.C. / A.C. variable frequency Motor Drives for ID/FD fans

Inspection and testing as per procedure described in para 2.1.7 (b) in case D.C. motors

and as per relevant IS code in case of A.C. motors.

2.5.3 ID/FD/SA Fans:

- Verification of impeller curvature, wearpad for ID, test certificates for dynamic balancing

of impeller of ID, FD, SA fan etc. and sizes of plate s thickness etc.


- Verification of calculations for capacity and head of fans.

- Dimensional verification as per approved drawing.

- Witnessing measurement of free air delivery/capacity.

- Witnessing ultrasonic testing of shafts of fans.

- MTC for shaft, characteristic curves for fan performance etc.

2.5.4 Furnace Grate Assembly

- Dimensions of assembled frame sizes. etc.

- Operation of grate bar movement & traveling grate movement by fitting of auxiliary

drive.

- Checking of grate bar hole details and hardness and MTC

2.5.5 Oil firing equipment assembly - Running trial of the system.

- MTC, RTC and hydraulic testing certificate for individual equipment.

2.6 HEAT EXCHANGES

- Verification of tube plate thickness, door thickness and door straightness etc.

Measurement of tube plate holes size checking by go and no-go gauge, no. of holes

per pass, no. of passes, lay out of passes on top and bottom covers, condensate

outlet connection, noxious gas connection,drains, airvent connection, checking of

door-tightening arrangement with T-bolt/I bolt with individual pin arrangement,

Steam/Vapour entry connections , ligament, welding quality, distance between tube

plates and alignment, variation pitch of holes, witnessing hydraulic testing of steam,

vapour and double beat valve etc.

- Condensate outlet connection, noxious gases connection, drains/air vent

connections, checking of steam/vapour connections.

- For plate type heaters, measurement of thickness of plates, size, gasket and hydraulic

testing, scrutiny of material test certificate for S.S.

- Tube plate holes to be finished by reaming.

- Inspection and testing of S.S./Brass tubes shall be as per para 1.9.

2.7 Air Compressors and Vacuum Pumps - Dimensional checking

- Witnessing measurement of free air delivery with nozzle test, measurement of power

consumption as described in BS: 1571 part II.

- Checking pressure setting for valves, auto cut -off, bearing temps, cooling system

checking.

- Verification of hydraulic test certificate and material test certificate.


2.8 Evaporators

- Verification of dimensions of calandria, body, catchall, tube plate thickness, holes etc.,

measurement of tube holes with go and no go gauge, alignment and distance between tube

plates, ligament and pitch for tube holes, welding quality, witnessing hydraulic

testing of steam and vapour valves etc.

- Checking the Layout of holes in the tube plate and its finish by Reaming,

condensate outlet connections, noxious gases outlet connection, vapour inlet sizes,

ovality of calandria, if any, tube plate straightness and tie rod fixing.

- Checking of save all construction & plate thickness & curvature of vanes etc. - Inspection

and testing of S.S./Brass tubes shall be as per para 1.9

2.9 CONDENSING AND COOLING SYSTEM

2.9.1 Dimensional checking for condenser and ejector and material of construction with MTC.

2.9.2 Witnessing of hydraulic testing of condenser, ejector and tail pipe at 2 kg/cm2 g, nozzle plate

details, nozzle convergent angle and distance.

2.9.3 Nozzle details of condenser/ejector.

2.10 Cooling Tower

- Verification of service factor for gear boxes.

- Verification of capacity of fans

- Dimensional checking of fans

- Witnessing of no load running trial of fans

- Measurement of vibration noise level capacity of fans.

- Scrutiny of material test certificate for gear box & blades.

2.11 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES, EXHAUST AND VAPOUR PIPING (i) PRDS Station

- Checking up of pressure reducing valves, bypass valves,

- Pneumatic control checking

- Desuper heater checking and water spray trial

- Hydraulic testing of valves and vessels.

2.12 Exhaust piping and vapour piping and valves more than 400 MM, NB size.

- Verification of dimensions, thickness, welding quality.


- Checking of valves for its components and witnessing hydraulic testing at 6kg/cm2.

- Verification of general arrangement drawing of exhaust/vapour piping.

2.13 POWER TURBINES AND ELECTRICALS

2.13.1 Turbo gear Unit with its Base frame

2.13.2 Witnessing the no load running trial for each power turbine fitted with its gear box,

governor and forced lubrication system and checking up of functioning of protective

devices.

2.13.3 Measurement of vibrations – Amplitude, Velocity, Frequency, Acceleration, Noise Level as

per latest standards.

2.13.4 Checking oil cooler for its material and witnessing of hydraulic testing.

2.13.5 Verification of residual imbalance as per latest standards.

2.13.6 Verification of test certificates for hydraulic testing of casings, rotor material test

certificates, balancing certificate of rotor, blade surface crack and verification of Heat

nos., Sl. No. of rotor, casing and turbine/test etc.

2.13.7 Checking up of protective devices functioning while running at no load, rated speed such as

Over Speed Trip, Low Lub-Oil Pressure, High Exhaust Pressure, Aux. Pump Cut Off/On

etc.

2.13.8 Checking blade construction and sizes as per data sheet.

2.13.9 Open inspection of turbine and gear box – to examine condition of rotor, bearings, tooth

contact of gears, back lash, hardness of gear, verification of service factor from catalogue

and calculation with relevant standards, thrust clearance, clearance between moving and

stationery blades, bearing clearance, trueness of rotor disc face.

2.13.10 verification of Characteristic Curve for Steam Consumption versus Load.

2.13.11 Verification of Turbine Correction Factor Chart for variation of pressure, temperature for

inlet steam and exhaust steam in relation to the Design Parameters.


2.13.12 Open inspection of power turbine, rotor, gear box, bearings, checking up of tooth

contact, back lash, bearings, etc.

2.13.13 Verification of HP rating calculations for gear box.

2.14 Alternator for T.G. set

2.14.1 Witnessing tests as described in latest IS 4722 such as insulation test and measurement of

resistances of main field, main windings, exciter armature, and exciter field.

2.14.2 Witnessing of open circuit test, short circuit test, overload test and H.V. test as per IS-4722.

2.14.3 Verification of test certificates for ultrasonic testing and dynamic balancing of rotor.

2.14.4 Phase sequence checking and verification of direction of rotation.

2.14.5 Functional testing of AVR with alternator and regulation test, over voltage relay

functional testing, on both AVR which are independent.

2.14.6 Vibration measurement as per IS 12075 and sound level measurement during no load

running trial of the alternator.

2.14.7 Shaft current measurement.

2.15 ELECRICALS

2.15.1 Alternator Control & Excitation Panels for TG sets, MCC, Main distribution panel, Bus bar

turnking, Bus coupler panel, APFC Panel, Control panel for DG set, Control panels for

centrifugal machines.

2.15.2 Verification of dimensions and makes of different components.

2.15.3 Testing of simulation of various protective devices in each panel.

2.15.4 H.V. and insulation test of each panel assembly, each MCC assembly and bus bar trunking

assembly.

2.15.5 No load sequence operation test of each panel assembly.

2.15.6 Verification of single line diagram of electrical distribution system as well as size of bus

bars and cables and quantity of power factor improving capacitors.

NOTE: Type test as per IS 4722 shall also be witnessed in respect of any new size or design or

manufacturer of alternator.

2.16 POWER HOUSE CRANE.

- As per standard practice and factory act of testing for manually operated cranes.


2.17 H.P. STEAM PIPING

2.17.1 Distribution Header

2.17.2 Witnessing of the Hydraulic Testing of Header. 2.17.3 Dimensional checking

2.17.4 Verification or material test certificate, IBR approval.

2.18 H.P. Piping

2.18.1 Checking up Pressure Drop Calculations, Pipe Sizes with reference to Flow and Velocity

and general arrangement drawing.

2.18.2 Checking flexibility analysis, Scrutiny of material Test Certificate for the H.P. Piping.

2.18.3 Checking and hydraulic testing of pipes and manipulation as per approved drawing. 2.18.4

Checking of IBR stamping of pipings and flanges.

2.19 Steam Separators

2.19.1 Material test certificate verification 2.19.2 Dimension at check

2.19.3 Witnessing of hydraulic testing

2.20 Valves covered by IBR (covering over and above 100 mm size, 20 kg/cm2

pressure) 2.20.1

Dimensional checking

2.20.2 Witnessing hydraulic testing of sample drawn at random in each size.

2.20.3 Scrutiny of test certificate given by manufacturer and C.I.B.

2.20.4 IBR – stamping etc.

2.21 MISCELLANEOUS

2.21.1 All C.I. Valves above 150 mm NB, all C.I. Pipes, Tees, Bend etc.

2.21.2 Checking up of dimensions, internals and scrutiny of test certificate for S.S. components.

2.21.3 Witnessing hydraulic testing of valves and pipes selected at random.


ANNEXURE XI

SCHEDULE OF SUBMISSION OF DRAWINGS, MANUALS & OTHER DOCUMENTS

4.1 Submission of drawings

4.1.1 Finalization of tentative layout (within 20 days from the date of signing of the agreement)

showing the provision for future equipment required of ultimate capacity,

in consultation with The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.

4.1.2 Within 30 days from the date of signing of the agreement, 2 copies of the general layout of

the factory building showing the positions of the equipment and connecting channels if

any, etc. for the approval of the Purchaser. In the general layout, the Sellers shall also

show the span, center to center distance of column, height of the trusses of the main

factory buildings, span of the power house crane together with their maximum wheel load

etc. The Purchaser shall unless they have any objection approve the same in writing or

indicate the corrections (required to be incorporated by sellers) subject to which the

drawings can be deemed as approved so that the purchaser can go ahead further

to save time. The sellers shall however incorporate the required correction and

submit 6 copies of general layout for final approval and records.

4.1.3 Within 15 days from the date of receipt of approval of general layout of the factory

building as in 1.1 above, 2 copies of the engineering layout of the plant and machinery for

the approval of the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall unless they have any objection,

approve this layout in writing and dispatch it with their approval/comments (by which

the drawings can be deemed as approved – for saving time for execution) to the

sellers within 10 days of its receipt. Sellers shall incorporate the required correction (if

any) and submit 6 copies of engineering layout for final approval and records.

4.1.4 Within 10 days from the date of approval of engineering layout as above, 2 copies of the

detailed process flow diagram of the Distillery plant for

approval by the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall unless they have objection

approve the same in writing and despatch their approval/comments to the Sellers within

15 days of its receipt. If correction is sought by Purchaser the Sellers shall incorporate

the same and submit 6 copies of detailed process flow diagram for the final approval and

implementation.

4.1.5 Within one week of finalization of engineering layout the Sellers shall, in consultation

with Purchaser, Architect and Civil Contractor of Purchaser, indicate the dates in the

proforma given below so as to commission the plant and machinery by the stipulated date

i.e. …………………….


S.No.

Description

Drawing &

details to be

received

from the

Sellers

Completion of

designing of

foundations by the

Architect &

submission to Sellers

for comments and

approval

Completion date of

foundation by civil

contractor for

starting the

erection work

Date of start and

completion of

supervision of

erection by the

Sellers

1 2 4 6

a) Boiler/s pressure parts

b) Boiler auxiliaries

c) Water treatment plant(s) and storage tank(s)

d) Chimney (Duct opening only)

e) Boiler house shed .

a) Foundations for columns

b) Erection of trusses, alignment & grouting

c) Roofing

d) Side cladding

e) Walling if any

f) Stair cases

g) Fermentation and Distillation plant.



c) Roofing

d) Side cladding

e) Walling if any

f) Stair cases

g) Boiler Chimney .

h) Turbo-alternator set/s

i) Ear thing and lighting yard

l) Power house shed .



c) Roofing

d) Side cladding

e) Walling if any

f) Stair cases


g) Electricals including trenches

h) Cooling towers .

i) Cooling tower basin details

j) cooling tower supports foundations.

4.1.6 Progressively and in proper sequence, within 3 months of the date of signing this

Agreement, 2 copies of the following shall be submitted to The Shahabad Cooperative

Sugar Mills Ltd. for their approval. The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. shall

return the drawings within 2 weeks with due comments/approval. Sellers shall

incorporate the correction, if suggested by The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.,

and submit 6 sets of drawings for final approval and implementation.

a) Layout of the pipelines, including live and exhaust steam lines, vapour pipelines,

process pipe details, cold and hot water lines and single line diagram for

electric power installation showing all the details etc.

b) Drawings of the staging for the plant and machinery along with a stability certificate

from a Chartered Structural Engineer.

4.1.7 Progressively within 4 months from the date of signing of the Agreement, 6 copies of all

general arrangement drawings and instruction manuals as may be required for running

and maintenance of the plant and machinery, pipelines, electrical installation etc. except

that in case of imported machines all drawings and instruction manuals in respect

thereof, shall wherever necessary for running and maintenance of the plant and

machinery be submitted at the time of delivery.

4.1.8 In all cases where provision exists for approval of the drawings, by diagrams of layouts, by

Purchasers one copy of the said drawings, diagrams or layout shall be returned to the

Sellers with the comments/approval in writing thereon by the Purchasers within the time

provided therefore. While drawings are required to be resubmitted for approval, 6

copies of the revised drawings shall be submitted to the purchaser by the sellers within 2

weeks of the receipt of the latter's' comments.

4.1.9 Purchaser shall have the right to suggest minor modifications to be made in the drawings,

diagrams or layout as in their opinion may appear necessary for more efficient

functioning of the plant and machinery and as may be mutually agreed upon by the

Sellers and Purchasers.

4.1.10 The drawings to be furnished by sellers for constructing the civil foundation should

indicate the load data considered viz. additional load of future equipment wherever

required.


4.1.11 Mistakes in drawings

The Sellers shall be responsible for and shall pay for any alternations of the plant and

machinery due to any discrepancies of errors or omissions in the drawings or other

particulars supplied by them whether such drawings or particulars have been approved by

the Purchasers or not.

4.1.12 Manuals and other drawings

The sellers shall submit the following information, progressively within 45 days of

signing the agreement.

4.1.12.1 6 (six) sets of civil scope design data and necessary information in respect of all civil and

structural engineering work including cable trenches, drains etc., to be carried out by the

Purchaser. Design data should contain enough information on static load and other design

data required for detailed calculations and designs for all plant buildings, structures,

misc. works etc.

4.1.12.2 6 (six) sets of plans for equipment layout drawings showing all the details of the relevant

location and space requirement of each item of plant and equipment.

4.1.12.3 6 (six) copies of flow sheets, showing the details of the flows pertaining to raw-

materials, utilities and other inputs, items of machinery and equipments etc.

4.1.12.4 6 (six) copies of the plant operation and maintenance manuals containing specifications

and detailed working guidance for each item of equipment, maintenance procedures,

specifications of lubricants (of at least 4 prominent National lubricant oil manufacturers)

recommended for all machinery and equipment to enable the Purchaser to arrange for the

procurement of the same.

4.1.12.5 6 (six) copies of the manuals of instructions for care and safe custody of plant and

equipment at site and for their erection prior to the despatch of the plant and

equipment.

4.1.12.6 Such other information, explanation and advises as may be requested from time to time by

the Purchasers with regard to the installation, erection start-up and operation of the plant

for and upto a period of 2 (two) years after commissioning.


4.1.12.7 3 months before commissioning of the plant & machinery the seller shall furnish to the

Purchasers the following:

a) 3 sets of list of all Ball/Roller bearings fitted in the Distillery Plant indicating

bearing numbers, make and place of use etc.

b) 3 sets of list of all electric motors installed in the Distillery plant (equipment wise

stating motor type, HP & rpm etc.)

c) 3 sets of list of all reduction gear boxes installed in the plant indicating the place

of use, gear box type, ratio, hp rating and service factor etc.

d) 3 sets of list of all pumps installed in the plant indicating the type of pump, duty,

discharge & total head etc.

e) 3 sets of list of all coupling bushes, oil seals etc. fitted in the plant indicating the

place of use, type & sizes etc.


ANNEXURE-XII

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE

This is to certify that M/s_______________________________________ have supplied, erected and

commissioned plant and machinery having production capacity - ..................................... Ethanol Plant and

.........................CO2 Plant on Turn Key basis on date___________ and following performance has been

executed for last three years.

Parameters

Targets

Parameter

Achieved

Assumed Molasses Quality – Feedstock in Season

Fermentable sugars % (av. 40%) w/w Production per annum

Distillation efficiency 98.5% Capacity utilization (Target) + 100% Product T.S. / A.A./ CO2 Capacity TS

A.A.

CO2

Quality A.A. 99.8% v/v Yield

240 Litre per tone of

molasses

Steam Consumption

(Dry, Saturated)

For Molasses

Wash to A.A.

Evaporation

Total

*

( kg /lit of TS)

*

(0.2 T/tone of water

evaporator)

*

This is to certify that the performance of the plant and machinery working in general is

satisfactory.


ANNEXURE-XIII

DRAFT OF BANK GUARANTEE AGAINST ADVANCE PAYMENTS (To be submitted within 10 days of signing the agreement)

Bank Guarantee No.___________

THIS GUARANTEE MADE THIS______day of Two thousand & eighteen, by the ________________________

Bank, having its branch office at __________ (hereinafter called ‘The Guarantor’ which expression shall, unless

repugnant to the context or contrary to the meaning thereof, include its successors and assignees) of the one part in

favour The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., a cooperative society, registered under Haryana Cooperative

Society Act 1984, registered office at Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana hereinafter called ‘The

Purchaser’ which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or contrary to the meaning thereof include its

successors and assignees) of the other part.

WHEREAS M/s .........................., a company/firm/LLP registered under the applicable Act/Constitution having its

registered office at .......................... and chief place of business at ........................... (hereinafter called ‘The Seller’

which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context include their legal representatives,

administrator, successors or permitted assignees) has entered into with the Purchaser an Agreement dated _______

(hereinafter called the said Agreement) to Supply, erection and commissioning (including design, preparation of

engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out items, construction of civil foundation of equipments,

factory and non-factory buildings with all necessary infra structure, landscaping etc.) of 65 KL per day Total Spirit

capacity molasses based distillery for production of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol plant on production.

(hereinafter referred to as “the said Machinery and Equipment”) for the Purchaser’s new distillery plant to be set up

at The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), District Kurukshetra, Haryana in accordance with the

terms and conditions therein contained.

AND WHEREAS under clause 16.1(i) of the said Agreement, the Purchaser is required to pay to the Seller against

the security of a Bank Guarantee an advance payment of Rs............... lakhs (Rupees ..........................only)

representing 10% (Ten per cent ) of contract price mentioned at clause no. 3.1.2 as advance payment for the purpose

of procurement of materials/equipment for the said Machinery a n d Equipments,erection & commissioning and civil

works and such guarantee to be valid till the full advance amount is adjusted against the contract price of the

actual deliveries as provided in price break-up (Annexure-VII of the agreement) of Machinery and Equipment supplied

to site, erection & commissioning and civil works.

AND WHEREAS before advance payment as aforesaid is made the Guarantor has at the request of the Seller

agreed to give a guarantee as hereinafter contained.

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES AS FOLLOWS:

(a) In consideration of the premises the Guarantor hereby undertakes to pay the Purchaser within thirty days of

demand and without demur such a sum not exceeding Rs................ lakhs (Rupees

.......................................only) as the Purchaser may demand representing 10% (Ten per cent) of the contract


price and if the Guarantor fails to pay the sum within the said period, the Guarantor will also pay, on the sum

demanded, interest at the bank lending rate then prevailing reckoned from the date of demand till the date of

payment. Provided that the liability of the Guarantor hereunder shall be adjusted and reduced with the

progress of delivery of Machinery and Equipment supplied by the Seller and to the extent adjustment

shown in Seller’s invoices upto that time as per clause 16.0 and its sub-clauses of the said Agreement.

(b) The Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser on demand the sum under Clause 1 above without demur and

without requiring the Purchaser to invoke any legal remedy that may be available to them, it being

understood and agreed, FIRSTLY that the Purchaser shall be the sole judge of and as to whether the

Purchaser shall be the sole judge of and as to whether the Seller have committed breach of any of the terms

and conditions of the said agreement and SECONDLY that the right of the Purchaser to recover from the

Guarantor any amount due to the Purchaser shall not be affected or suspended by reasons of the fact that

any dispute or disputes have been raised by the Seller with regard to their liability or that proceedings

are pending before any Tribunal, Arbitrator(s) or Court with regard thereto or in connection therewith,

and THIRDLY that the Guarantor shall immediately pay the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the

Purchaser on demand and it shall not be open to the Guarantor to know the reasons of or to investigate or to

go into the merits of the demand or to question or to challenge the demand or to know any fact affecting the

demand and LASTLY that it shall not be open to the Guarantor to require proof of the liability of the

Seller to pay the amount before paying the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser.

(c) This Guarantee shall come into force from the date hereof and shall remain valid till 30 days after the full

advance amount is adjusted under clause 16.0 & its sub-clauses of the said agreement, which according to

the terms and conditions of the said Agreement is stipulated to be adjusted by proportionate10% (ten per

cent ) of the Contarct Price mentioned at clause 3.1.2 of the said agreement of the sellers for effected

actual deliveries of the Machinery and Equipment at site, but if the actual deliveries ,erection and

commissioning and civil works as aforesaid have not been completed by the Seller within the said period for

any reason whatsoever, the Guarantor hereby undertakes that the Seller shall furnish a fresh or

renewed guarantee on the same proforma for such further period as the Purchaser may intimate failing

which the Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser a sum or sums not exceeding Rs..............lakhs (Rupees

.....................................only)or the residual amount of balance advance left after proportionate adjustment

in accordance with clause 1 above, as the Purchaser may demand.

(d) This guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution for any other guarantee executed by the Guarantor in

favour of the Purchaser on behalf of the Seller.

(e) The Seller and the Purchaser will be at liberty to vary and modify the terms and conditions of the

said Agreement without affecting this guarantee, notice of which modifications to the Guarantor is

hereby waived and the same shall be deemed to have been done with the assent of the Guarantor.

(f) This Guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of the Guarantor or of the Seller nor

shall the guarantee be affected by the change in the constitution of the Purchaser or by amalgamation or

absorption with any other body corporate and this guarantee will be available to or enforceable by such

body corporate.

(g) This guarantee is irrevocable except with the written consent of the Purchaser.

(h) The neglect or forbearance of the Purchaser in enforcing any payment of moneys, the payment whereas is


intended to be hereby secured or the giving of time by the Purchaser for the payment thereof shall in no way

release the Guarantor from its liability under this guarantee.

(i) The invocation of this guarantee shall be by a letter signed by the M a n a g i n g D i r e c t o r o f

P u r c h a s e r a n d n e e d t o b e c o u n t e r s i g n e d b y D y .

C o m m i s s i o n e r / C h a i r m a n The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), District

Kurukshetra, Haryana and notifying/declaring the amount of advance remaining unadjusted and payable

to the purchaser alongwith interest.

(j) Notwithstanding anything stated hereinbefore the liability of the Guarantor under this guarantee is

restricted to Rs..................... lakhs (Rupees ...............................only). This guarantee shall remain in

force upto ………….. Unless a demand or action under this guarantee is filed against the Guarantor in

writing within three months from the date of expiry i.e. on or before ………….. all rights of the Purchaser

under this guarantee shall be forfeited and the Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all

liabilities hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF ________________________ for and on behalf of the Guarantor have signed this deed on

the day and year above written.

Witnesses: For and on behalf of the Guarantor


ANNEXURE-XIV

DRAFT OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR TIMELY DELIVERY

(TO BE SUBMITTED WITHIN 30 DAYS OF RECEVING OF THE ADVANCE OR START OF DELIVERY)

Bank Guarantee No.___________

To

Managing director

THIS GUARANTEE MADE THIS_________ day of __________,Two thousand Eighteen, by the

___________________ Bank, having its branch office at ______________ (hereinafter called ‘The

Guarantor’ which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or contrary to the meaning thereof, include its

successors and assignees) of the one part in favour of The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., a cooperative

society, registered under Haryana Cooperative Society Act 1984, having its registered office at Shahabad (M), in

Haryana State, hereinafter called ‘The Purchaser’ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or

contrary to the meaning thereof include its successors and assignees )of the other part.

WHEREAS M/s.......................a company/ F i r m / L L P registered under the r e s p e c t i v e Acts/Constitution,

............... having its registered office at........................................... and chief place of business at

................................................. hereinafter called ‘The Seller’ which expression shall unless repugnant to the

subject or context include their legal representatives, administrator, successors or permitted assignees) has

entered into with the Purchaser an Agreement dated _______ (hereinafter called the said Agreement) to

Supply, erection and commissioning (including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing,

procurement of bought out items, construction of civil foundation of equipments, factory and non-factory buildings

with all necessary infra structure, landscaping etc.) of 65 KL per day Total Spirit capacity molasses based distillery for

production of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol plant production at The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd.,

Shahabad (M), District Kurukshetra, Haryana. (hereinafter referred to as “the said Machinery and Equipment”) for

the Purchaser’s proposed new sugar plant at The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad, District

Kurukshetra, Haryana in accordance with the terms and conditions therein contained.

AND WHEREAS under clause 16.1(ii) of the said Agreement, the Seller are required to furnish to the Purchaser

a Bank Guarantee in respect of timely delivery of the said Machinery and Equipment, e r e c t i o n a n d

c o m m i s s i o n i n g and construction of foundations and buildings as provided in clause 16.1(ii) of the said

Agreement for the sum of Rs............... lakhs (Rupees ................................... only) being 5% (Five per cent) of the

total contract price mentioned at section 3.1.2 such guarantee to be valid till 30 days after the scheduled date of

commissioning of the Machinery and Equipment.

AND WHEREAS at the request of the Seller, the Purchaser has agreed to accept a Guarantee from the Guarantor


being these presents to secure such obligations on conditions expressly that the Guarantor shall on demand and

without demur pay the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser.

AND WHEREAS the Guarantor has at the request of the Seller agreed to give the guarantee as hereinafter appearing.


A) In consideration of the premises the Guarantor hereby undertakes to pay the Purchaser within thirty days

of demand and without demur such a sum not exceeding Rs._______________/-(Rupees

_____________________ only) representing 5% (Five per cent) of the Total Contract Price (as given at

clause 3.1.2) as the Purchaser may demand, and if the Guarantor fails to pay the sum within the said period

the Guarantor will also pay, on the sum demanded, interest at the bank lending rate then prevailing reckoned

from the date of demand.

B) The Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser on demand the sum under clause 1 above without demur and

without requiring the Purchaser to invoke any legal remedy that may be available to them, if being

understood and agreed, FIRSTLY that the Purchaser shall be the sole judge of and as to whether the Seller

have committed breach/or breaches, of any of the terms and conditions of the said Agreement and

SECONDLY that the right of the Purchaser to recover from the Guarantor any amount due to the

Purchaser shall not be affected or suspended by reasons of the fact that any dispute or disputes have been

raised by the Seller with regard to their liability or that proceedings are pending before any

Tribunal/Arbitrator(s) or Court with regard thereto or in connection therewith, and THIRDLY that the

Guarantor shall immediately pay the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser on demand and it

shall not be open to the Guarantor to know the reasons of or to investigate or to go into the merits of the

demand or to question or to challenge the demand or to know any fact affecting the demand and LASTLY

that it shall not be open to the Guarantor to require proof of the liability of the Seller to pay the amount

before paying the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser.

C) This guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution for any other guarantee executed by the Guarantor in

favour of this Purchaser on behalf of the Seller.

D) The Seller and the Purchaser will be at liberty to vary and modify the terms and conditions of the said

Agreement without affecting this guarantee, notice of which modifications to the Guarantor is hereby

waived and the same shall be deemed to have been done with the accent of the Guarantor.

E) This guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of the Guarantor or of the Seller nor


absorption with any other body corporate and this guarantee will be available to or enforceable by such body

corporate.

F) This guarantee is irrevocable except with the written consent of the Purchaser.

G) The neglect or forbearance of the Purchaser in enforcing any payment of moneys, the payment whereas is


release the Guarantor from its liability under this deed.


H) This guarantee shall come into force from the date hereof and shall remain valid till the supply and

erection of the Plant and Machinery for the said plant is completed in all respects and to the satisfaction of

the Purchaser and the said plant is commissioned in accordance with the stipulation in the said

Agreement for which the stipulated date according to terms and conditions of the said Agreement is, but if

the date is for any reason whatsoever and upon such extension the Seller fails to furnish or renew Guarantee

for the extended period, the Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser the said sum of Rs…………………../- or

such lesser sum as the Purchaser may demand.

I) The invocation of this guarantee should be accompanied by a claim signed by The Managing Director of the

Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mills Ltd. and need to be countersigned by Dy. Commissioner/Chairman , Shahabad

Cooperative Sugar Mills Limited

J) Not withstanding anything stated hereinbefore the liability of the Guarantor under this guarantee is restricted

to Rs……………………./- (Rupees ___________________________only). This guarantee shall remain in

force upto ………………………., unless a demand or action under this guarantee is filed against the

Guarantor in writing within six months from the date of expiry

i.e……………………………., all rights of the Purchaser under this guarantee shall be forfeited and the

Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all liabilities hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF ____________________________ for and on behalf of the Guarantor have signed this

deed on the day and year above written.



ANNEXURE-XV

DRAFT OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR PERFORMANCE

(TO BE SUBMITTED WITHIN 150 DAYS OF SIGNING OF THE AGREEMENT)

THIS GUARANTEE MADE THIS ________ day of ______________, Two thousand eighteen, by the

______________ Bank, having its branch office at ___________________________, (hereinafter called ‘The

Guarantor’ which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or contrary to the meaning thereof, include

its successors and assignees) of the one part in favour of The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., A

Cooperative Society registered under Haryana Cooperative Society Act 1984 having its registered office at

Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, in Haryana State, hereinafter called ‘The Purchaser’ which expression shall,

unless repugnant to the context or contrary to the meaning thereof include its successors and assignees) of the other

part.

WHEREAS, M/s __________________________, a company/ F i r m / L L P registered under the r e s p e c t i v e

Acts/Constitution having its registered office at ________________ and chief place of business

at _____________________, (hereinafter called ‘The Seller’ which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject

or context include their legal representatives, administrator, successors or permitted assignees) has entered into

with the Purchaser an Agreement dated ________, (hereinafter called the said Agreement) to Supply, erection

and commissioning (including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out

items, construction of civil foundation of equipments, factory and non-factory buildings with all necessary infra

structure, landscaping etc.) of 65 KL per day capacity Total Spirit molasses based distillery for production of 60

KLPD anhydrous ethanol plant on production at The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), District

Kurukshetra, Haryana accordance with the terms and conditions therein contained (hereinafter referred to as

‘the said Machinery and Equipment’).

AND WHEREAS under clause 16.1(iii) of the said Contract, the Seller are required to furnish to the Purchaser

a Bank Guarantee in respect of guaranteed performance of the Machinery and Equipment, erection and

commissioning and civil works supplied by the Seller as referred to in clause 16.1(iii) of the said Total Contract for

Rs._________ (Rupees ________________ only) representing 10% (Ten percent) of the total contract price

mentioned in the Contract at section 3.1.2.

AND WHEREAS the Guarantor has at the request of the Seller agreed to give the guarantee as hereinafter appearing.


1. In consideration of the premises the Guarantor hereby undertakes to pay to the Purchaser within 30 (thirty)

days of demand and without demur such a sum not exceeding Rs.___________/-(Rupees

_______________ only) representing 10% (Ten per cent) of the Total Contract Price ( mentioned at

section 3.1.2) as the Purchaser may demand, and if the Guarantor fails to pay the same within the said

period, the Guarantor shall also pay, on the sum demanded, interest at the bank lending rate then prevailing

reckoned from the said thirty days till the date of payment.

2. The Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser on demand the sum under Clause 1 above without demur and

without requiring the Purchaser to invoke any legal remedy that may be available to them, it being

understood and agreed, FIRSTLY that the Purchaser shall be the sole judge of and as to whether the Seller

have committed breach/ or breaches, of any of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and to the extent of

loss, damage, costs, charges and expenses caused to or suffered by the Purchaser from time to time shall

be final and binding on the Guarantor and SECONDLY that the right of the Purchaser to recover from the

Guarantor any amount due to the Purchaser shall not be affected or suspended by reasons of the fact that any


dispute or disputes have been raised by the Seller with regard to their liability or that proceedings are pending

before any Tribunal, Arbitrator(s) or Court with regard thereto or in connection therewith, and THIRDLY that

the Guarantor shall immediately pay the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser on demand and it shall

not be open to the Guarantor to know the reasons of or to investigate or to go into the merits of the demand

or to question or to challenge the demand or to know any fact affecting the demand and LASTLY that it shall

not be open to the Guarantor to require proof of the liability of the Seller to pay the amount before paying the

aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser.

3. This guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution for any other guarantee executed by the Guarantor in

favour of the Purchaser on behalf of the Seller.

4. The Seller and the Purchaser will be at liberty to vary and modify the terms and conditions of the said

Agreement without affecting this guarantee, notice of which modifications to the Guarantor is hereby waived

and the same shall be deemed to have been done with the accent of the Guarantor.

5. This guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of the Guarantor or of the Seller nor


absorption with any other body corporate and this guarantee will be available to or enforceable by such body

corporate.

6. The neglect or forbearance of the Purchaser in enforcing any payment of moneys, the payment whereas is


release the Guarantor from its liability under this deed.

7. The guarantee is irrevocable except with the written consent of the Purchaser.

8. This guarantee shall come into force from the date hereof and shall remain valid upto 60days after the end of

24 months (warrantee period) from the date of commissioning but if the period of the contract is for any reason

extended and upon such extension if the seller fail to furnish a fresh or renewed guarantee for the said extended

period, the Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser the sum of Rs.______________/- (Rupees

______________________only) or such lesser sum as the Purchaser may demand.

9. The invocation of this guarantee shall be by a letter signed by the Managing Director, The Shahabad Coop.

Sugar Mills Ltd. and countersigned by Dy. Commissioner/Chairman , Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills

Limited, Shahabad(M), Distt. Kurukshetra.

10. Notwithstanding anything stated hereinbefore the liability of the Guarantor under this guarantee is restricted to

Rs.___________/- (Rupees ______________________ only). This guarantee shall remain in force upto the

end of three months after completion and certification of successful establishment of performance of plant

and machinery including erection and commissioning and civil works unless a demand or action under this

guarantee is presented to the Guarantor in writing within two month from the date of expiry all rights of the

Purchaser under this guarantee shall be forfeited and the Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all

liabilities hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF _______________________ for and on behalf of the Guarantor have signed this deed on

the day and year above written.



ANNEXURE XVI

GUIDELINES

In order to ensure smooth and efficient molasses distillery operations, it is absolutely necessary that the tests and

trials of the different equipments and pipelines are taken before the commissioning is started. As far as possible, the

trials of the moving machinery should be taken on load.

The hydraulic tests of all the pipelines, heat transfer vessels including boiler pressure parts, heaters, evaporator

vessels, condensers, etc should be taken at the prescribed pressures, after completion of erection and fitting of

various valves, mountings etc. However, fitting of safety valves and insulation / lagging should be done after

hydraulic testing. The running trials should be taken in phases. The recommended procedure for hydraulic testing and running trials is follows:-

16.1 HYDRAULIC TEST OF THE PIPELIENS, VESSELS, TANKS, ETC.

The following pressures are recommended for hydraulic testing the different pipes, vessels, etc. after

completion of erection, but before lagging / insulation.

i) Boiler pressure parts including super heaters – 1½ times the working pressure.

ii) Live steam piping, PRD station, desuper heater vessels, exhaust steam piping with valves etc. – 1½ times the

working pressure. iii) All process & water piping including cooling water, condensate, water, molasses, etc. should be tested for

leakages by pumping water after taking into line the required pumps and equipments. iv) The compressed air receivers, radiator for alternator, turbine oil coolers, mill bearing, etc. – 1½ times the

working pressure. v) Calandria of tubular heaters – 10 kg/sq. cm.

vi) Calandria of evaporators – 5 kg/sq. cm vii) All the boiler feed water & deaerated water tank, evaporator bodies, condensers with tail pipes, at the

evaporator station, molasses storage tanks and other tanks etc. should be tested for leakages by completely

filling with water.

16.2 RUNNING TRIALS OF INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT

After the hydraulic tests have been completed satisfactorily, the running trials of the plant and machinery

should be taken in phases. In the first phase, individual no load running trials of all the moving machinery

should be taken. Before the machine is meggar, direction of rotation of the motors and the prime movers

should be examined after taking out coupling bolts. After removing the initial effects during the individual

trials, the endurance trial of each moving equipment should be continuously taken at no load.

i) Boilers – The boilers should be slow fired about 7/10 days before raising steam. This is required to dry the

new refractory bricks properly. Thereafter, chemical boiling is to be carried out as per boiler supplier’s

recommendations. Steam should be raised to working pressure in all the boilers and necessary adjustment of safety valves, etc.

should be made as per boiler supplier’s recommendations. After the above trials are completed, the steam pipelines upto the prime movers are to be blow off. All mountings, fittings, control system and safety devices for the boilers should be tested for satisfactory

operation.


ii) The auxiliary oil burning equipment should be tested for 4 hours.

iii) ID, FD and secondary air fans – each 8 hours.

During running trials, the vibration levels of the fans should be measured and recorded.

iv) Boiler instrument and control system should be tested for proper operation of various systems.

v) Turbo alternator set – The turbo alternator should have tiral runs on part load at least for two days. During

each day, the set should be worked for 6 hrs. For putting load on the alternator, electric motor driven

pumps and other electrical equipments should be simultaneously run and tested. During the running

trials of the turbo alternator set, vibration level should be measured and recorded. All the safety

devices of the turbo alternator set should be checked and tested for satisfactory operation. In case major defects are detected, the endurance trails should be repeated. The endurance trails

should be conducted till all the major defects have been removed.

16.3 COMPOSITE STEAM AND WATER TRIALS OF THE PLANT

After the endurance trials of all the moving machines and equipments has been carried out individually

and the defects rectified, composite steam and water trial should be conducted. In these final trials, all the

items of plant and machinery should be run simultaneously using water instead of process fluid and the

entire electrical load should be put on the turbo alternator. The pumping sets should never be run dry. The

water should be pumped from the mill house to the pans in proper sequence. It should be heated in the

heaters and boiling should be done in the evaporators and pans. Initial filling of boilers should be done

by treated water conforming to boiler supplier’s recommendations. Water softening/dematerialized plant

should be commissioned sufficiently in advance so that boiler feed water storage tank contains sufficient

treated water for initial feed as well as make up water required during initial periods of steam trials.

No exhaust should be blown out. The boiling in the multiple effect evaporator should be started

immediately after the prime movers have been commissioned. Immediately after the condensate is available,

it should be fed in the boilers and treated raw water should be used only as make up water. The surplus

condensate should be collected in a tank to be used as and when required. It should be ensured that except

the initial filling in the boilers, no treated raw water is taken as far as possible. The composite steam and water trial may be done once for a period of 8/10 hours and it should be ensured

that all defects are rectified. If major defects are noticed during the composite trials, the same should be

repeated after rectifying the defects noted during the first composite trials.

16.4 RECORDING OF DATA PERTAINING TO TESTS & TRIALS

The recording of data is as important as tests and trials themselves. It is suggested that section wise

registers may be maintained by the concerned Engineer/Chemist. All the details such as broad

specifications of the equipment, date of hydraulic testing/running trial, name of the persons)

supervising the trials and the result of the trials such as load on the drive motor/turbine, vibration level,

bearing temperature, steam pressure and temperature, voltage and frequency, any other observations with

regard to smooth working or otherwise, should be recorded. This will facilitate proper diagnosis and

monitoring of the tests and trials.


MISCELLANEOUS EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

Major effluent from distillery (spent wash) is consumed in the boiler. Other effluents such as floor washing

of the various process sections, blow down from the boiler house, purge from the cooling towers, and the

effluents from the water treatment plants, process condensate from evaporator etc., are to be collected and

treated appropriately (clarification) to meet the pollution standards. Process condensate from the

evaporation plant, is another major effluent which should be treated as a measure of water conservation by

aerobic digesion followed by ultra filtration and R.O.

Most of these effluents’ are not generally harmful. The major consideration is the TDS. The acidic

effluents from DM plant shall be neutralized by using lime.

The evaporator condensate which is likely to contain a COD around 2000 ppm which shall be treated

in anaerobic digestor system suitably. Tenderer shall specify the characteristics of process condensate and

design and supply the treatment system accordingly to make the same recyclable to process.


Annexure XVII

SPECIFICATION OF FOUNDATIONS AND BUILDINGS

Introduction

M/s The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad(M) is proposing a new Distillery of 60 KLPD capacity at The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad(M), Tehsil Shahabad(M), Distt.

Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136 135. The following pages explain the design basis and specifications to be adopted for the civil work, structural and architectural design.

1 Design Philosophy

1.1 Civil Design Basis

Generally all buildings are Steel or RCC framed buildings

Loads are applied on STAAD.PRO model design check is done by STAAD. Pro Software analysis as per IS456:2000.

For Steel buildings and structures RC Pedestals are to be provided to transfer the forces to Foundation.

The Water bearing structures are to be designed as per IS 3370.

1.2 Architectural Design Basis

The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad(M) and the Haryana State Government has very high aesthetical standards for this plant since it would like this plant to be a model plant not for the state but also for the entire nation. The architectural philosophy should also follow this brief and the elevations should consist of at least three colours and should reflect a modern industrial plant. Adequate light and ventilation through polycarbonate sheeting and louvers, rigvent monitor is a must. A minimum of two different elevations with 3-d views of the Distillery should be presented to the management for approval.

1.3 Site Information

1.3.1 Site Location:

Site is located at The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad on Ladwa Road, Dist. Kurukshetra, Haryana

1.3.2 Wind Speed:

Basic Wind speed: as per IS:875 1987.

2 Units of Measurement

The International System of Units (SI) will be used.

3 Design Loads and Geotechnical data

3.1 Dead Loads

Dead loads will include the weight of all structural and architectural components and other


permanently applied external loads. Self weight of materials may be calculated on the basis of unit weights given in IS: 875.

3.2 Live Loads The loads listed hereunder are the minimum loads for the areas involved. Loading resulting from concentrations of facilities in specific areas will be substituted where listed base loading is exceeded.

The live loads on floor will be taken as per IS: 875 (part-2). Control rooms 15 kN/m

2 Terrace area of any room 5 kN/m

2 Equipment Floor area 10 kN/m

2 Official and non industrial rooms 3.5kN/m2 Roof Live load 0.75kN/m

2 (Not accessible)

Roof Live load on corrugated sheets 0.4 kN/m2 All stairs 5 kN/m2

3.3 Wind Load

The Wind pressure shall be calculated based on the data furnished below and other provisions laid in IS: 875 (Part 3) – 1987.

Basic Wind speed = as per IS:875 1987 Risk coefficient = 1.07

Terrain category = 1 Structure class = Class C for all Houses Topography factor = 1.0

3.4 Earthquake Load

i) The lateral forces will be established in accordance with the recommendations of IS:

1893.-2002

ii) The importance factor for all power plant buildings and structures shall be taken as 1.5.

iii) Seismic zone = Zone IV

iv) Damping: For all concrete structure damping shall be 5%. For all Steel structures damping shall be 2%

v) Importance Factor I = 1.75 unless specified otherwise

vi) Importance Factor I = 2.0 for Stack-Like structures in Category

I (IS1893- Part 4): 2005

vii) Response Spectra: For Type I soil as per IS1893-Part1.

viii) For Response Reduction Factor ‘R’ refer table 7, IS1893 (Part 1) 2002.


3.5 Load Combinations

Generally combinations of the loads shall be as stated below:

i) DL

ii) DL + LL

iii) DL + WL or SL

iv) DL + LL + WL or SL Where, DL is Dead loads LL is Live loads WL is Wind loads SL is Seismic loads

Partial Safety Factors for Loads - RC Structures Design using Limit State Method as per IS: 456

Note: Wind and seismic loads shall be considered for both X & Y directions .

3.6 Permissible stress:

The permissible stress shall be as per relevant IS codes.

3.7 Foundations

Based on the geotechnical report the following conclusions can be drawn about the soil

conditions at site Soil strata is comprises of Silty clay of medium plasticity (CI) silty clay of low

plasticity compressibility (CL) and silty clayey silt of very low plasticity (CI/ML) and ‘ML’ sandy

silt.

Observing bearing capacity from shear as well as from settlement criteria, it is revealed that

shear failure consideration will govern the design of foundation rather than the settlement.

Water table was met up to 6.0m depth below ground level.

Bearing capacity of soil previously got tested by the Mills in year 1993 was found to be 7 ton per

sqm. Seller is required to cross check the same in prevailing circumstances from approved Govt.

Agency for design and drawing of civil structures.

LOAD COMBINATIONS

LOAD Factors For

Limit state of collapse LOAD Factors for limit state of serviceability.

D.L. L.L W.L D.L. L.L. W.L.

DL + LL

1.5

1.5

1.0

1.0

--

1.0

0.8

--

DL + WL/SL

1.5

1.5

1.0

--

DL + LL + WL/SL

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.0

0.8

DL + WL/ SL

0.9

1.5

--

--


All foundations considered are open spread type.

Partial contact between the foundation and soil strata will be considered wherever applicable. The footing will be checked for minimum contact area, and maximum bearing pressure will be calculated for the actual contact area only.

For design of foundations the permissible increase of Allowable Bearing Pressure or Resistance of Soils shall be as follows:

� As per Table 1 of IS1893 (Part 1 -2002) with combinations including seismic loads � 25% with combinations including wind load.

Foundation shall be designed to carry all the loads from equipment or super-structure which they support in accordance with the relevant codes.

FS against overturning as per IS 1904 clause 17.2 - 1.5 (with wind and seismic) and 2.0 (Normal operating condition). FS against sliding as per IS 1904 clause 17.1.1 seismic) and 1.75 (Normal operating condition).

Foundation plinth for structural columns and equipment supports shall extend not less than 50 mm from the edge of base plate.

The clear distance between a standard mild steel anchor bolt or anchor sleeve/pocket and the face of the foundation shall be not less than 75 mm. All bolts confirming to IS 1367-8.8/8/CS

Minimum thickness of lean concrete layer shall be 100 mm and shall extend 100mm beyond the foundation edge.

Buried structures shall be checked for floatation with ground water at FGL. (i.e. at finished ground

level). FOS against floatation shall be ≥1.2

3.7.1 Foundation for Vibratory Equipment

Design of foundations for vibratory equipment such as engine, pump, fans etc. will be done in accordance with IS:2974 and will be isolated for vibration control. To avoid resonance, natural frequency of the foundations will be kept 20% away from the operating frequency and amplitudes will be kept within the allowable limits specified by the manufacturer or in their absence as specified in the IS Codes. Other equipment foundations will be of block type. For minor foundations, dynamic analysis need not be carried out and the same will be sized as to have a mass 2 to 3 times the machine mass. Relevant IS codes will be referred for design of block foundation.

All foundation will be RCC block type foundations. Where free vibration and forced vibration cases will be checked against all necessary permissible limits. All foundation model will be analyzed for :

a) Self weight of foundation, static weight of machines, (DL)

b) Normal torque load (TL)

c) Dynamic Load (RD)


Concrete mix M25 will be used and all foundation hardware and metal inserts will be embedded in to the concrete. IS code 2974 will be taken as guidelines for design and construction of the foundation.

4 Analysis Methods

3D Analysis of the structures is carried out by using the software STAAD Pro 2008 Vi or higher. Appropriate load and its combinations, as per relevant clauses in IS codes, for most unfavourable effects are chosen for design.

5 Design Life

The design life of the structure is assumed as 75 years. This requirement is not applicable to replaceable materials.

6 Design Methodology

All R.C.C structures shall be designed according to the Limit State Method as specified in IS: 456 –2000.

7 Materials

The self-weight of the various elements are computed based on the unit weight of materials as give below:-

Table 7-1:

Materials

Unit weight kN/m3

Reinforced Cement Concrete

Steel

25.00

78.50

7.1 Concrete Grade

The following grades of concrete as per IS 456 will be adopted for the type of structure noted against each. Design mix shall be used for RCC work as per standards.

Type of structures

Grade of concrete

Lightly loaded structures, Grade slab, and pavingetc.

: M25

All RCC members in foundation & Substructure

:

M20

All RCC members in Superstructure

:

M25

All Water retaining structures

:

M25

Chimney Foundation

:

M30

Chimney Shell Wall (as per design)

:

M30

PCC for Water retaining structures

:

1:3:6

PCC for Remaining Foundations

:

1:4:8

Fill concrete

:

1:5:10


The groundwater & soil is assumed as non aggressive in nature & sulphate /chloride contents are assumed within permissible limits. Hence, no any special cement is considered as well as no any special treatment to reinforcement is considered.

Fire Resistance for Concrete shall be 1.5 hours

7.2 Reinforcement Grade

High yield strength deformed bars of various diameters grade Fe-500 conforming to IS: 1786 will be used as reinforcement for all reinforced concrete structures.

7.3 Bricks

Local F i r s t c l a s s bricks as per Haryana PWD specification NO 3.5 will be used for all Masonry works. Bricks shall be made from good earth with shall be free from garvel, Kankar, Effloransence salt etc. Bricks shall be uniform in size and regular in shape. The bricks shall be free from cracks, flaws or lumps of kind. .

8 Nominal Cover to Reinforcement

Concrete Cover to Reinforcement is defined in terms of nominal cover. Nominal cover is the design depth of concrete cover to all steel reinforcement, including stirrups/links. It is the dimension used in design and indicated on the engineering drawings. The engineer shall use the following nominal cover requirements.

Description

Top (mm)

Bottom (mm)

Sides (mm)

Footings

:

50

75

50

Grade Beam

:

40

40

40

Grade Slab

:

25

25

25

Beams above EL +0.00M

:

35

35

35

Column & Pedestals

:

50

--

50

Lintel Beam(less than 300 x 300)

:

25

25

25

Slab & Stair cases

:

25

25

25

Water Retaining Structures

Base Soft and Walls (Water face)

:

50

50

50

Base Soft and Walls (Soil face)

:

40

40

25

Pre-cast Units

:

15

25

20

Walls

:

25

25

35

For any other elements not specified above, clear cover shall be as per the clause 26.4 of IS: 456 – 2000.


9 Codes & Standards

The relevant Indian Standard codes, as given below, shall be followed for structural design:

Table 9-1:

Sl.No.

Code

Description 1.

IS: 875 (Part 1) 1987

Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than earthquake) for Buildings and structures – Unit weights of buildings materials and stored material. 2.

IS: 875 (Part 2) 1987

Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than earthquake) for Buildings and structures – Imposed Loads.

3.

IS: 875 (Part 3) 1987

Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than earthquake) for Buildings and structures – Wind loads.

4.

IS: 875 (Part 5) 1987

Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than earthquake) for Buildings and structures – Special loads and load combinations.

5.

IS: 456 - 2000

Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete. 6.

IS: 1786 - 1985

Specification for High Strength Deformed Steel Bars and Wires for Concrete Reinforcement. 7.

IS: 432 (Part 2) 1982

Specification for Mild Steel and Medium Tensile Steel Bars and Hard Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement – Hard Drawn Steel Wire.

8.

IS: 13920 1993

Ductile detailing for reinforced concrete structures subjected to seismic forces – Code of practice.

9

IS: 14268 1995

Uncoated Stress Relieved low relaxation seven ply stand for Prestressed Concrete - 10

IS: 2974-Part 1 1982

Code of practice for Design and Construction for Machine Foundations: Foundation for Reciprocating Type Machines

11

IS:1893-(Part 1)-2002

Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures: Part 1 General Provision and Buildings.

12

IS:1893-Part 4 2005

Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures: Part 4 Industrial Structures including Stack-Like structures

13

IS:1904-1986

Code of Practice for design and construction of foundation in soils - General Requirements

14

IS: 2974 Part 2-198

Code of practice for Design and Construction for Machine Foundations: Foundation for Impact type machines (Hammer foundations)


15

IS: 2974 Part 3-1992

Code of practice for Design and Construction for Machine Foundations: For rotary type machines (medium and high frequency)

16

IS: 2974 Part 4-1979

Code of practice for Design and Construction for Machine Foundations: Foundation for rotary type machines of low frequency.

17

IS: 3370 Part 1-1965

Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for Storage of Liquids - General Requirements. 18

IS: 3370-Part 2-1965

Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for Storage of Liquids - Reinforced Concrete Structure

19

IS: 3370 Part 4-1967

Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for Storage of Liquids - Design Tables.

20

IS:13920-1993

Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures subjected to Seismic Forces

21

IS:2502-1963

Code of Practice for Bending and Fixing of Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

22

IS: 2950 Part 1-1981

Code of Practice for Design and Construction of Raft Foundation- Part-1 Design.

23

IS:1905-1987

Code of Practice for Structural Use of Un reinforced Masonry.


10 ARCHITECTURAL WORK SPECIFICATIONS AND FINISHES

FINISHES

All finishes and building specifications will be as per table below:-

Building Structure Name

No. of floors / Ht as guidance

Features of Construc-tion

Type of Roof

Side Cladding

Floor Finish

Remarks

Fermentation,Distillation and Evaporation House

As Required

RCC Foundation with steel col. one no staircase, lab building 30sqm.with two cabin at first floor & Panel room with 345 mm thick brick walls.

Steel truss with colour coated galvalume sheet roofing

Granolithic floor finish (IPS) 80mm. thk.

Boiler house

As required

RCC Foundation with steel col. & Instrument panel with control room

Steel truss with colour coated galvalume sheet roofing

Granolithic

floor finish (IPS) 80mm thk.

Power house (Control Room)

As required

Steel framed Structure with 345 mm thk.brick wall, RCC Col. With sliding shutters.

Steel framed Structure with metal decking and RCC on top of decking with waterproof -ing coba.

Brick masonry 345 mm thick for walls with aluminium sliding windows and fixed glazed partitions for control room.

Access Flooring System (False Floor) for control room and Granolithic floor finish (IPS) 80mm. thk.

Cooling tower

As required

RCC framed structure

Chimney

RCC Chimney (height as per requirement of pollution board

Chimney Lining: 115 thick fire brick lining (IS: 6) with

Painting scheme:

1. Inner surface-Two coats of heat


Building Structure Name

No. of floors / Ht as guidance

Features of Construc-

tion

Type of Roof

Side Cladding

Floor Finish

Remarks

100 mm air gap.for bottom one third height with baffle wall and hopper area. Ladder: Cage ladder with safety ring for entire height.

and acid resistant paint. 2. Outer surface-Two coats of polyurethan e enamel paint over an epoxy sealant in red and white alternate 2.0/3.0 M wide bands for top 1/3 height and balance area will be painted with two coats of waterproof cement paint over one coat of primer.

Drain both sides of road.

345 thick brick masonry in side platter.

C.C.Road

20cm.thk.C C

Road with 15cm. PCC & GSB 17.5cm. thk.

Bagasse / fuel yard

2000sqm.

Brick on edge soling

Condensate polishing unit

All four sides are to be opened roof covered with steel truss and colour coated galvalume sheets.


10.1.1 Damp Proof Course

Plain Cement Concrete 1:1 ½ :3 with a minimum of 2% admixture of water proofing compound will be provided wherever required.

10.1.2Plinth Protection

All building and structure will be provided with 1000 mm wide R.C.C. plinth protection all-

round where paving / pitching is not done. The plinth protection will be 50 mm above respective finished ground level.

10.1.3Anti-termite Treatment

For all plant buildings, anti-termite treatment will be provided. 10.1.4Masonry Wall

First class bricks or modular AAC blocks will be used for all masonry works. 230 mm thick wall with 1:6cm will be used wherever applicable. Half brick thick brick wall in

1:4 cement, sand mortar will be used. Two nos. of 6 mm diameter bars will be provided at every third layer. Glazed partition will be provided wherever view of the operating equipment is required. All internal plastering will be 12 mm thick with 1:4 cm and external plastering will be with 1:5 cm of 18 mm thick.

10.1.5 Roof Water Proofing

Brick bat coba with waterproofing compound or crystalline waterproofing agent will be provided on all buildings with flat roofs.

10.1.6Roof Drainage

i) Water from roof surface will be removed by a system of Roof Drain Headers, rainwater down comers and necessary fixtures. The roof will be provided with a slope of 1:100 (min) for efficient draining.

ii) Multiple drains (min.2) will be provided for all roof areas. System will be designed in accordance with stipulations of IS:1742.

10.1.7 False Ceiling

False Ceiling will be with Armstrong panels or Equivalent panels with mineral / glass wool backing, suspended from steel / RC beams. The illumination and duct grills in these areas will match the overall aesthetics.

10.1.8 Doors

Doors will be provided at appropriate locations to prevent dust ingress from outside and to suit respective system requirement and convenience. a) Un-insulated hollow metal double plated (steel) flush doors with pressed steel

frame will be provided for plant and utility areas. b) Factory made PVC flush doors will be provided in toilet.

c) Aluminium glazed partitions and double doors with air lock in special areas. d) Fire proof doors for areas having fire hazard.

10.1.9 Rolling Shutters

Rolling steel shutters will be used where frequent use is not envisaged and for large


openings. Unless noted otherwise, main entry doors will be steel rolling shutter of width and

height to suite the requirements. Rolling shutter with area upto 8 m² will be pull and push type hand operated, while between 8 m² to 12m² pull and push type with ball bearings.

Rolling shutters with areas larger than 12m² will be mechanical gear type or electrically operated.

10.1.10 Windows

Powder coated steel or aluminium windows and ventilators will be proved as per the requirement. The number of windows will be so decided as to allow adequate natural ventilation and lighting. Minimum requirements for ventilation and natural lighting will be 15% of the floor area.

10.2 Specification

10.2.1 Roof

Color Galvalume roofing over structural steel purlins with ridge ventilator to be provided for houses. Virgin polycarbonate Lexan sheets to be provided for all roofing and cladding at a minimum of 5% of the roofing / cladding area for natural lighting. All control panel and office rooms : RCC slab with waterproof coba overlay Air-conditioned areas : False ceiling with Armstrong board or equivalent

10.2.2 Stairs

All stairs will have not more than fifteen (15) risers in one flight. Height of risers and width of treads will be 180 mm (max.) and 250 mm (min.) respectively. Minimum width of stairs will be 1000 mm.

Hand railing minimum 900 mm high will be provided around all floor / roof openings, projections / balconies, walkways platforms, concrete and steel stairs. All hand rail pipes will be 32 mm nominal bore MS Pipes, medium class and will be galvanised with toe guard 100 mm x 6 mm thk minimum where required.

10.2.3Doors, Windows & Ventilators

Fire Proof Doors : Division walls of cable spreader rooms and at all fire exit points this will be proved as per recommendation of Tariff Advisory Committee. These will be as per IS:3614. Fire resistance grade of the doors will be as per TAC requirements. However, minimum fire resistance grade will be for four (4) hours.

Powder Coated Aluminium Windows & Ventilators : Control rooms and other buildings. Glazed Aluminium Door :

Control room, control equipment room, computer room and rooms annexed to these etc. will be aluminium glazed doors. Glazed aluminium partitions. Glazed Aluminium Partition : For control rooms, control equipment rooms etc. double glazed wall panels with aluminium frame will be provided on the side of control room facing the operating floor to have clear view.Single glazed panel with aluminium framework will be provided as partition between two air conditioned areas where clear view is necessary. PVC Doors : Main Toilet

PVC doors : Internal Toilet viz, EWC, Shower


10.2.4Glazing

Windows / Ventilators : 4 mm thick clear glass will be provided for openable windows and 6 mm thick wired glass for fixed portion of windows / ventilators

Doors : 5.0 mm thick sheet glass will be provided for doors. 10.2.5 Floor finish

General flooring : 80 mm thick flooring with Ironite/hardner

Control room & other areas : 40 mm thick vitrified ceramic tiles.

Toilets : Toilets, including W.C and urinal will have cast-in-situ ceramic floor,

Dado will be with glazed tiles of minimum 5 mm thickness up to

2.1 m height (door height)

Slippery Areas : Floor / staircase in areas prone to slippage due to oil spillage etc. is

provided with anti-skid floor finish like brush – wash and chequered finish.

Staircase : Risers and treads of concrete staircase will be provided with cast- in-situ Kotah flooring. Nosing angles will be provided where required.


10.2.6Painting

External : External masonry surfaces of all buildings will have 3 coats of water proof cement paint.

Internal : A coat of plastic emulsion paint will be provided over suitable primer for control rooms, control equipment rooms, computer rooms, UPS rooms and air conditioned areas including entrance lobbies.

All other areas will be provided with 3 coats of cement paint

Battery Room : Battery room and all other areas coming in contact with acid / alkali or other corrosive liquid will be painted with acid / alkali resistant chlorinated rubber paint over a suitable primer.

Ceiling : 3 coats of white wash.

Structural Steel Internal & External : All structural steel members including rolling shutters and

all other exposed steel work will have two coats of enamel paint over a coat of rust convertor primer conforming to IS:2074.

Wood Work : Two coats of Enamel paint over a coat of approved primer.

Fire Prone Areas : All fire exits will be painted in post office red/single red colour shade, which will not be used anywhere else except to indicate emergency or safety measures.

Fire-proof putty in cable penetration on walls of cable spreader rooms will be provided.

Oil Handling Areas : Oil resistant paint will be provided in oil equipment room

11. WATER SUPPLY

The water supply plumbing inside the houses and mains connection to the water reservoir needs to designed as per IS 1172 (1993- Fourth revision). Points as desired for outlet will be provided.

12 SCOPE OF CIVIL WORKS

The scope of civil work are as below :-

S. No.

TITLE

Appx. Size *

1

Fermentation House 42.5 m x 23m

2 Evaporation House 22 x 10 m

3 Distillation House 22 x 10m

4

Boiler site As per requirement.

5

Power House As per requirement.

6

Weigh bridge with cabin As per requirement.

7

Administrative complex 750 sqr.mtr.

8

Time/Security office 25 sqr.mtr.


9

Cooling tower basin As per requirement.

10

Molasses tank As per requirement.

11 Molasses unloading pit As per requirement.

12

Chimney As per requirement.

13 Rectified spirit and ENA storage room As per requirement.

14

Ethanol storage room As per PESO requirement

15

Denaturated spirit room As per requirement.

16 Ethanol receiver room As per requirement.

17

Rectified / ENA spirit receiver room As per requirement

18 Bagasse yard 2000 sqr.mtr.

19 Storm water drain 1 km long

20

Cement concrete road

6000 Sq mtr approx.

21 Store 400 sqr.mtr.

22 Compound wall with gate As per requirement

23 All machinery / pump foundation As per requirement

24 All ramp in house As per requirement

25 All inside drain and cable trenches As per requirement

26 Water supply for plant As per requirement

27 Boundary Wall with gate 2.0 mtr above plinth level as per requirement

Note: Rain water harvesting system shall be in the scope of supplier as per norms.

*The sizes are very approximate and shall be firmed after detailed layout are made.

1) All platforms in the houses shall be of M.S. gratings of 6.25 mm strips of 3mm thickness. 2) Plinth level of plant building shall be minimum 60 cm above Shahabad Ladwa Road level. 2) Layout shall be prepared by the vendor in consultation with purchaser. The layout should conform

to various statutory requirements and guidelines of various Act/Statute/Rules. 3) Dismentaling of existing structures/buildings etc., if any, at the site shall be in the scope of the

civil contractor. 4) Unless otherwise specified all the civil works will be carried out as per Haryana PWD(B&R)

specifications with its updated amendments. 5) All design/drawings will be checked\vetted by the civil consultant appointed by the Mills and

necessary modifications/amendments have to be incorporated by the sellers as per his observation/comments.

6) Unless otherwise specified all the civil works required for completion of the project will be in the scope of seller


SECTION II(E) - AGREEMENT FOR PLANT OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

This agreement is made on the __________between The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mill Ltd., Shahabad(M) Ladwa

Road, Distt. Kurukshetra Haryana through ______________, Managing Director, Shahabad Mill, (hereinafter

referred as " THE DISTILLERY", which expression shall, unless repugnant to the subject or context include their

successors and assignees) of the One Part.

AND

__________________________(NAME OF THE PARTY), a company/ F i r m / L L P registered under the

r e s p e c t i v e Acts/Constitution and having its registered office at _______________________________

(hereinafter referred as “PARTY”, which expression shall wherever the context admits or permits shall be

deemed to mean and include its successors and assigns) of the Other Part.

WHEREAS

The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mill Ltd., Shahabad(M) Ladwa Road Distt Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136

135 is desirous of having Repair, Maintenance and operation/production services for the period of 24 months

from the start of commercial production of their Distillery Unit in the areas with particular reference to all

repairing and maintenance of complete plant, Production of Rectified Spirit/ENA/Ethanol, Predictive &

Preventive Maintenance, Breakdown Maintenance, civil works related to repair & maintenance and

Operation etc. (hereinafter referred to as “Services”).

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED TO BETWEEN THE M/S _______________ AS FOLLOWS: -

1. Scope of Work;

The scope of work will involve complete Repair, Maintenance, operation and production services for the

period of 24 months from the date of commissioning of their Distillery Unit in the areas with particular

reference to all repairing and maintenance of complete plant, Production of Rectified Spirit/ENA/Ethanol,

Predictive & Preventive Maintenance, Breakdown Maintenance, civil works related to repair & maintenance

and Operation etc..

The Scope of repair and maintenance work and operation of Distillery shall include but not limited to the

followings:-

1.1 Repair & Maintenance Work:

1.1(1) For smooth functioning of the Distillery, repair & maintenance of all sections/stations from

Molasses unloading to storage and issue of final products and by-products viz. Rectified

Spirit / Ethanol, Co2 involving all mechanical, electrical, civil & instrumentation work.

1.1(2) Servicing of various equipments and machinery such as Fermentation section, Distillation

section, Evaporation section, Boiler, DG sets, Turbo sets, Co2 plant, Milling, Liquefaction,

Drier , Compressors, Electrical Panels, Instrumentation equipments, tube wells etc will be in

the scope of the PARTY.


1.1(3) The PARTY will prepare a report of assessment of work and will supply a copy of report

along with spare & machinery parts etc. to the Managing Director, Shahabad with a copy to

Haryana Sugar Federation Office at the earliest after receiving final work order. The same

required spare & machinery parts etc. will be supplied by the Party for 24 months from the

date of start of commercial production.

1.1(4) The PARTY will prepare a report of assessment of work and will supply a copy of report

along with required consumables, fuel, Process Chemicals, HS Diesels, including civil

material etc. with schedule to the Managing Director, Shahabad with a copy to Haryana

Federation Office at the earliest after receiving final work order. The same will be provided

by the Distillery.

1.1(5) Any other repair/modification work including all fabrication/ erection & commissioning

work which is required for smooth functioning of the Distillery, will be done by the PARTY.

1.1(6) All the repair & maintenance work of the Distillery will be completed by the PARTY.

1.1(7) If any of the machinery item is required to be replaced by new one, the same shall be supplied

by the PARTY. In case any dispute/ disagreement, the decision of the Managing Director,

Shahabad shall be final.

1.1(8) Quality of purchased material required for repair, maintenance and replacement shall be

inspected jointly by Distillery Manager of Distillery and Sr.Technical representative of the

PARTY and in case of any dispute with respect to quality of the new material, the decision of

the Managing Director, Shahabad shall be final.

1.1(9) All expenditure incurred on labour component of rewinding of motor and alternators

(including spare and standby) will be in the scope of work of PARTY. PARTY shall ensure

that all burnt / damaged motors shall be repaired by their own staff or by reputed re-

winder/authorized works.

1.1(10) Work related with cleaning of different houses, different drains in plants, cleaning of Boilers,

MEE, Heat Exchangers, Distillation & Fermentartion Plants etc. and shifting of scrap from

different houses to scrap yard shall be in the scope of work of PARTY.

1.1(11) Handling of material from the store to site, like lubricants, Acids, chemicals etc and

unloading of store material shall be in the scope of work of PARTY.

1.1(12) To obtain NOC and necessary clearances for Air and Water from State/Centre Pollution

Control Board, Boiler Inspector and all other releavant Government Authorities will be in the

scope of work of the PARTY. However required Statutory Fees will be deposited by

Distillery.

1.1(13) If any machinery / machinery parts are repaired by PARTY in outside agency's workshop

then expenditure incurred in transportation will be borne by PARTY.

1.2 Operation of Distillery:

The scope of work for smooth and energy efficient operation of the Distillery will involve all jobs

required for operation of plant at all the stations and sections including civil jobs from unloading of

molasses to storage to final products viz. Rectified Spirit/Ethanol including Operation of Boiler,

Turbine, grain milling, liquefaction, Fermentation and Distillation Plant, MEE, Condensate

Treatment Unit, De-Mineralization/ Softening Plant, handling of fuel, handling of boiler ash, shifting

of sludge, Operation of Air and Water pollution control system, DG sets, Tubewell etc. except for

following jobs which will be done by MILL.


1. Procurement of Molasses .

2. Purchase of Denaturants, fuel, consumables, Process & Lab Chemicals, HS Diesels etc.

3. Sale of Rectified Spirit/Denatured Spirit

4. Sale of Anhydrous Ethanol

5 Sale of by-products Viz. CO2, Fusel Oil etc.

6. Sale of scrap

Analysis of laboratory shall be done under the Managing Director, Shahabad which shall be binding

on both the parties. However, the arrangement of workers required for it shall be managed by the

party.

2.0 Manpower:

All operation and maintenance staff form the level of unskilled labours to the level of chemist and

engineers shall be provided by the vendor. However mill society will provide their own

administrative staff including Distillery manager, Accounts staff, Staff for purchase and sales and

security.

2.1 The PARTY should have technically sound and well qualified experts and staff as per norms

of Distillery Industry.

2.2 The PARTY has to provide a list of key technical experts; maintenance and operating staff

station wise indicating their qualification / experience at the time of signing the agreement.

2.3 All persons engaged by the PARTY directly or indirectly shall be employees of the PARTY

and it is obligatory on the part of the PARTY to cover all their employees under Workman

Compensation Act 1923.

2.4 The PARTY will be responsible for deduction of EPF/ any other such liability from their

employees and Distillery will not be responsible for any monetary claim or payment to the

PARTY employees or statutory authorities under the Employees Provident Fund, Family

Pension Fund or any other liabilities.

2.5 Group Insurance of the employees of the PARTY will be the responsibility of the PARTY

and Distillery will not be responsible for any claim/compensation which may be made under

the Workmen Compensation Act, 1923.

2.6 In the event of any accident/causality etc. of the employees of the PARTY, Distillery will not

be responsible and PARTY will ensure all safety measures for its employees.

2.7 The PARTY shall ensure that the age of their employees will not be less than 18 years in any

case.

2.8 The PARTY shall withdraw/ replace those employees, who are not performing the work to

the satisfaction of Distillery or for their misconduct and for any other reason, as indicated by

the Distillery in writing to the PARTY within 48 hours of the said communication. In order


to ensure quality repair/ maintenance of the plant, PARTY should not replace/ withdraw the

maintenance staff without consulting to Distillery.

2.9 In case due to shortage of manpower, some maintenance jobs are not likely to complete in

time, Distillery will have the right to out source the same to the third Party at the cost and risk

of the PARTY.

2.10 The PARTY shall duly comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act 1961(III of 1961),

the rules made there under and the orders that may be issued from time to time under said Act

and the said rules and on his failure or neglect to do so the PARTY shall be subject to all

liabilities and penalties provided by the said Act and Rules.

2.11 During continuance of the agreement, the PARTY shall abide at all times by all existing

enactments and rules made there under, regulations, notifications and bye-laws of the State or

Central Government or Authority and all Labour Law (including rules), regulations, by laws

that are applicable, The PARTY shall keep the Distillery indemnified in case any action is

taken against the Distillery by the competent authority on account of contravention of any of

the provisions of any Act or rules made there under, the regulation or notifications including

amendments. Thereof if the Distillery is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be

necessary to cause or observe, or for non observance of the provisions stipulated in the

notifications/ by laws/ Acts/ Rules/ Regulations including amendments if any, due to any act

or omission on the part of the PARTY, the Distillery shall have the right to deduct money due

to the PARTY including invocation of Performance Security. The Distillery shall have right

to recover from the PARTY any sum required or estimated to be required for making good

the loss or damages suffered by the Distillery. The employees of the PARTY or any person

employed for any work indicated in the agreement or indicated thereto, in no case shall be

treated as the employees of the Distillery at any point of time, in any manner whatsoever.

2.12 The PARTY shall obtain all necessary approval from Excise/Other Government Authorities

(if required) for all the employees engaged by him. Required formalities will be done by

Distillery.

3.0 Accommodation

3.1 As per availability, accommodation for staff of the PARTY will be made available free of

rent by the Distillery.

3.2 The electricity will be provided for staff Quarters of PARTY on payment basis and water will

be provided at the cost of MILL. Half of electricity bill of staff quarters of party will be borne

by PARTY. Staff of PARTY should not misuse the electricity and water.

3.3 All other arrangements for food etc will be made by the PARTY.


4.0 Arrangement of Materials and consumables

4.1 A list of all material and consumables, fuel, Denaturants, Process Chemicals, HS Diesels,

including civil material etc. with technical specification and estimated cost will be provided by

the PARTY to the Managing Director of Distillery within 10 days from the date of signing of

agreement. Keeping in view that progress of repair work may not suffer; the PARTY should

submit the indents of long delivery /critical items with the consultation of concerned HOD of the

Shahabad mill within 7 days from the date of signing of agreement, so that material may be

arranged by Distillery in time.

4.2 The PARTY must provide all the indents (except for emergency purchase) to Distillery in

consultation with Distillery Technical Staff within 15 days after signing of agreement so that

Distillery can procure store items well in time. Distillery will procure material and consumables,

fuel, Denaturants, Process Chemicals, HS Diesels, including civil material etc. after receiving

the indent/requirement from the PARTY. Any delay in the supply of material due to late

submission of indents by PARTY or due to any reason will not entitle the PARTY to any claim.

PARTY should ensure that inventory of the store should not be increase after the end of the

season.

4.3 All the tools & tackles will be provided by the Distillery.

5.0 Supply of Molasses:- (Purchaser and Sellers’s Scope to be defined separately

The arrangement for the procurement and supply of Molasses shall be done by the Distillery.

6.0 Performance parameters to be achieved by PARTY:

The PARTY will produce Rectified Spirit/Anhydrous Ethanol as per standards laid down in Annexure - I

The overall performance of the PARTY will be judged on the basis of following parameters:

6.1 Stoppage due to Mechanical Breakdowns – Maximum 2%

6.2 Stoppage Due to Process related,

6.3 Gross Capacity Utilization: Minimum 100%

6.4 Quality of Produce: - As per Annexure - I

7.0 Damage to Machinery:-

7.1 Any damage of machinery/machinery parts during operation, if it has occurred due to

negligence of staff of the PARTY, will be recovered from the PARTY.

7.2 If any machinery/parts are damaged during repairing work, the same will be borne by the

Party.


8.0 Penalties:

8.1 Operation of the distillery.:

In the event of not achieving any of the above mentioned performance parameters, penalty of

Rs 5.00 lac (Rs. Five lacs) only per parameter will be recovered from PARTY. It may be

recovered from the dues of the PARTY.

9.0 BANK GUARANTEE (BG)

To secure the contractual obligations of the PARTY at their own cost will provide a Bank Guarantee

(BG) for Rs.10.00 Lacs (Rs. Ten Lacs only) of Nationalized/Schedule Bank within 30 days from the

signing date of Agreement.

In the event of breach of contract / failure of contractual responsibilities / if repairs work are left

unfinished & incomplete/ unable to operate the plant for complete period etc. by the PARTY, then

MILL shall have the full rights to invoke the BG .

BG shall be released on successfully completion of all the contractual obligations of the PARTY.

10.0 CHARGES

10.1 A lump sum charge of Rs. _______ Lacs (Rupees _______lac only) per month for operation

of the plant including repair & maintenance, TDS (Tax deduction at source) at prevailing

rates shall be deducted by MILL while releasing payment to PARTY.

10.2 Goods and Service Tax and other levies as applicable shall be charged extra to MILL at

actual.

11.0 Payment Terms

11.1 The rates for operation and maintenance of plant will be paid on per month basis. The

PARTY will submit the bill for payment once in a month after completion of the month

within the first week of the next month.

Ninety percent payment of monthly bill will be made within seven days after its submission.

Payment of balance Ten percent will be retained as security for each month and will be

released after 12 months of successful performance.

11.2 All taxes as applicable will be deducted at source.

11.3 Final payment shall be made by the Distillery within one month of clearance of all

government dues and all labour/ workmen dues, including PF, GST etc. by the PARTY.

12.0 Arbitration Clause

In case of any dispute arising between the Parties, the matter shall be referred to the Managing

Director, The Haryana State Federation of Cooperative Sugar Federation Ltd., Panchkula, who shall

be the sole arbitrator and his decision shall be binding on both the parties. Provisions of Arbitration

and Conciliation Act, 1996 shall apply. Place of Arbitration shall be Panchkula.


13.0 Jurisdiction of Court

All dispute arising are subject to the jurisdiction of High Court Haryana and Court subordinate to it at

District Kurukshetra, Haryana.

14.0 Period of Agreement

The Agreement between the PARTY and Distillery shall be valid up to upto 24 months from the date

of start of commercial production.

15.0 Extension of Contract

On satisfactory performance and completion of contract period, the contract for repair and

maintenance and operation of Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mills Limited, Shahabad (M),Ladwa Road

Distt Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136135 with the party can be extended further with updated

mutually agreed upon performance parameters and terms and condition.

IN WITNESS WHERE OF THE PARTIES HERE TO AFFIXED THEIR HAND AND SEALS ON THIS ___ DAY

OF, ____, _________.

WITNESS: 1 WITNESS: 1

WITNESS: 2 WITNESS: 2


SECTION -III: FINANCIAL E-BID


SECTION –III (A): FINANCIAL E-BID FORM

PRICE SCHEDULE

Sl. No.

Item Description Item Code / Make

Qty Units Basic Price (in Rs.)

CGST (in Rs.)

SGST (in Rs.)

IGST (in

Rs.)

Freight Charges (Unloading and

Stacking) in Rs.

Packing and

Forwarding

Charges (in Rs.)

Other leviable

Taxes and Duties, cess etc. (in Rs.)

Amount in Rs.

Insurance

(Transit & Upto

Commissioning (in Rs.)

Any Other

Expences (if any in

Rs.)

Total

Amount (in Rs.)

1.1 SUPPLY Ex-Works (ex-bidder's or their Sub-Contractor's workshop or place of supply) price of the Plant and Machinery in accordance with specifications & details of Draft Agreement excluding the following

Item 1 1.00 Single Plant

1.2 Necessary facilities including lagging, first filling of lubricants, transformer & turbine oils, paniting, material including primary & final coating as per color scheme of purchase etc.

2 ERECTION CUM COMMISSIONING Item 2 1.00 Single Plant

3 CIVIL CONSTRUCTION Item 3 1.00 Single Plant

SUB TOTAL

4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE for Two Years

Item 4 1.00 Single Plant

GRAND TOTAL


INDEX

Sl.No. Particulars Page Nos.

1. Competitive e-Bidding 2

2. E-Tender Notice 3 - 4

3 Invitation for e-Bid 5 - 7

SECTION- I

4. Section-I: Instruction to Bidders 8-20

5. Section-II : Technical e-Bid 21

6. Section -II (A): Bid Form 22

7. Section -II (B):Technical Bid Proforma 23-26

8. Annexure- B-I : Statement of Legal Capacity 27

9. Annexure-B-II : Undertaking (Security & Integrity) on Bidder’s Letter head 28

10. Annexure B-III : Format For Board resolution for group of companies 29

11. Annexure B-IV : Format For Power of Attorney 30

12. Annexure B-V : Format for memorandum of understanding 31-33

13. Section-II ( C) : Schedule of Requirement 34

14. Section II-(D) : Draft Agreement for Supply, Erection & Commissioning 35 – 234

15. Annexure – I : Scope of Work 62 – 66

16. Annexure – II : Technical Specifications 67

1.0 Design Basis 67 – 70

2.0 Equipement Specification s of Distillery plant 70 – 134

17. Annexure – III : General Engineering Specifications 135 – 179

18. Annexure – IV : General Specifications & Standards 180 – 184

19. Annexure – V : Electricals & Instrumentation & Automation 185 – 188

20 Annexure – VI : Performance Parameters 189 – 190

21. Annexure – VII : Price Breakup of various equipment for cash flow and

delivery schedules

191 – 192

22. Annexure – VIII : List of Approved Suppliers 193 – 194

23. Annexure – IX : Inspection Procedure 195 – 196

24. Annexure – X : Parameters for Inspection of Manufacture’s work 197 - 203


25. Annexure – XI : Schedule of submission of drawings, Manual & Other Documents 204 – 208

26. Annexure – XII : Performance Certificates 209

27. Annexure – XIII : Draft of Bank Gaurantee against advance payments 210 - 212

28. Annexure – XIV : Draft of Bank Gaurantee for timely delivery 213 – 215

29. Annexure – XV : Bank Gaurantee for Performance 216 – 217

30. Annexure – XVI : Guidelines 218 – 220

31. Annexure-XVII : Specifications of foundation and buildings 221-235

32. Section-II (E) : Agreement For Plant Operation & Maintenance 236-242

32.. Section- III: Financial Bid 243-244